Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http : //books . google . com/|
HARVARD
COLLEGE
LIBRARY
HARVARD
COLLEGE
LIBRARY
RYAN
ISCELLANY.
am.
THE
BRIHAT JATAKA
OF
Varaha Mihira.
TRANSLATED IKTO ENGLISH
BT
N- Chidambaram Iyer, b. a., r. t. s.
FOUNDER
Of TBI
TIRUVADI JOTISTANTRA SABHA
IBegutered Copy^'igliL']
|H alit a 0:
1>KIMKP AT TB£ lOSTIB FBEF8. 28 BUKDALL^S BOAD, YEVEBT*
1885.
nd L ^i:>\O.H.^
'^
INTRODUCTION. ^OXsi
There is probably not one subject which is so ill un-
derstood^ which so many people pretend to know, and on
which so many arc prepared to express an opinion, as* the
subject of Astrology. The Indinn proverb truly says that
there is no man who is not a bit of a physician and an
astrologer; and it is equally true that there is no subject
which is so ill uuderstodd as these two. The fact is that
the broad medical and nstrological principles are so many
that everybody of necessity learns a few of these, but
experiences a difficulty in mastering all of them^
It would be intercstiDg to note the various subjects
with which astrology is confounded* Persons with well*
developed intuitions are often found to make correct pre*'
dictions of events. The Yogis are persons of this descrip«
tion. Their peculiar knowledge is certainly not the
result of any study of nstrological works. We also find
another class of men who imitate these men and also
make striking statements. Birmingham gold is often taken
for sterling gold ; German silver for pure silver /and we have
f\ variety of inferior stoncS| whitc^ red and green that are
often mistaken for diamonds^ rubies and omeralds* The
world is full of this dual character of things. Every depart*
meut of true knowledge has its inferior counterpart / and so
We have a number of men wlio^ possess! ug no occult powers^
but securing tho help of a few elemental spirits, practise
imposition on the ignorant public. But the world is not
without a touchstone to detect the hoUowncss of their pre-
tensions! these men will give you a few correct particulars
regarding remote past eventSj a great deal of particnlars re-
2 IKTBODUCTIOlr.
garding present events^ one or two parfciculars re-
gardinpf the immediate future^ and no particulars at all
about the distant future. I have known these men and
tested the trutli of their statements. I'heso men pretend to
be astrologers. Some of them cnrry no books at all and
make amazing statements touching past events iU prose
and verse in an extempore sing-song fashion and without
the least effort, even though the questioner is a perfect
stranger; while othei's show you some huge antique cadjan
book and pretend to read from its pages. This was exactly
the way in which Ool. Olcottls questions were recently an-
swered by the Brahmin astrologer who pretended to read
from the pages of the works of the Great Bheemakavi (vide
May^ 1885, issue of the Theosophist). I am sure that nei-
ther Col. Olcottjnor his intelligent friends ever had a look
into the book to see whether what was read out was really
written there, and if so, whether the writing was not afresh
one. In all these cases the astrologer^ if he is one at all,
doggedly refuses to allow others to look into his book / for,
he says, he is not ' permitted by the book deity to do so I
There is a more wonderful man in Pondicherr)' at present.
He pretends to read from the works of Nandikeswara.
Such astrologers are making vast sums of money. The
statements they make are really puzzling ones* But for
these and the way in which they are made> the utter want
of preparation and the like, I should have been inclined to
discard the element of the help of the elemental spints.
Let those who would object to this, examine the matter and
then pronounce an opinion.
Nothing can be more fanny than to find young men
especially, taking] up astrology as thoir first subject of
attack iu their public utterances. It is a subject to which
they pay little or no attention except for purposes of ridi*
cule- To all your questions, how do you prove this fitate*
IKTBODUCTIOff. 3
ment and how do you prove that : fcheir One rendjr reply is
that their common sense tells them so* They forget
that common sense is a sense which changes in its nature
as one advances in his study^ and it changes ^o much that
the common sense of one age is dififerent from Uie common
sense of another age, the common sense of one nation or of
one individual is diflferent from the common sense of ano-
ther nation or individual. Where proof is ad vn need by a
few, it is eqniilly interesting to examine it. The proof is
that such and snch astrologers made sueh and such pre-
dictions and that the predictions have failed — and ergo,
astrology is no science ! It is evidently taken for granted
that the astrologer was really learned in the science, and
that there were not those numerous errors of data to
mislead him*
Another objection to the science is that astrologically
the fortunes of two persons born at the same moment of
time bat in the opposite quarters of the globe, must be the
same, but that they cannot be and are not the same* Here
is an ignorance betrayed regarding the elementary principles
of the science. It is true that the planetary positions are
nearly the same except for the small matter of parallax. But
it is not the planets alone that gO to shape one's fortunes*
Time of birth, which is represented by the Lagna or the
rising sign, has a great deal to do with it. In other words,
because the local times of the two places are different, the
Lagnas must be different,' for when the 20th degree of Leo,
for instance, is in contact with the horizon here, the 20th
degree of Aquaries will be in contact with the horizon
of our just antipodes at the same moment. Our rising sign
is their setting sign, and our setting sign is their rising sign;
so that a di (Terence of longitude gives a diflTereuoeof local
time and consequently a difiference of Lagna. But sup-
pjap tl^Q pliiQos to h^ve th^ sfime ^ongitudet Take two
4 JNTBODUCTIOir.
places for instance on the same meridian and therefore
due north and south of each other* Now tlie question is
whether the Lagna is the same for both the places. No* The
Lagua is a point in the eclipUo which is incliued to the
equator. The planes of the horizon of the two places are
different and they cut different parts of the ecliptic. It
therefore follows that a difference of latitude gives a differ-
ence in the Lagna. So that places with a difference of either
longitude or latitude or with both cannot have the same
Lagna at the same time. That Lugna or mere time or space,
iiTespective of the planets, has a great deal to do with shap-
ing the fortunes of a native or Jataki will be a new revela-
tion to most people. We will come to this subject pre-
sently. A horoscopic diagram or figure of the heavens
represents both local time or Lagna and planetary positions*
What then is Astrology or Horoscopy P What is its
nature and what its bounds? Here is the author's definition
of horqscopy,
Horoscopy is stated to be the science of AJioratri or the
science of day and night — these being the broadest visible
divisions of time — multiples of which give weeks, months,
years, &o.| and divisions of which give hours, minutes,
secondsj &c, The first letter A9 and the last letter /n, having
been dropped, the term has assumed the shape of Jiora, and
the author says that hora Shastra treats of the effects of the
good and bad deeds of an individual in his previous birth ;
80 that the moment a pei*son is born, it becomes his l«>fc to
enjoy and suffer cert tin pleasuKes aud pains for hi8 past
good and bad deeds-^seeds cast into the cosmic region in
IHTBOOUCTIOV.
one birth begin to bear sweet and soar fruits in another
birth according to their quality.
In this connection we uitiy sny a few words touching
the long disputed question of fatalism versus free-will. Pel-
sons of the former school hold that even the minutest events
of one's life are pre-ordained^ nnd that man is completely a
puppet in the bauds of certain higher agencies. This error
has evidently been the result of the observation of a number
of well projeoted efforts in particulnr directions having
been thoroughly discomfited. Aguin^ men of the other school
hold that man is a free ngent, and that there is nothing
impracticable for him if only proper means are employed for
the purpose* This error again has been the result of the
observation of even ill projected efforts in particular direc-
tions^ proving highly successful-— the failures, if any, being
accounted for by the insufficiency of the means employed.
In the one case man beoomes an irresponsible agent ; and
in the other he not only booltessly grieves over his
failures, but repeats his attempts, thus putting himself to
trouble, expense and vexation only to fail again. Now,
as regards the former position, it is held that man's pre-
sent deeds are all the effects of his previous deeds. As
free agency of any sort is discarded from the question,
it would follow that these previons deeds are the effects of
deeds still more previous, and so on, ad infinitum, or till we
are brought to a state of oosmic evolution when differences
of states and conditions were infused into human souls by
the Creator. Such ^ condition of irresponsibility is opposed
to reason, opposed to progress, and equally opposed to divine
and human law. It is a very pernioious doctrine in the
extreme.
As regards the latter view, if man oan wholly shape
his own fortunes^ how nre we to account for the phenomena
of suffering virtue and the enjoying vice in cerlain cases*^
O IITTBODUCTIOll,
for the former reaping no rewards and the latter escapiog
punislimcnt. A satisfaotory e;(pIanatioi]i would point to the
former as being the effeots of previous hanna,tii\i\ the latter
as deeds for which man will both suffer, and enjoy in his next
life. Taking: entire human life into considemtion, our own
opinion is that man is both a slave of the effects of his past
deeds and is a freet-agent as regards fre^h independent deeds
^'--deeds which are in no way directed to thwart, to arrest, to.
aUer or in any way to modify or remould the effects of his past
hnina. But if he wishes to move along with the current, he
may do so, and the course will become more easy and more
smooth. This view will account for three things i (1 ) » the many
apparently unacpountable failures of attempts eyen when the
Tneans employed haye been good; (2), the easy success
that has attended many an effort when the me^xns employed
were even weak ; (<'i), the success whioh in certain cases
appears proportionate to labor. In the first oase^ the attempt
was one aimed at moving against the current of fate ;
ip the second case it was one of moving down with the
current, and in the third case it was motion on still waterj
where and where alone free human agency can display
itself.
Having premised so much, we may now proceed a step
further and state that where the current is a weak one
running with the course of a Leena, it might be opposed,
and such opposition may be either direot or oblique accord*
ing to the fitness and strength of the means employed^ and
that the task would become a difficult one, if the
course to be resisted should flow with the course of
a Tigris. The question is purely a question of
karmic .dynamios— ^effects of past karma as opposed
to present karma. To oppose evea an opposible force >
one must first possess a knowledge of its strength an^
direption o{ actioHj aud s§QQ4Glly* a knowledge of the propQ^
ntftBODtfCTIOK. 7
»
nealis to be empfojed for fche ptirpose. l*he former know-
ledge is supplied to man by astrology^ and the latter by
snch works as tbe K&f'mavipaka Gtr^tidhn. The inenns
prescribed in the latiet consist of gifts, of Japa
(psychic training or deyelopmectt) and certain fire ceriB-
monies having an occult sign ificance^ ^ It foltows wbete the
current is Irresistible, the attempt to oppofte it becomes fdtile.
How can a person over hope to win success in a field when he
is ignorant of the direction of alttnck as Well as the strength
of his enemy. Astrology not only points out to liim his one*
mies but his friends as well^ whose help he might iseek and
obtain. By pointing out fields where thei'e are friends and
fields where there are foes^ astrology indirectly points ont
to him neiltrlbl fields where man's free agency has its full
scope of action and where success is proportionate to labor.
Tbe ne:tt important qaestion for consideration is the
examination of the connection^ if any, between the planets
and humah fortunes • where man suffers and enjoye the fruits
of his past karmn> the question ctaked is what part i\\^pla'Mt$
play iu such human huffering nnd enjoyment. Here again
believers in t>etrology as a science are divided into two'
Bchool.s.The one admit active agency for the planet?^ and the
other, denying it, state that the planets blindly nnd mechani"*
cally indicate the current of human destinies. In support of
the latter view, it is stated that if human suffering and
enjoyment are directly traceable to tnan's previous karma^
then, td admit, active agency on the part of the planets,
becomes not only superQuous, but inconsiRtelit. : if a man
loses his son, it is because, they say, he suffers for his
karma, which might consist in his having caused a similar
affliction to a somebody in his previous birth, and not
because Mai*s occupied the 5th bouse from the ascendant
or Lagna at the moment of birth, and ihat therefore the
planetary positions only indiecrie and do not bring about
8 INTRODUCTIOK.
hnman suffering or enjoymeDt. These people from a homaii
point of view cannot conceive the possibility of more causes
than one for an event— each cause acting jndependently
and with full force. ^Hindu literature is full' of events, each
of which is the immediate effect' of a*nnmber of causes^
This peculiar combination of causes, quite' incomprehensi«
ble to us, is a feature which distinguishes divine deeds from
human deeds. We will quote an instance or^two. Ganga
was cursed to pass through a])^human incarnation ; the
Ashta (eight) Vasus brought on themselves a similar
curse — of the eight Vasus seven' were allowed to return to
Swarga immediately after birth ; Baja Sautanu goes out
on a hunting excursion, marries Qauga, whom he finds on
the banks of the Ganges, on condition of her being allowed
to quit him the moment he opposes her own mode of dis-
posing of the issue of their union. Eight children are born
in all. The mother throws the first seven of them into the
Ganges ; the king puts up with this fop the love of the lady.
He can bear no more inhuman work of the sort and so he
resists ; Ganga quits her lord leaving the babe — the future
.Bheeshma of ihe M>ihabharat* Again, King Basarntha goes
out to hunt and enters a dense forest; hearing some gur-i
gling sound in his i^eiglibourhuod, and mistaking it to be
that of a wild elephant in the act of drinking water, the
king discharges his arrow in its direction and kills a lad
who was dipping Iiis bowl into the waters of a stream to
carry it to his aged parents at some distance. The cries of
i\)e dying lad brought home to the king his error, and the
next moment the king himself proceeds to the lad's father
and ^ntrt'ats pardon. This- venerable old man expires on
the spot pronouuoing^a curse on the king — rather reading
the king^s fate that in his old age he shall die a similar
death from grief on account of his son's separation. In
the meanwhile Yishuu himself draws on his own bead the
IKTRODVOTION. . 9
curse of a haman incarhatioD, attended wiiH mnch ft^^ffering
from separation from wife^ from the sage Bhriga, ¥^hose
wife he killed when she refused to deliver up to his wrath
an Asura who had ' sought her protection. The Devas
suffering muoh from Havana and his giant hosts prroceed
to Vishnu and entreat relief. As Brahma had granted to
Havana the boon of exemption from death from all except
from men and monkeys^ and as Dasaratha had prayed to
Vishnu for the blessing of a son, Vishnu enters on Kis
human incarnation as Bama, the son of Dasaratha. From
family dissensions he quits his kingdom and enters the
forest of Dandaka with his bride. Grieved at his son's
separation, Dasaratha dies. Bavana carries away Seela and.
Bama is grieved at her separation. He proceeds to Lanka^
slays his enemy and recovers his wife.
Most of the eminent astronomers of tiie East and West
believed in a double Sun, a double Moon^ Mars and other
planets — the one is the Sthula or the physical one, and the
other is the Sukshma or the astral one. The difficulty in
conceiving active agency as possessed by the planets when'
viewed in the light of huge inert balls, will be removed when
we suppose that each planet possesses a soul. Besides,
there is nothing repugnant to our mind^in the idea that the
planets together form a body of executive officers charged
with the duty of rewarding and punishing humanity for
their past karma by the command of the Most High, who
at the same time allows each man the chance to ipiprove his
own condition by making him a free agent in many
matters. A man is whipped for theft by the order of the
Magistrate. He suffers for his karma — the deed of theft.
But the whipping officer is an active agent. Take another
instance : A man does a piece of valuable service to the
state ; the sovereign commands a local officer to invest t^e
person with the order of knighthood ; the officer obeys ;
10 lOTBODUCTION.
the officer no doubt i^ aii active agents though the honor
was the immediate effect of the person's services. We there*
fore hold that planets not only indicate human destinies, but
bring about such destinies. The world is a mixed field of
honor, of punishment and of probation. And the planets are
the rewarding and chastising officers, and meddle in no way
when man exercises his free will within its own sphere.
The same idea might be represented in another way :
planetary activity is the total activity of a number of forces,
some for good and some for ^vil, and while a man's karma
leads him into the one force or the other, there are other
forces by a knowledge of which man may benefit himself,
though it may not be his lot to be drawn into any of them
by his past karma. If this were not the correct view of
the part played by the planets, a large portion of the science
of astrology, in which man is advised to avail himself of such
and such planetary positions for particular purposes, would
become useless. The planets therefore can be made to do
miore than the work of jailors and rewarding officera. For
,instanue, in the fourth chapter (Brihat Jataka) which treats
of Nisheka (conception), a man is advised to avail himself of
particnlar planetary positions if he desires an excellent issue :
^ Parasara, who was a great astronomer and astrologer, finding
thafc such an hour fo^ Nisheka had approached, joined a boat-
man's daughter in an island on the Jumna and the issue was
the greut Yedavyaga. A Brahmin astrologer under similar
circumstances joined a potter's daughter, and the issue was
the great Salivahana*
That man is not altogether a free agent is an idea
caught by Shakespeare in one of his well known passages
in ^' As You Like It."
'* All the world is a stage,
Aud all the men and women merely players {
They have their exits and their entranoes.
And one roan in his lime plays many parts.
His acts being seven sges."
iNTBODUCTION. ll
Agaia, while tbe heavens totm the macrocosnii man is
the xnicrocQsm. In other wordsi eteh man is a little world
exactly representing the Universe. While all seems quiet
withoat, there is an active world within. Such a world is
visible to the inner sight of a Yogi* Occalt science treating
of this subject says : —
• • •
If the Pranavayu (vital air) can be taken to the Sushm-
nanadij eight sorts of music will be heard> and fire^ lightnings
stars^ the moon and the sun will become visible. Again, in
Chapter lY, already referred to, Yaraha Mihira .snys that
menstrual discharges occur in wonaen when Mars and the
Moon approach each other. In connection with this sub-
ject the author of Saratali says as' fdllowS : —
*^ The Moon is water and Mars is fire ; bile is the result
of a mixture of fire and water, and when bile mixes with
the blood, menses appear in women."
So that With the cliiknge that is going on without:,
ther6 is a' change going on within, and every element oi^ bit
of man's physical body has its x'epreseiltative in the
12 ' INTBODUCTION.
heayens* Sach being the case^ there is a subtle connec-
tion, imperceptible becaase subtle^ between the conditions
of the planets and the stars above and tliose of man below*
We shall now say a few words teaching the causes of
failure of astrological 'predictions : the most important of
these we will take up first.
Astrology rests on astronomy. The latter science was
probably in a good condition at the time of Yikramarka.
The tables for the calculation of the places of the planets
which were then framed or then in use, were all suited to the
time. Owing probably to the wear and tear of the several
working parts of the who>le machinery of the Solar system,
the tables of one age are unsuited to another age. To this
truth the ancient Hindu astronomers were keenly aliye.
They have accordingly laid down this broad rule for the
guidaifce of the future astronomers.
Since error in calculation is as sinful as the murder of
a Brahmim, the correct places of the planets shall be ascer-
tained by daily meridian observations.
And thiisi cannot be done without an Observatory. Ob-
servatories of some sort did exist in this land ; but owing
to foreign invasions and the want of encouragement on the
part of rulers, the science has ceased to progress^ and the for-
mer tables for want of corrections have become useless. The
ealendars therefore prepared by the native astrologers do
INTBQDUOTION. 13
nob give ihe true places of the planets. The error has been
going on for the last 1000 years.
The nautical almanacs prepared in Europe and Ame-
rica give very correct positions of the planets; and Messrs.
Bapu DevaSastry of Benares^ Lakshmana Chattai of Poona^
Baghanatba Chariar of Madras^ and Vencateswara Deekshi-
tar and Sundareswara Srouty of Combaconum have started
aJmanacs basing their calculation on the correct modern
tables. These tables enable ns to ascertain correctly the
places of the planets from the Vernal Equinox^ one of the
two points where the ecliptic cuts the equator* This point
is the Western first point of Aries. It has a retrograde
motion at the rate of about 50'^ a year. But the Hindu
first point of Aries is the fixed star Bevati (the Yogatara
of the group) which is stated to be on the ecliptic. This
star is at present about 20^ to the £ast of the Vernal Eqni-
nox. Planetary places from this star are known as the
Niraywna Sphutanif and places from the Vernal Equinox are
known as the Sayana Sphutam. The little bit of increas-
ing space between the two points is known as Ayanamsa.
Now Hindu astrology rests on the Nirayana Sphutam of
the planets, and modern tables give us the correct Sayana
Sphutana ; so that if the length of the Ayanamsa is correctly
known, it may be subtracted from the Sayana Sphutam, and
the remainder will be the Nirayana Sphutam required.
Bat the exact length of the Ayanamsa is not known^ and it
cannot be ascertained by direct observation^ because the
star Revati has disappeared. I have treated of this subject
at some length in the April (1883) issue of the Theosophist
The several almanac publishers already referred to have arbi-
«
trarily assumed different lengths of the Ayanamsa, evidently
to snit their own convenience. These lengths o£ the Aya-
namsa on the 1st January 1883 are : —
INTRODUCTION.
9
t
//
Almanac
18
14
20
1* do ...
do ... •••
do ...
do ...
22
2
89
21
22
20
58
41
46
29
44
15
14
(1) Bombay
(2) Madras
(8) Gombaconam
(4) Benares
(5) Vakhya
(6) Biddhanta
I have discovered the trae length to range between
20^ 23' 8'' and 20^ 25' 22^' on the Ist January 1888. By
adopting the mean, namely, 20^ 24' 15^' the maximnm
amount of error will only be V 7". Now the diflference
between the correct Ayanamsa and the yarioua Ayanamsas
above given will be seen from the following :— «
O / It
(1) Bombay
(2) Madras i
(8) CombaconumJ
(4) Benares
(5) Vakya
(6) Siddhanta
To express the same in other words. The Ayanamsa
error as it affects the planetary positions in point of time in
the first four almanacs will be foqnd to be as follows: —
• • t
— 2
9
55
+ 1
88
24
+ 1
+ 2
+
84
17
22
14
29
Planets.
1
BombaT
Madras and
Oombaoonnm
Benares
(beforej
(after;
(Iftfter)
#
day. hour.
V
day. hour.
day. hoar.
Sun
2 5
1 16
1 14
Moon
4
8
3
Mars
4 8
8 8
3
Mercury
13
10
9i
Jupiter
26
19 17
18 21
Venus
1 9
1
23
Saturn
64 16
43 28
46 20
Moon's node
4U 21
81
29 16
INTBODVOTION.
15
So that it is evident that horoscopes constructed on
the planetary positions as found in the existing almanacs
are wrong.
Again, in the construction of horoscopes, the following
wrong table showing the Rasimana or time of oblique ascen-
sion of the Zodiacal signs above the horizon is adopted nearly
throughout the land by a great majority of ignorant astro-
logers.
•
Obatikas.
ObatikM.
Aries
4i
Libra ...
6
Taaras
-•1
Scorpio
H
Gemini
5i
Sagittary
H
Cancer
H
Capricorn
8i
Leo ...
H
Aquarius
4f
, Virgo
5
Pisces
H .
The reader is referred to the Appendix for a correct
table for all the places of India*
A third cause of failure is an ignorance of the local
time. The present days are days of clocks and watches,
and these are luxuries confined to our towns and do not
extend to our villages. Besides, these clocks and watches
are rarely made to show the local time. In most of the
places of Southern Ipdia, the clock shows the Madras time»
and where there are no clocks the time is ascertained by a
rough calculation applied to the length of a man^s shadow.
The corrections due to the latitude of the place and to the
position of the sun on the^ecliptio are omitted. At night,
if the sky should happen to be clear, the^transit of parti*
cular constellations oyer the meridian is observed, and by
the application of a rough table beginning with
^' When Sravana crosses the meridian, Aries has risen
by 2f Qhatikas/' an attempt is made to ascertain the local
time. In the first pliu^e the table is a rough one, and in the
16 INTRODUCTION.
second place it applies to the time when the Yogatara or
chief star of the group crosses the meridian/ The table there-
fore becomes useless for times lying between the transit of
the Yogatara of one group and that of the Yogatara of the
next group. Besides^ most men are ignorant not only of the
Yogotara but of the exact position of the meridian ; and turn-
ing towards the star which might be to the east or west of
the meridian, they fancy* that it is just about to make the
transit. If the night happens to be a cloudy one, the time
is purely one of guess work. So many errors must of neces-
sity lead often to an error in the Lagna ; and when this oc-
curs, it upset3 the whole thing. Add to this the errors of the
calendar relating to the places of the planets. Cent, per cent,
of the horoscopes of the present day are therefore wrong. It
is a horoscope of this type that is put into the hands of a
person who calls himself an astrologer. In a great number
of cases> Indian astrologers are poor men who have betaken
themselves to the study of the science as a means of liveli-
hood. The public would pay them only if they would
predict some good fortune ; if he correctly predicts an evil,
he is not only not paid anything, but is set down for a
sorcerer, whom it would not be safe to approach. Thus the
astrologer is induced to conceal any unpleasant truths which
he might happen to know, and after this the complaint is
that the predictions of such and such astrologers have
failed ! For want of encouragement the astrologer pays little
attention to the study of his subject and often has recourse
to the help of the black art as already described.
We shall now say a few words regarding a particular
branch of the science known as Prasna or Arudha Shastra,
horary astrology. This differs from horoscopy or nativities
in this respect, viz., while the latter rests on the motions of
the visible planets round the sun^ the former rests mainly
on the motions of certain invisible planets which are sup-
iirrRoDUcnoK. }7
posed ta moye ronndthe. horisson. Their-Iaws of motion
are exceedingly simple* These planets, wbjich are 8 iu num-
ber, move in the following order; The San, Mars, Jupiter,
Mercury, Yenusy Saturn, the Moon and Bahu, at the distance
of a sign and a half, or 45^ from one another and take one
full day or 24 hours to go round the horizon — the Sun being
at the first point of Aries every day at sunrise, the horizon
being their eoh'ptic and divided into 12 equal parts, eaoh
part being known as a sign, and Tauiiis, Leo, Scorpio and
Aquarius being res]f)ectively the due eastern, southern, west-
ern and northern signs* The remaining 8'signs occupy the
four corners, two for each corner, one' on each side of the
corner point — Aries being situated to the right of the north*
eastern point, the order of the signs remaining the same as
in the heavens above. The astrologer forms as it were the
Sun, round whom the planets revolve. The direction ' of
(sign occupied by), the querent is noted down as well as
the position of the invisible planets at «the . time* We
cannot enter into the details of the process of calculation
here. The astrologer proceeds to discover the matter ques-
tion and then makes his predictions with the help of his
books. In this he is assisted by another department of
astrology known as Angavidya or Cheshta Sliastra which
rests oil the motions of human limbs, casual words and the
like. Angavidva rests on the theory that an AU-pervading
Intelligence is pointing out to the astrologer (who is
otherwise unable to know ifc) the miiuite events of life in a;
hundred ways. (Vide chapter 51 of Varaha Mihira^c Brihat
Samhita).
Horoscopy difEers from horaiy astrology in another.
important point : while the former enables one to predict)
even the distant events of life, the lattef refers only to
events of the immediate future, and while the one deals with
3
18 INTAODUCnOK.
events of considerable inportanoe^ the latter deals mainly
with events comparatively iiisignificant^ suohj for instance,
as the sort of meal which one would take in the course
of a day, the direction of his seat and the like*
In finch cases the astrologer geuerally' writes out his an-
swers in a bit of paper and folds it up asking the qnestioner
to^look into it after the event/f or, the course of such minor
evcLtsof life can be easily altere bdy a previous knowledge*
These events of life are the immediate effects of aset of
circumstances in whioh a persou lias just plaoed himself
the natural immediate effects of which form mattei's for
the consideration of horary astrology, and do notcomie within
the scope of horoscopy. • -^fter a person has begun to apply
his axe to a tree, it may not bo diflScult to predict the directiou
of its fall> but not before. It would therefore be wrong to
conclude from these minor predictions of horary astrology
that the minutest events of one's life are preordained and
that man has no control over them.
It only remains to say a few words about certain books
known as Nadigrandlmms. These purport to contain a
brief account of the lives of all mankind. It would appoar
on a superiioial consideration of the subject that such books
cannot at all exist. That they exist is a fact and the ques-
tion therefore is how came they to exist— how were tjbey
prepared.
The planets occupy particular places on the ecliptic at
particular points of time. Every moment their positions are
changing. The question then is in what period of time
the planets return to their former pdsicions. This is a
question of Arithmetic"»a question of the Least Common
Multiple of 7 or 8 numbers. These numbers ai*e the
UITBODUCTIOK. 19
■iderial periods of Mercury^ Venai, Eartbi JiSatb, Japiier
And Saturn and o{ the Moon, yiz*>
Mercury
87-9693
days
Venus
1224*7008
ft
Earth
•...
865*2564
99
Mars
6869795
9t
Jupiter
4332-5848
99
Saturn
10759-2200
ff
Mood
...
27 ds. 7 hrs.
45 m. 11*6 s.
No^ the L. C. M. of the above numbers is the Enlp
of the Hindu Astrouomy is Tvhicb 4320000000 siderial years.
After which the planets all return to the firsi: point of Aries
at the horizon of Lanka — a place on the equator whose
longitude is 760 E. from Greenwich. A Kalpa consists of
1000 Chataryngas. A Chaturyuga coni^'sts of 4320000
siderittl years, of which Kah'ynga consists o( 432000 siderial
years-
Dwapara yuga 432000 X 2 = 864000 years.
• Treta yuga ... 482000 X 3 = 1296000 „
Erita yuga. ... 432000 X 4 = 1728000 u
^ A Kalpa forms Brahma^s day, at the end of which
the M^hnprnlaya commences. Againy the number of
Basi Chakrams of the Zodiacal representations of the
positions of the planets is also limited. How? Suppose
there was only one planet, say, the Sun. He might
occupy any one of the 12 houses; so might Mars and
each of the other planets. The VJ* places of the Sun
combined with the 12 places of Mars will give us 12* or
144 different places for the Sun and Mars. These combined
with the 12 places of Jupiter will give 12«xl2 or 12* or
1728 places for the three planctsi, the Sun, M u*r atid Jupiter.
Similarly 4 planets will give 12* positions and 5 planets
will give 12^ positions, and so on* Now horoscopy deals
20 INTRODUCTIOITy
with, the positions of the fiyer planets Mercury,, Venus,'
Mars, Jupiter and Saturn^ as well as the San, the Moon>
and Balm (jyioou's asceuding node). »0f these 8 plapets,' all,
excepting the inferior planets, Mercury and Venus, will
give us 12° positions. Now the greatest elongation of
Mercury from the Sun is about 19^, and that of Venus is
about 47^ ; so that when the Sun occupies a particular sign.
Mercury will occupy either that sign or the sign next after
it or next. before it ; eimilfirly Venus will be either in the
house occupied by the Sun or in one of the two signs next
after it or next before it. In other words, the number
already obtaiued will have to be increased threefold on
account of Mercury and fivefold on account of Venus. The
number then is 12° X 3 X 5. Combine with this the 12
Lagnas. The tojtal number of Rasi Ghakrams therefore
is ia« x8 X 6 X 12=12'X 15=537477120. So that while
the limit of time is 432,0000000 siderial years, the
limit of Basi Chakrams during that period is 537477120-
These figures have been stated simply with the object of
dispelling certain wrong notions that the number of
horoscopic Rasi Chakrams is infinite and that the changes
go on /for an infinite period of time. On the cipher hand^it
would be wrong to suppose thac the scope of a Nadigrun-
dham: extends to the period o( a Kalpa or that it treats of
so many. chakrams* The, chakrams themselves cannot be;
so many iti reality, the. number given above expresses the
possible number of poiitiiious iu which the planets can be
conceived to bo placed in the 12 uigiis of the Zodiac algc'
braically^ But thoy caunot assume all these positions, for .
this simple reason, that they have motions of their own
and can oaly come to particul^^r positions subject to suph
motions. Again, of 537477120 horoscopic Basi Chakrams,^
* UranoB, Neptune and other telescopio planets aro not sappoied to
leroiae auy appreoiable iuflaence over human alEair*.'' ^ ." ■ , ' ^
INTBODUOnOK. 21*.
reduced, as jast pointed out, a very large number refer to
nnimals and plants, (vide Ch. 3 on Animal and .Vegetable
horoscopy). Again, it does not appear that the Nadi-
grandhams treat of any period of time other than the pteAotit
Kaliyuga^ fiwd it is probable that those hUman cbakrams
that pointed to births in other yugas have been rejected.
Now a muriiber of horoscopes^ though agreeing in the broacl ^
Zodiacal divisions of the planetary plaoes^ might show great
difTerences where the divisions are more minute ; as the
Navnmsai Trimsamsa, Hora^ Drekkann, Dvadasamsa and
the like divisions^ and it might be asked wliether the Nadi-
grHndharos recognize these divisions^ and if uot^ on what
basis these graudhams are built.
* The 360 degrees of the ecliptic are divided info 12
eqnal parts of 30 degrees each, and each division is known ns
a sign of the Zodiac. Each signj for purposes of Nadi-
grandhams is divided into 150 parts known as amsas, and
these amsas have particular names assigned, to themi such
as Vasudha,. Vyshnavi, Brahifiij Kala Kvia, ^hi, Saiikari, .
and so forth* A degree of the ecliptic confAins 5 such partff^
and each part is divided into two halves known as
Poorvabhaora and ITtfarabhaga, ue,y the first half and the
second half. For. each half the Nadigraudham contains a
life> and this half represents in space 6 minutes, and in time
a Vighatika or 24 seconds. So that the mumber of horos-
copes treated of in Nadigrandhams as regards the amsas is
8,600., Now the first volume of Dhruvanadi gives a brief
account of the lives of persons for the many amsas already
refeiTed to. The sketch is quite independent of the posi-
tion of the planets and holds true with some slight alterations
from planetary influences. The points treated of refer to
the material points of one's life. Now in thecnse of human
horoscopy there i^ a law connecting the aynsas - with the *
positions : of » the planets. I ioug siispected that such a law ^
22 INTRODUCnOK.
of connection roast exist. For otherwise it wbnld not be
possible to describe correotly the positions of the planets
several thousand yeiu's hence and for such long ages. I
exuniined the pages of the voUime already referred tO| and
found the author writing in one place as follows :-—
'^ We shall now proceed to state the method of dis-
covering the places of the planets for the several amsas for
human births." A thrill ol: joy ran through me whioh
Was soon followed by bitter disappointment. For the next
cadjun leaf which ought to have contained the
information wanted was missing I Some person^ evidently
seeing the importance of the informationy must have carried
awny the leaf of the book I examined. Our readers are
requested to examine other copies of the 1st volume of the
Dhruvanadi.
The iiuthor of a Nadigrandhnm takes np an amsam and
jots down the positions or the several sets of positions of the
planets, taking into consideration especially their Zodiacal
divisions^ and by slightly altering, or adding to, the brief
sketch above referred to, for the amsas, finishes his account
of a life. The author says that he treats only of about SO
or 40 important points in each life. Now under one of
these accounts a number of persons will fall whoso lives will
show difierences of a more minute nature whioh the Nadi-
grandham does not take into account. The Nadigrand-
hams therefore are only very brief sketches of human lives.
A really learned astrologer can write out an account of a
roan's life 10 or 20 times the length of the sketch in a
Nadigrandham,
•
This perhaps is the proper place for a few words regard-
ing a common complaint on the pnrt of persons who have
consulted the Kadigrandham?, that these books are under a
cursQf that they correctly describe the post events of a
iMTRODUcnoir. SS
perabn's ]ife and err regarding the futnre events. The fault
is not that of tho Qrandham ; it oertainly would not be pos-
sible for the author to ascertain before-liand at whnt period
of ono^s life the book would be consulted^ and then to give a
coiTecb account of such life till that period of time, and then
(for such an able astrologerj purposely to err. The fact is
that| as already explained, the position of the planets na
shewn in the horoscopes do not agree with any
given in the Nadigrandhams. The possessor of a Nadi- /
graudh'iu examines a number of horoscopes in
which the planetary positions very nearly approach
those shewn by the horoscopes presented to him* The
neiirer the astrologer approaches tho correct horoscope,
the more numerous will be the points of agreement between
the life suspected as the correct life and the actual life of
the persoti* Now, if while the astrologer reads out from
his book, the person consulting it meets witji any past
events of his life not tallying with the statements of the
book, the pages are set aside and other pages examined. But
if no discrepancy is noticed, the person comes hastily to the
cohclDsion that the life picked out is his and goes home
satisfied, with a copy of it. lu such cases, the chances of
disappointment are more numerous than those of success
The best plan would be, for a person who wishes to con-
sult the Nadigrandhams, to have his horoscope prepared
with the help of the correct modern tables and the correct
ayanamsa.*
As regards the first astrological work taken up for
translation, viz., the Brihat Jataka of Yaraha Mihira, it is
*Tliii work can be done at this office for aiij person who would left
ne know the time and place of his birth for a fee of fis. 3. But we can-
not undertake to refer to any Nadigrandham aa we haye no vneb
work with m.
. 24i JNTBODUOTION.
.generally considered as one of tbebest works qd thesoience*
.Theautbor himself says of it aa follows: ,,.
'^ For the benefit of those of broken attempts to cross
• the ocean of horoscopy, I construct this little boat consist-
ing of a variety of metres^ with a multiplicity of meanings*-'
Most of the stanzas are purposely intended to convey
several meanings. Four commentaries have accordingly
sprung up. The well known one is that of Bhatta Utpala ;
another is known as Subodliini > both of these are now
.with me; a third commentary is known as. Mudniksuri^ in
iwhich ic is said that most of the stanzas are interpreted
urithmetically — the letters all standing for so many figures
and the figures representing the 27 a^^teri^ms, the 12 signs,
the 9 plauets^and so forth. The fourth common tury is
ki^own as Sreepateeyam. .
' The author has written a smaller work on astrology
known as L^glm Jataka. Hence the present work is styled
the Briliat Jataka. Jataka or horoscopy is one of the three
sections of Jyotis-Sastra ; and the author has treated of all
the three branched. The othur two branches are Saoiliita
and Astronomy. . Yaraha. Mihira's work, on the former^
known as the Brihab iSamhita, is now being translated by
me, and his astronomic<il work is known as Punchasindban-
tika. It was long supposed to have been lost. Fortu-
nately two copies of this rare work were recently disco-
vered, and they were purchased b}' the Bombay Government.
M- Thibaut, Phil. Dr. is now preparing an edition and an
English translation of the same^ assisted by Pundit Suddha-
kara. Yaraha Mihira has also written a work known as
Yogayatra. A manuscript copy of this work is with l)t»
Kerne, now in Leydon, Holland.
IHTRODVCTION. 25
I have deemed it advisable to explain and retain tlib
use of a number of Sanscrit terms for the oonveoience of the
natives of this conntryy Mrho must be more familiar with
tliem tban with tlieir English equivalents where such exist.
It may be well to state here some of the subjects treated of
in the work now taken up for translation. The book con-
tains 28 chapters. The first two chapters relate to defini-
tions of astrological terms and to elementary principles.
The third relates to animal and vegetable horoscopy. The
fourth treats of the determinatiom of the nature of issoe— >
their physical peculiarities^ fortunes, &c.>from the planetary
positions at the time of conception. A chapter is devoted to
the determination of the description of the plaee of birth
and the other incidents connected with the time of birth from
planetary positions with a view to the correct ascertainment
of the Ijagna. The next chapter treats of enrly death —
Balnrishta, and the next is devoted t9 the determination of
the length of life of a native — Jataki. A chapter is de-
voted to the particular avocations of men and to their
sources of wealth. Then follow several important chapters
on Raja and other Yogas. The chapter on Pravrijya yoga de-
termines under what planetary aspects a native will turn out
an ascetic. The chapter beaded Anisbtadhyaya contains a
number of malevolent planetary positions^ each connected
with some evil of human life. A chapter is devoted to women*
This is followed by a chapter which describes the particular
manner in which a person meets with his death and the
nature of his future life. In the next chapter the author lays
down rules for the determination of the horoscope of a per-
son ignorant of his time of birth. The above is not a
complete list, and it would be wrong to jjildge of the inter-
esting nature of the contents of each chapter from the brief
account given above.
The appendix to the translation will contain numeroni
26 INTBODUCTION.
tables and diagrams relating to the construction of boros-
copes and to the ascertainment of the local time by the
Bun-dial> by the Bhado^> and^ at night, by the transit of
the stars over the meridian. We will also state rules for
the construction of the plane of meridian by means of fine
threads for purposes of observation. The appendix will
also contain a few tables, for the calculation of the lengths
of the Dasas and Bhukties.
We may conclude this Introduction with • the* words of
Zadkiel and ^' advise those who value truth to spend a few
days in examining the principles laid down in this work
and applying them to their own individual cases before
they join the herd of the learned and the unlearned in
pledging their words to a false assertioui viz.^ that Astrology
is an unfounded science.''
N. 0.
HAt)UBA; 2nd Jwi$ 1885.
The following lisfe of Astrological terms defined in
the firat two chapters and arranged alphabetically with
the stanzas given opposite 'to each is published for con^
venienoe of refercDoe.
Gh. Stanza*'
• ••
• • •
• • •
• ••
• ••
•••
Agjna (10th house)
Akokera (Greek name for Makara, Capricorn)
Ambu (4th hoase)
Angles or qaadrants, their strength ..*
Antyabha (Sign Meenn, Pisces)
Apoklima (the 3rd^ 6th, 9ih and 12 houses
from the ascendant)
Aspects, planetary,
Astabhavana (7th house or setting sign)
Atimitragraha, very friendly planets
Atisatrugraha, very inimical planets ..
>•••
• • •
• • •
• ••
B.
Benefic planets • • • • • •
Benefio signs ...
Biped signs, their strength
C.
•••
«••
• • .
..t
•••
• • .
• . •
• • •
Castes, planetary divisions of ...
Centiped signs, their strength...
Ghara rasi^ movable signs •••
Chaturasra, 4th and 8th houses
Chatushpada rasi, quadruped signs
Gheshtabala, motional strength of planets
Clothes, planetary divisions of . . .
Colors, planetary divisions of..*
Colors, of Zodiacal signs
Common signs •••
. • •
•••
« • •
.• •
. • •
•••
. • .
» • «
• • •
...
•••
« «•
• • •
D.
Dakshina rasis,' Southern Bigns
, Depreasioa signs and degrees ...
Devas, planetary diTieions of ...
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
II
II
II
'I
I
II
I
I
I
I
II
II
II
I
I
• ••
. • •
• • t
. « •
• .•
• • •
I
I
II
16
8
18
19
8
18
13.
18
19
19
5
11
19
7
19
11
16
]9
19
12
4 & o
20
11
11
13
6
ASTROLOQICAL TERMS.
• ••
• • •
Dhftfus or elements of the body, planetary
divisions of. .. *
Dik bala, quarterly strength of planets
Dik, direction of planets
directions of planets
Diurrml ait/ns
Drekkanas. their lords
Drishti, planetary sight or aspect ,,•
Dnschikya, 3rd house
Dwadasabhava, signification of the 12 houses,..
Dv^adasamsa, division of a sign into 12
fliftl vo •••. ••• ••• ••• •••
Dwelling . houses, planetary divisions of
parts of
Dwipada rasip, biped signs
Dyuna, 7th house
• t •
» • •
• f •
• t •
• • •
• • t
Oh.
Stanza.
II
11
II
19
II
5
II
5
I
10
I
11 & 12
II
IS
I
19
I
15&16
I
6
II
12
I
19
I
16
E,
• • •
Eastern signs
Elements^ dhatus, of the body^ planetary
divisions of ... ... ...
Elements^ planetary divisions of.
Exaltation signs and degrees ...
• ••
F.
Female planets ...
Female signs ... '
Fixed signs
.Flavor, planetary
'Foot, signs that rise with their.
Forms of the si<;ns
Forms of the planets. ...
Friendly planets.
• ••
•#•
• ••
G.
• • •
»*•
• * •
• ••
• • •
• ••
Garments, planetery divisions of
Greek names for Zodiacal si^ns.
6una^ temper^ planetary divisions of;..
• • •
• . •
u
••«
[I
11
II
6
I
13
II
6
I
11
I
11
II
U
I
10
I
5
II
8 to 11
II
13 to 13
II
12
I
8
II
7
ASTROLOGICAL TERMS.
JJl
• • •
• •«
• ••
H.
Heacls, signs iLali rise wifch their ...
Head and tail, si^n that rises ^nrith its
Hermaphrodite plnnets... ... ...
HibukH, 4th house
Uora
Horas, their lords ,
HonseS) their lords
Hridroga. .Greek name for Kumbha, Aquarius
•••
• f •
Gh. Stanza.
10
10
6
IR
9
11&12
«
8
L
Immovable signs
Inimical planets
J.
• »•
Jamikra, 7th house ...
Jati, Caste, of the planets
Jituma, Greek name forMithuna, Gemini
Juka, Greek same for Tula, Libra
•«•
... I
... lI
11
15 to 18
... I
... Ir
... I
... I
18
7
8
6
K.
Eala, time, planetary lengths of
Kala baia> periodical strength of planets
Kala purusha, planetary divisions of
Kala purusha, Ziodiaoal division of ...
Karmasthanam 10th honse •••
Kendra^ quadrants or angles, their strength
Kourpya, Greek name for Vrischika, Scorpio.
Kria, Greek name for Mesha, Aries ...
Kuliraj Kataka, Cancer
•*•
• . •
• • .
•• •
t ••
. . •
n 14
II IS)
II 1
I 4
I 18
I 17 &19
I 8
I 8
I 8
• •.
Lagna, strength of ...
iieya, Greek name for Simba^ Leo
• . •
•••
• . •
• . t
I
I
18
8
I'V ASTBOLOatCAL TSBVS.
M.
••• ••• ••• •••
• ••
Malo^planets
Male signs
Malefio planets ... ... ...
MHleiic signs ... . ...
Measurement of the Zodiacal bigos
Meshooranti, 10th house
Meta1s> planetary divisions of ...
Mitragi-aha, friendly planets ...
Moola trikona, sigus and their lords
Motional strength of planets
Movable signs
Movable and immovable signs ...
N.
Naisargikabala, natural^ relative strength
of planets ,
Names, various, for plan ets
Napumsaka graha, hermaphrodite planets
Natural, relative, strength of planets
Navamsa, division of sign into 9 parts and
their lords ...
Neecha, depression signs
Neutral planets
Nocturnal signs
•••
• ••
Ch.
Stanza.
II
I
11
II
5
I
11
I
19
I
18
II
12
II 15 to 18
I
14
II
19
I
U
I
11
I •• ••*
... ..• •.• •••
••• ••• ••• •••
P-
Panaphara signs, 2nd^ 5th, fth & 11th houses.
Papagraha, maleiio planets
Paparasi, malefic signs
Paschima rasi, Western signs
Pathona, Greek name for Kannya, Virgo
Periodical strength of the planets . . .
Political divisions of the planets
Positional strength of the planets
Prak rasis, Eastern signs
Prishtodaya rasis, signs rising with their feet
Pnrusha graha, male planets
Purusha rasis; male signs .
• • • . • •'
• • • • t •
• • • • . .
• • .
• . .
• • • • « •
•• • • • •
• . • . . •
• • ••• •••
• !'• tt* •••
II
21
II
2&3
II
6
II
19
I
6
I
13
u
17&18
I
10
I
18
II
5
I
11
I
11
I
8
II
19
II
1
II
19
I
11
I
10
II
6
I
11
^TBOLOQICAL TEELm*
Q. Cli- Stanza.
QaadranI 8, their strength ' ... I 17&19
Qaadruped signs, their 8 ren^th I 19 •
Quaiterly strength of planets ... II 1 9
E.
. • •
*. • •• .
• • •
Basis. SipBS, names of
Hasis, their lords
Bikshasandhiy define! ...
Ritns, planet ar J divisioi 8 of ...
liupa^ shHpesi of planets ...
Bnpa, shapes, of signs ••• ••>
s.
I
4
T
6
I
7
JI
12
11
8 to 11
••• •••
• ••
of
••• •.• •••
••• ••# •••
••• ..• **•
«•• * • •
».• ••♦
II
16,17
II
JotolS
II
12
I
9
I
6
II
8 to It
II
13
I
4
I
6
Samagraha, nentral planets. ••
Satru graha, inimical planets...
Seasons, planetarj divisions of
Shadyarga, 6 modes of the division of the
ecliptio ... ...
Shapes of the signs
Shapes of the planets ..«
Sights or aspects •£ the planets
^ Signs, names of ...
* Signs, their lords
Significations^ of^the 12 signs of Zodiac ... I 1^& 16
Siraprishtodaya rasi^ sign that rises with its
head and tail I 10
Siroda}'a rasis, signs that rise with their
heads
Southern signs ...
Sthanabala, positional strength of planets
Sthira rasis, fixed signs
Streegraha, female planets^...
Stree rasis, female signs
Strength of Lagna
Subhagraha, benefic planets
Sukha, 4th house
Sutabha, 5th house
Swakshetra houses and their lords
••• ••• •.• ..•
• . • ...
th
•.. «.. ..
... * • •
• •• ».• .*•
••• *•• •..
... •.. ...
••• ... ... *••
• . I • ••
10
11
II
19
11
11
6
11
39
II
5
18
18
6
vi ASTBOLOQICAL TtBUt.
T.
• t •
••• ••• •••
• • •
S»
• • • •• • «•• • • •
••k ••• ••• •••
t • •
Tails, si}jfns tliat riso with their
•THpas, 9bh house
Tavuri, Greek name for Yrishabha, Taurus ...
Temper, of planets
Toukttbika, Ctreek uame for Dhanus^ Sagibtari.
Triangular signs
Trikona> 5th house
Ti'ikona rasi, triangular signs ...
TrimsHmsa, division of sign into SO parts
Tritrikona, 9th house ...
u.
XJbhaya rasij movable and iiamoyable signs... I 11
Uccharasi, signs of exaltation with degrees ... I 13
Upachaya or improving signs I ]5
Uttara rasii, Northern signs I n
Ch.
StauE.
I
10
I
19
I
8
11
7.
I
8
I
6
I
18
I
6
I
7
I
19
•*• ... ...
• • ■ •
Vargottamat defined
Yarua, color of planets .
Varna, color of Zodiacal signs
Vesi, 2nd house from the Sun.
Yesma, 4th house
W.
Western signs » •.. ... ... I 11
I
14
I£
4&5
I
20
I
20
1
18
THS
BRIHT JTAKA
or
VARi\HA MlHIRA.
CHAPTER I.
Definitions and Elementary Principled
(Zodiacal.)
1. May the Sun give us speeohi who. ty his lighfc
illumiuea the Moon,(a) who is the path of those who have
no rebirth, who is the Atma of those who know the Atma.
who is the Deya worshipped in sacrificial rites, who is the
Lord of the Devas and of the Lights of the sky^ Avho is
the Author of the origin^ growth and annihilation of the
worlds, who is sung in the Vedas in various waye, who is
possessed of many rays and who forms the Lamp of the
three worlds*
NOTES.
(a) In connection with this we would draw the atten-
tion of the reader to what the author says on the subject
of the Moon receiving light from the Sun in Stanza 2 of
Chapter lY of his Brihat* Samhita, which runs as follows;
''The rays of the Sun falling on the watery Moon re-
move the darkness of the night (on Earth) jusb in the same
way as light reflected from a mirror (placed in the Sun} re-
moves the darkness (from) within a ro6m."
Z BRIHAT JATAKA. [cH. I.
And in the Veda? we find the (visible) Moon briefly
defined as follows :
*' Surja rasmischandramah.*'
The Moon is the rays of the Son.
2. Though various well written works on Astrology(a)
the productions of able men— exist for the enlighten-
ment of intelligent staclents (of horosoop)), I begin
to construct (this) small boat (consisting) of stanzas
(written) in various metres and of several meanings for
(the benefit of) persons of broken attempts to cross the
vast ocean of horoscopy.
NOTES,
(a) Such works as those of Parasara, Garga^ Badara*
yana, Satyacharya and others.
3. According to some, the word hora is a corruption
of the word Ahoratri, the first and last letters (syllables)
being dropped. The science (of horoscopy) treats of the
efi'ects of the good and bad deeds (karma) of men in their
previous births.
4. The (twelve) signs of the Zodiac, commencing with
the firot point of Aries and of (the asterism of) Aswani,
and consisting, eaeh^ of nine stellar quarters and forming
a circle^ are respectively the head^ face, breast, heart, belly,
navel, abdomen, genital organ^ two thighs, two knees,
two ankles and the two feet of Kalapurnsha. (The terms)
Basil Kshetra, Graha, Riksha, Bham, Bhavana^ are synony-
mous terms*
tH. I.]
IBRIHIT JATAKA.
8
NOTES.
The foUowbg talkie will l)e nsef al foi^ purposes of ready
reference:—
Rasi-
Mesha
Vrisbablia
Mitbuna
Kataka
Simha
Kanya
Tnia
Yriscbika
Dhanus
Makara
Knmbha
Meena
Sign.
... Aries
... Taurus
• .. Gemioi
• •• Cancer
«.. Leo
... Virgo
... Libra
... Scorpio
... Sagittari
... Gaprioom
... Aquarius
... Pisces
: Part of body.
... Head
... Pace
... Breast
... Heart
... Belly
... Navel
• •• Abdomen
... Genital organ
«.. Two thighs
... Two knees
... Two ankles
• . • Two feet
The twenty-seven asterisms are : —
s^A^^Krittika
;>^n^-Rohini
Ibe^t^^ Mrif^asirsha
»rvafi4*-Ardra
/)fjra€— Funnrvasu
jyevO'r'PuBhya
.\^//M"'Asble8ha
F. Pbalgani
TJ. Phalguiii
2> e^^**yHasta
/:;^/tA Ohxtrtk
y.JKih'^ Vieakha
j)</i/'^''AnDradba
>A^ Jyeebta
'tJ<si ^ Mnis
>vtA^«>»i ''P. Asbadha
"'^wp^A^ur'XJ. Asbadha
% fvif- Sraviina
Sravisbta
fl^V^ Btaabbisbak
)k^^(/KH>P. fihadrapada
vr^4vvi4«TJ. Bhadrapada
)l«^/*'*H6vati
•*•
••*
•••
•••
•••
.•k
0«. /? Arietia
••• 85 Arietia, and Masca
... 17 Taori, Alcyone
... o Tanrii Aldebaran
... X Oriooia
*.. o Orionia
... 6 Gemini Pollnx
* ... o
...
••*
•«•
•••
t • •
Oancri
••• B Hydrae
... a Leonia, Beguias
... d Leonia
... ^ Leonia
... d Oorvi
...a YirginiaSpioa
... o BnotiBi Arctuma
... » Librae
... ^ f>corpionia
... a Scorpionisi Aritares
... X Scorpion ia
... d Sagittarii
... q Sagittarii
... a AqailaCf Atair
... /? Delpbini
... X Aqnarii
••• c Pega^i
... y V gaai and Andremodae
( Piaoium
• •:
These asterisms or lunar mansions are divided eacli
into four equal parts known as Nakshatrapadas* There
4 BRIHAT JATAKA# CH. !•
are therefore 108 sacli parts in the ecliptic^ and each sign
contains nine enqh parts or 2^ stellar divisions The first
asterism, Aswiui, commences at the first point of Ariesy
wliioh is the star Bevati, about 20^ to the east of the
Vernal I Equinox — (Tide Introdaction), so that the second
quarter of the asterism of Krittika commences the first
point of Taurus. The third quarter of the asterism of
Mrigasirsha commences the first point of Gemini> and the
fourth quarter of the asterism of Funarvasu commences
the first point of Cancerj and so on.
Each of the terms Rasi, Kshetra, Graha^ &o.> means a
sign of the Zodiac^ which is a twelfth part of the heavens
or 30^ of the ecliptic
5. Sign Pisces is of the shape of(a) two fish; sign
Aquarius is of the shape of a man with a . (water) pot ;
sign Gemini is of the shape of a man and woman, (the
foime^r) with a stick and (the latter) with a lyre, both seat-
ed in one seat j sign Sagi(tari is of the shape of a man
who in his lower parts is a horse 5 sign Capricorn is »f
the shape of a crocodile with the face of a deer ; sign
Libra is of the shape of a person with, scales (in his hand) ;
and (sign Virgo is of the shape of) a. virgin in a boat with
crops (in one hand) and a light (in the other). The other
signs resemble in 8hape(b) the different creatures denot-
ted by their names. The dwelling places of the several
signs are places appropriate to the several creatures.
, . NOTES.
(a) Sign Pisces is of the shape of two fish lying side
by side, the head of the one being near the tail of the
other.
(b) That is, Aries (Mesha) is of the shape of a ram:
Taurus (Vrishabha), of the shape of a bull } Cancer (Eata*.
OH. I.] isRlHAT JATAKA. 5
ka), of the shape of a crab : Leo (Simlia)^ of the shape of a«
lion; and Scorpio (Yrischika)^ of the shape of a scorpion.
This stanza as well as stanza 4 are chiefly useful in
questions 6onnected with horary astrology — in the disco-
very of stolen property and the like.
6. Mars, Venus, Mercary, the Moon, the Sun, Mer-
cury> Yenus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn and Jupiter are
respectively the lords of the Signs, and of the Navamsns
and Dwadasamsas ; and the several signs (of the Zodiac
beginning from Aries) commence respectively with the
Nayamsas of Mesha, Makara, Tola and Kataka*
Bix modes ol diriston of ike eoliptic (860o) for horoscopic purposes
known as the Shadvarga are mentioned (vide stanza 9). These are Basi
(sign) in which the ecliptic is divided into 12 eqnal parts of 30^ each;
(vide stanza 4). Hora in which each sig^n is divided into two eqaal parts of
16^ each ^vide stanzas 9 and 11). Drekkana in which a si^n is divided
into three eqaal parts of 10** each (vide stanzas 11 and 12); Kavamsa
in which a sign is divided into nine eqnal parts of So 20* each ; Dwada-
samsa, in which a sign is divided into twelve eqnal parts of 2o 80^ each ; .
and Trimsamsa* in which a sign is divided into thirty eqaal parts of a
degree each (vide stanza 7). The Navamstis .* each sign being divided
into 9 eqaal parts and there being 12 jiuoh sig^s, there are in all 12X9
or 108 snoh divisions in the ecliptic. We have already (vide stanza 4)
seen that the ecliptic contains 27x4 or IDS stellar qnarters or Nak-
shatrapadas ; it follows therefore that a Kavamaa is a Nak8hati*apada,
that is one«fourth of a Innar mansion. The .108 Navamsas beginning
i^om the first point of Aries bear the same names as the twelve signs
of the Zodiac oonnted over and over again : the first Navamsa of Mesha
is Meslia itself ; that of Vrishabha is Makara ; that of Mithnna is Tnla •;
and that of Kataka is Eataka itself. The same order holds for the 4
signs from Simha to Yrischika and for the 4 from Dhaaas to 3Ieena.
In other words the four sets of Trikona or triangnlar signs begin with
the same Navamsas } that is the Trikona signs of '
J /^^ ^^ Hesha, Simha|Dh£as begin with the Navamsa of Meshn. ^
fi^fiH^ Vrishabha, EanSdJ^a, Makara begin with the Navamsa of Makara.
(Ivr'Y Mi^na, ^rafi, KdffiStia begin with the Navamsa of^raia;and
yfpiiihH EaTki, YrisoKika, M^a begin with the Nawansa of Ed^ka.
The Dwadasamsas : The twelve parts into which each sign is divided
bear the same names as those of the signs of the Zodiac. The name of the
first Dwadasamsa of a particular sign is the name of the Hign itself. So
that the 12 Dwadasamsas of Mesha are Mesha, Vrishabha, Mithunn, &c.,
ending with Meena. Those of Vrishabha are Vrishabha, Mithana, Eataka,
&o., ending with Mesha. Those of Mithuaa are Hithuua, Eataka> Simha,
&o., ending with Vrishabha and 80t>n«
BRIHAT JATAKA.
[CH. I.
The lords of the Navamsas and DwadaBamsas are the Bame as the
lorda of the Basis (signs). These are mentioned in the text in the order
of the signs. It will be found that the San and Moon have each a house,
while the other planets have each two houses. These hoases are known
as Swaksbetras : Thus
Mars IB the lord of Mesba and Yrisohika.
Venus is the lord of Vrisbabba and Tula. t
Mercury is the lord of Mitbana and Eannya.
Jupiter is the lord of Meena and Dhanus.
Saturn is the lord of Kumbha and Makara.
The Moon is the lord of Kataka, and the Sun is the lori of Simha.
There are Bevoral modes of oonstmcting a figure of the heayenB. The
one used in Southern India is the one recommended by Jaimuni — the
author of Astrological Abporisms. It is given below, and the reader
is referred to the appendix for diagrams relating to the several modes of
division of the ecliptic referred to above.
Meena, Jupiter.
Mesha, Mars.
.Vrisbabha
Venus.
Mithuna
Mercury,
Kumbha, Saturn
1
RASI OHAKUA.
•
Kataka, Moon.
Ikfakara^ Saturn.
Simha, Sun.
Dhanus, Jupiter.
Vrischika,
Mars.
Tula. Venus. ^^^J^,
7. Five, five, eighty seven and five parts (degrees)
are respectively those of Mars^ Saturn^ Japiter) Mercory^
"^ and Yenus, in the odd signs. In the even signs their
'\j order is reversed. The ends (last Navamsas) of Kataka,
' ;) ' Vrischika and Meena are known as Biksha sandbis.
ITOTES.
This stanza defines Trimsamsas^ and their lords. As
already observed Trimsamsa is division of euch sign into
thirty equal
signs are Mesha^
bha, The even signs are Yrishabha, Kataka, Kannya,
Vrischika, Makara and Meena. "^ ' '^
1 \\^ V^ • ^
parts, each part being a degree. The odd^
ba^ Mithuna, Simha, TuU, Dhaihus and Knm-
^,^^ CH. 1-3 BRIHAT JAtAKA. 7
T* In the odd signs the first five degrees are the Trim- '^^^
jl* samas of Mai*s ; the next five are those of Saturn ; the next ^
eighb are those of Japiter ; the next seven are those of ^^
^ Mercury > and the last five are those ofYenas. In the ^'
^ib even signs the first five are those of Yenas ; the next seven J^
2.Jf are. those of Mercury ; the next eight are those of Jupiter; n
tbe next five are those of Saturn ; and the last five are
30
those of Mars. The Trimsamsa division is used by the
author in his Chapter relating to the horoscopy of women.
8. Tbe terms Kriya, Tavuri, Jituma, ' Eulira, Leya,
Fathona^ Juka, Koarpii Toukshikay Akokera, Hridroga and
Antyabha (are other names for the signs of the Zodiac).
NOTES.
All the above names, excepting Knlira and Antyabha
are evidently Greek terms — a circumstance clearly indica-
ting that the intercourse between the learned men of India
and Hellan was more than superficial*
9. A planet is said to be in its Varga if it be in its
Brekana, Hora, Navamsa* Trimsamsa, Dwadasamsa and
Kshetra. The term Hora means both the^ rising sign and
one half of a sign oE the Zodiac.
NOTES,
These terms have already been explained (vide stanza
6).
The term Kshetra means a house or a sign. For the
Names and Lords of the Hora divisions of a sign vide
Stanza 11.
1 0. The signs Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer^ Sagittari
and Capricorn are known as the night signs ;(a) and> with
the exception of Geminij they rise with their feet(&)« The
8 BSIHAT JATAKA. [CH* I*
other signs rise with their heads(c) and are powerful by
day(d). The two fish rise by both_(head and foot)(e).
NOTES.
(a) Therefore the day signs are Leo, Virgo, Libra,
Scorpio, Aquarias and Pisces.
(6) Signs that rise by their feet are known as Prish-
todaya Ranis and these are Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Sagittarij
end Capricorn. .
(c) Signs that rise by their heads are known as Siro-
daya Rasis, and these are Gemini, Leo, Virgo. Libra, Scor-
pio and Aquarius.
(d) Therefore the Prishtodaya signs are powerful at
night.
(e) For the shape of the sign Pisces vide Stanza 5.
•
11. The signs (from Aries) are (by turns) malefic and
benefic^ masculine and feminine (a) and movable, fixed and
both (movable and fixed) (b). The signs Aries, Taurus,
Gemini and Cancer with their triangular signs denote each
respectively the East, South, West and North(c). The
two horas of the odd signs are respectively the Solar
and Lunar horas, and the two of the even signs are
respectivly the Lunar and Solar horas. The lords of the
Drekkanas,(d)(^of a particular sign) are respectively the lords
of that sign, the 5th sign and the 9th sign,
NOTES.
(a) In other words thfe odd signs are all malefic and
masculine, and the even signs are all benefic and feminine.
(b) Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn are movable
signs.
Taurus, Leo, Scorpio anh Aquairus are fixed signs.
Gemini, Virgo, Sagittari and Pisces are both (movable
and fi;iced) and are also known as common signs.
CH. I.] BRISAT JATACA.
(c) Tho Bigua Aries, Leo and Sagittari aro^known as
the Eastern 8igns«
Tarns, Virgo and Capricorn are Southern signs.
Gemini, Libra and Aquarius are Western signs.
Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces are Northern signs.' ,
(d) For example : The lords of the three Drekkana^
of Leo are respectively the Sun (lord of Leo), Jupiter
(lord of Sagittari the /)th house) and Mars (lord of Aries
the 9th hoase).^^,^^^'^'^ ^
12. According to aoTne(a) the lords of the two horas
of a aign are respectively the lords of the sign and of the
11th sign((); and the lords of the three Dreklcnnas of a
sign are respeotiyely the lords of the sign, tho 12th sign
and the llth sign(c) from it.
N0TB5.
(a) That is, according to Garga and men of his
school. But the author^ opinion is that expressed in
stanza II in which he is supported by the opinion of Satya-
eharya.
(6) The lords of the two horas of Sagittari, for in-
stance, are respectively Jupiter (lord of Sagittari; and Ye-
nos (the lord of Libra the 1 1th house
(c) Tho lords of the three Drekkanas of Sagittari, for
instance, are respectively ^ Jupiter (lord of sagittari), Mara
(lord of Scorpio the i2th house) and Veuiis (lord of Libm
the ilth house). . .
13. The Signs Ariea, Taurus, Capricorn, Virgo,
Cancer, Pisces and LibrH are respectively tho Uboha
(exaltation) signs of tho Sun and other planets. The
10th, 3rd, 28th, 15th, 5th, 27th, and 20fch are the degrees
of mniu exaltation of the several planets. The 7th or •
10 BRIHAT JATAU. [CH. I.
oppcsite signs are the Neecba (depression) signs ; and the
degrees of main depression are the same as given above.
NOTES.
A planet in his exaltation sign is considered as excee-
dingly powerfdl and one in his depression sign as excee-
dingly weak. The San and Moon are also treated as pla-
nets- The Hinda Astrological ordor of the planets is the
isame as the days of the week. The following table is
given for convenience of reference.
Planets* Uccha or Exal- Neecha or de* Degree of main
tatioT% Signs, preasion .SignS' Exaltation or
Depression,
Libra. 10
Scorpio. 3 *
Cancer. 28
Pisces- » 15
Capricorn. 5
Virgo. 27
Aries. 20
14. In the movable and other signs (a) , the first, the
central and the last Navamsas are known as Yargottama
positions. Planets in such positions will produce good
effects. The signs LeOj Taurus, Aries, Virgo, Sagittari>
Libra, and Aquarius are known as the Moolatrikona houses
of the planets re8pectively.(&)
NOTES.
(a) The Vargottama places are : The first Navamsas
of the 4s movable signs Aries> Cancer, Libra, and Capri-
corn.
eTh 5th ITavamsas of the four fixed signs, Taurus, Leo,
Scorpio and Aquarius.
The 9th Navamsas of the four movable and fixed signs
pemini, Virgo, Sagittari au«l Pisces.
San.
Aries.
Moon.
Taurus*
Mars.
Capplconi.
Merourv
. Virgo.
Jupiter.
Cancer.
Venus.
Pisces.
Saturn.
Libra*
CH. U] BRtHAT JATAKl. 11
These Navamsas will be found to bear the same names
as the signs themselves. For example : the first Navamsa
of Aries is Aries ; the first of Ganoer is Canoer, and so
forth.
The fifth Navamsa of Taurus is Taurus ; of Leo is Leo
and so forth.
, The ninth Navamsa of Gemini is Gemini^ of Virgo is
Virgo, and so forth.
(6) The following list contains the Moola Trikona,
signs of the planets :
PlaneU.
Moola Trikona signs
Sun.
Leo.
Moon.
Taurus,
Mars.
Aries.
Mercury.
Virgo.
1
Jupiter. .
Sagittarlr
Venus,
Libra.
Saturn*
Aquarius. <
• 1
15. The significations of the 12 houses from the rising
sign (asoendant) are respectively (a native's) body^ family>
brothers, relations, sons, enemies, wife, death, deed of
virtue, avocation, gain and loss (a). The 8rd, 6th, lOth*
and 11th bouses from the ascendant are known as the
Upachaya (improving) signs, but not so according to
some. (6)
NOTES.
(a) The following is a list of significations of the seve-
ral houses of the Zodiac from the ascendant*
Ascendant or
1st house.. ..Body, fame, limbs.
2Qd „ ...Family, wealth, eyep, speech truthfulness.
Srd II ...Brothers) bravery, meals:
12 BRIHAT JATAKir. [CH. I«
... 1
4tli y, ... Relations, education, molLer, ooy^B, dwel-
ling plaoe, carriages comfort.
Sth ,, '...Sons, iutelligOQcej previous karma.
Cth ,1 ^..Enemies, kinsmen, diseases.
7ih „ ...Wif^i generosity, respect.
Sth J, ...Death, duration of life.
9th ^, ...Deeds of virtue^ father, mediciue.
^ 10th „ ...Avocation, knowledge, clotbes.
nth „ ...Gain, earning.
I2th ,'f ...Loss, bad deeds, travels.
{h) Gar^a and astrologers of his school are. of opinion
that tfie 3rd. 6th, lOth and 1 Hh houses cease to be Upa-
cbaya places if malefic planets or planets which are un-
friendly to the lords of these 4 houses should either occupy
such houses or aspect the same. But the author does not
agree with Garga and be is supported in his views by
Satyacharya and by Tavaneswara,
16. The twelve signs of the Zodiac beginning from
the ascendant are known technically as the signs of (1)
Kalpa (power), (2) Sva (wealth), (3) Vikrama (prowess), (4)
Graha (dwelling place), (5) Pratibha (intelligence), (6)
Kshata (wound), (7) Maumatha (desire), (8) Bandhra, (9)
Guru (father or preceptor), (10) Mana (respectability), (II)
Bliava (acquisition), (12) Vyaya (loss). The 4th and Sth
houses are known as Chaturasra signs. The 7th house ia
known as Dyuna and the 10th house is known as Ajna.
•
NOTES.
A number of astrological terms are defined in this
stanza.
17. The 1st, 4th, 7th and 10th houses are known as
Kantaka or Kendra or Ghatushtaya houses (quadrants or
CH* I.] BBIHAT JATAKA. r 18
angles). If these four houses should happen to be biped,
aquatic, ceutiped and quadrnped respectively^ they then
possess strength • . >
NOTES.
The biped signs are : Gemini^ Libra, Virgo, the first
half of Sagittari and Aqnarins. ZttLoi"
The aquatic signs are : Cancer, the fimt half of Capri
oorirand Pisces.
The only ceniipcd sign is Scorpio.
The quadruped signs are Aries, Taurus, Leo, the second
half of fiagittari and^of Capricorn. A/^/'!^X^r^/C
18. ^ The houses next to the angles are known as Pana-
f^hara houses and those next to them are known asApok-
ima houses. The 4th house is known as Hibuka, Ambn^
Snkha and Yesma. The 7th house is known as Jamitra.
The 5th house is known as Trikona* The 10th house is
.known as Meshoorana and Karma. ,
NOTES.
Panaphara and Apoklima are Greek terms.
The Panaphara houses are the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th
houses.
The Apoklima honses are the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th
houses* J
19. If the lord of the ascendant or Jupiter or Mercury
should either occupy it or aspect it, the ascendant (Lagna)
would become powerful and not by other planets. ^Mie
Kendra signs are naturally powerful (a) The biped signs
are powerful during the day, the qualruped signs at night,
and the centiped signs at sunrise and at sunset. The Mana
(measurement) (b) of the first six signs from Aries
are 20^ 24,28, 82/ 36^ and 40 respectively; and those
14 BBIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 11.
of the next six signs are 40, 86, 82, 28, 24i and 20 respeo-
lively. The 3rd house is known as IJuschikya. The 9th
as Tapas and Tritrikona*
KOTKS.
(a) It therefore follows that Panaphara houses are
less powerful than the Kendras, and Apoklima houses are
the weakest houses of all.
(b) This is used in stanza 23, Ch. Y.
20. The twelve signs hegianing from Aries are res-
pectively (Aries) red, (Taurus) white, (G-emiui)of the color of
the parrot, (Cancer), of the color of Patali (trumpet flower),
(Leo) black white, (Virgo) variegated in color, (Libra)
black, (Scorpio) of gold color, (Sagittari) of the color of the
husk of paddy, (Capricorn) white red, (Aquarius) of the color
of Mongoose, and (Pisces) of the color of fish. The signs
are known as Plava (depressed) in the direction of their'
lords* The 2nd house to that occupied by the Sun is known
as Vesi.
NOTES.
(a) For the use of this vide stanza 21> Ch. Y.
CHAPTER II.
Definitions and Elementary principles continn*
ed.— (Planetary)
'1. To the Kalapurusha, the Sun is the soul, the Moon
is the mind. Mars is strength, Mercury ][is speech, Jupiter is
knowledge and health, Venus is desire, and Saturn is soitow*
Of the planets the Sun and Moon are kings, Mars is Qene*
ral, Mercury is the first prince, ' Jupiter and Yenus are
utt sellers and Saturn is servant*
OH. II.J BBIBAT JATAKA. l3
2. Hell IS the Sun ; Seetharasmi is tBe Moon ; Hrmna,
Yiti Cna, Bodhana and Indupatra (Son of Moon) are the
names of Morcmy ; Ara, Vakrw, Krnradrik» Avaneya (son
of Earth) are the names of Mare; Konn, Manda^ SuryaputrA
(son of the Sun) and Asita (the black planet) are the names
of Saturn.
8. Jeeva^ Angiras^i Sarngnrn (the preceptor of the*
Devas)^ Vachasampati^ Ijya are the names of Jupiter; Sukra,
BhrigUj Bhrigusutai Situ cthe white planet), Asphnjit, are the
names of Venus ; Tama (darkuess)^ Agu and Asura are the
names of Rahu (the Moon's ascending node) ; Sikhi is the
name of Ketn (the Moon'^ descending node). Terms
synonymous with the above should' also be accepted
(as the names of the several planets)*
4. The Sun is'of a red and dark-brown color; the
Moon is white ; Mars is not of a tall figiirct and is both red
and white ; Mercury is green like the color of the bent
grass ; Jupiter is yellow like molten gold ; Venus is neither
very white nor very black, and Saturn is black. , ,
KOTBS.
The (^olor of a person will be that of the planet most
powerful at the time of his birth,
* .■ • - • -. ■ . , • ;: ■•• ■, *
' • • • ■ • ■ . • . I. ' ,
• *
6. The Sun presides over copper color; the Moon
over white color; Mars over red color; Mercury evergreen
color ; Jupiter over yellow color ; Venus over a mixture of
various colors ; and Saturn over black color* (a)
The Sun IS Agni ; the Moon is Varnna; Mars is
Subbramania; Mercury is Vishnu ; Jupiter is In dra ; Venus
is Indrant (Indra's wife) ; and Sa turn is Brahma (&)'
' The Sun presides over east ; Venus, south-east ; Mars
south; Bahu sotith-west; Saiurnwest; the Moon north*
west; Mercury north ; Jupiter north-east* (/•)
IK bbihaT jataka.^ [ch. If.
The waning Moon, the Sun^Mara, Saturn and Mercury
when in conjunction with any of these are malefio
planets (Jy
NOTES.
(a) Tliese are useful in ascertaining the color of stolen
articles and in determining the color of the flowers to be
used in the worship of the planets.
{!)) From the powerful planet at the time of one's birth*
it can be ascertained which particular Deva a person would
worship.
(c) . These are useful in determining the position of
the entrance of the delivery room of a woman and iu dis
covering the airectiou of escape of thieves.
(d) Jupiter, Venus and Mercury when in conjunction
with either of these, are benefic planets*
6. Mercury and Saturn are hermaphrodite planets (a);
the Mqou and Yenus are female planets^ and the rest (b)
are male plieinets. . Mars is fire; Meroury is earth ; Jupiter
is akas (ether) ; Yenus is water; and Saturn is air.(cj
' I NOTES.
(a) Meronry is female hermaphrodite and Saturn ia
male hermaphrodite.
(b) That is, the Sun^ Mars and Jupiter are mala
planets.
(c) Also the Sun is fire and the Moon water.
7. Yenus and Jupiter are Brahmins ; Mars and the
Sun are Kshatrijas ; the Moon is a Yysya ; Meroury is a
Sudra ; and Saturn is a Chandala.
The Moon^ the Sun and Jupiter are of Satwaguna
(good temper) ; Meroury and Yenus are of Rajoguna (pas-
sionate temper) : Mars and Saturn areof Tamoguna (dark
temper)
'.J*
CH. It.] BBIHAT iTAtAki. 1!^
8. The Sun tiaa Bomewbat yellow eyefi^ ie of the Iieight
of the length of the two atma stretched outj of bilious
nature and with very little hair on his head.
■ . ■. . ■'.■.■,'••
The Moaa has a thin and a round body, id
of an exceedingly windy and : phlegu^atic nature, is
learned and has a soft voice and beautiful eyes.
9. Mars has sharp and cruel eyes and a young body^
is generous^ of bilious nature^ of imsteady mindj and has a
narrow ndddle*
Mercury has an impediment in his speech^ is fond of
joke, and is of a bilious, windy and phlegmatic nature.
10. Jupiter has a big body, (a) yellow hairs and eyeSi
high intellectual powers, and a phlegmatic nature.
Venus leads a comfortable life, has a beautiful body, fair
eyes, a windy and phlegmatic nature, and black cnrliog
hairs.
' NOTM -
(a) Jupiter is the biggest of all planets, and tho
ancient Hindus were aware of it centuries ago*
11. Saturn is lazy, has eyes of gold color, a thin and
tall body, large teeth, stiff hair, and is of a windy nature*
Saturn is strong in muscles, the Sun in bones, the
Moon in blood, Mercuiy in skin, Yenus in semen, Jupiter ia
flesh, and Mard in the marrow of the bones.
12. The Sun presides over the place of worship ; tho
Moon over wells ; Mars over the fire place j Mercury over
play groilndd,*' Jupiter over the store room; Venus over
'^•bed roomi and Saturn over places whoro.'swoopiogs arq
^athdred.
The garment of the Sun is of thick thread; that of
the Moon is new ; that of Mara is pi^tly burnt ; that of
}8 BRIHAT JATAKa: [oH- U,
Mercury is wet ; that of Jupiter is somewhat used that
of Yenas is strong ; an<) that of Saturn is torn.
The Sun presides over copper ; the Moon over gems ;
Mars oyer gold; Mercury over brass ; Jupiter over silver ;(a)
Venus over pearls ; and Saturn over iron.
When either Saturn is in the ascendant or when his
Drekkana is rising, the season denoted is Sisira— January
and February.
When either Venus is in the aBcendanti or when his
Drekkana is rising, the season denoted is Vasantha (Spring)
*— March and April. .
Similarly in the case of the Sun or Mars, the season
denoted is Greeshma (Summer) — May and June. lu the
case of the Moon, the season in Varsha (Winter)— July, and
August* In the case of Mercury stheeason is Sarat— -
September and October. And in the case of Jupiter the
season is Hemauta — ^November and December.
NOTES.
(a) When Jupiter is in his house. He presides over
gold,
13. All the planets aspect the 8rd and 10th houses
with a quarter sight, the 5th and 9th houses with half a
sight, the 4th aud 8th ^houses with three-quarters of a
sight, and the 7th house with a full sight ; but Saturn, as-
pects the Srd aud 10th houses with a full sight; Jupiter
aspects the 5th and 9th houses with a full sight, and Mara
aspects the 4th aud 8th houses with a full sight.
NOTBS-
Suppose A to be a point in the ecliptic occupied by an
aspecting planet ; divide the eoliptic into 12 equal pai'ts of
30® each, beginning from A. So that the 12 points of divi-
sion will be those respectively marked by A> 30°, 60 » 90°
120% 350% 180% 210% 240% 270% 800% and 330% and
CH. II-l BRIHAt JkTkKkl 10
m
for purposes of planetary aspects, these points are respect-^
tively the middle points of the Ist, 2nd, 3rd. 4th^ &c. to li
houses. 80 that a planet at A aspeots with a quarter sight
the middle points of the 3rd and lObh houses, i. 0., the
points marked 60^ and 370^ respectiyely ; similary it as*
pects with a half sight points marked 120® and 240®
with three-quarters of a sight points marked 90® and 210<=» ;
and with a fall sight point marked 180^* The degree of
aspects for other places mnst be determined by proportion
or rule of three, from the degree of aspects of the next points
before and behind. As regards the special aspects of Sa--
turn, Jupiter and Mars, a similar course should be adopted-
But if one planet aspeots another planet, then subtract the
longitude of the former from that of the latter^ t. e., take
the distance between the two planets ia degree and calcu-
late the degree of aspect as stated above.
14. The Sun indicates six months; the Moon two
Ghatikas or forty-eight minutes; Mara a day; Mercury
two months ; Jupiter a month ; Venus a fortnight ; and Sa**
turn a year.
The Sun presides over pungent flavor ; the Moon over
salt flavor ; Mars over acerbity j Mercury over mixed fla-
vor ; Jupiter over sweetness ; Venus over sourness ; and
Saturn over bitterness.
15. According to some Jupiter is the friend of the
Son ; Jupiter and Mercury are the friends of the Moon ;
Venus and Mercury are the friends of Mars* The Moon,
Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn are the friends of Mer«
cnry. The Sun/ the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn,
are the friends of Jupiter. Mars^ Mercury, Jupiter and
Saturn are the friends oE Venus. Mercury, Jupiter and
Venus are the friends of Saturnfa). But according to
Sat} acharya a plane t^s friends are the lords of the 2pd
12tb, 5thy 9th, 8th, and 4th houses from his Moolatrikoua
20 BRIHAT JATAKAJ [cH. II.
3ign aa well as the lord of the eitaltation sign of soch
planefcf provided they do not conflict with the lords of the '
remaining hon8es.(&}i
NOTES.
(a) The other planets are the enemies.
(V) The same may be expressed otherwi^ie : the lords
of the.remaining houses are the foes of a planet, provided
they do not conflict with the lords^of the seven houses des-
cribed above. Patting the two together we get the fol-
lowing resnlts :
(1). Those lords of the seven honsea who may not at
the same time be the lords of the remaining houses are the
friends of the particalar planet.
(2) Those lords of the latter houses who may not at
the same time be the lords of this former houses are the foes
•* Ik
of the particular planet. '
(3) And those who may be the lords of both are
neither the friends nor the foes of the particular planet.
Following the above rulej the author himself gives for
each planetj his friends^ foes, and neutrals in the following
two stanzas. (Vide note at the end of stanza 17).-
16. Saturn and Yenns are the enemies of the Sun^
Mercury is his neutral^ and the rest are his friends.
I
The Sun and Mercary are the' friends of the Moon and
the rest are her neutrals, (a)
' The Sun^ the Moon, and Japiter are the friends of
Mars; Mercury is his enemy, and Venus and Saturn are Jiis
neutrals.
The Sun and Venus are the friends of Mercury ; the
Moon is his enemy, and the rest are his neutrals.
17. Mercury and Venus are the enemies of Jupiter ;
Saturn is his neutral) and the rest are his friends.
CH. II ] BRIHAT JATAKA. 21
Meronry iiDd Saturn aro the friends of Venus ; Mars
and Japiter are her neutrals* and the rest are her enemies-
Venus and Mercury are the friends of Saturn ; Jupiter
is his neutral, and the rest are, his enemies*(&)
Thus have I stated oyer . again, at length the views of
Satyacharya regarding the natural or permanent frienship,
enmity and heuirality among planets*
NOTES.
(a) The Moon has no enemies.
(6) We will now examine how the author arrived at
the three results given in the last two stanzas. Take the
oas^ of the Sun. His Moolatrikona house is Leo. (Vide
stanza 14.) The 2nd> 12fcfa^ 5th, 9th, 8th, and 4th houses
from Leo are irespeotively Virgo, Cauoer, Sagittari, Ariea,
Pisces and Scorpio. The exaltation houses of the Sun is
Aries. The lords of all these houses are respectively Mer-
cury^ the Moon, Jupiter, Mars^ Jupiter^ Mar and Mars
or dropping the repetitions, we get, Mercury, Moon Jupiter
and Mars. . Of the 7 houses Aries being repeated, we have
been dealing with only six houses. -The other six houses
of the Zodiac are Leo, Libra> Capricorn, Aquarius, Taurus
and Gemini. Their lords are respectively the Sun, Venus,
Saturn, Saturn. Venus and .Mercury, or dropping the repe-
titions, and also the Sun^ we get Venus, Saturn and Mer-
cury. We will compare these with the lords of the former
iset of houses, viz, Mercury, Moon, Jupiter, and Mars. We
find that Mercury is the only planet occuring in both tho
lists. It is therefore the Sun^s neutral. Venus and Sa-
turn are his enemies, and the Moon, Mars and Jupiter are
his friends. And so with the other planets.
18. Planets that occupy the 2nd, 12th, Uth, 3rd, 10th
and 4th houses from a particular planet are the friends of
that planet and the rest are his enemies /or tho time. Ac-
cording to some, the planets that occupy the exaltation
22
BRIHAT JATAEi.
[oh. IK
aign of a partioular planet are also the friends of tliat pla-
net. Oombining together the three natural relations (vido
stanzas 16 and 17) with the two relations /or the time now
given^ we may determine the five following relations exist*
ing between planets : Atimifcra (great friend)^ Mitra
(friend)^ Sama (neutral), Satru (enemy) and Atisatra,
(great enemy.)
NOTES.
Btanzas 16 and 17 relate to the three relations of per'
manent friendship, neutrality aud enmity. Stanza 18 re*
lates to the two relations of temporary friendship and en^
xnity. Combining the two together we get the following
results.
Uuder Stanza
18.
Mitra. =
Satru. ===
Mitra* =:
Satru. =
Satru. =
19. A planet has sthanabala (local or positional
strength) when in his exaltation sign/a) friendly 8ign^(&)
Bfekkana/c) in his NavamsajCd) or in his Kshetra, house.(a)
y^A />' Mercury and Jupiter are powerful when in theEastC/) or
<f ising sign. The Sun and Mars are powerful when on the
south or tenth sign. Saturn is powerful when in the West
or setting sign^ aud the Mooa aud Venus are powerful
when in the North or the 4th sign (Patala).
NOTES.
I. (13).
II. 16 to 18.
L 11 and 12.
I. 6.
1.6.
Under Stanzas
16&17
Mitra*
+
Satru.
+
Sama.
+
Sama.
+
Mitra*
+
Besult.
Atimitra«
Atisatrn.
Mitra.
Satru.
Sama.
(a)
(h)
(c)
(d)
vide
99
1)
99
OH. II.] fiRHlAt JATAlCA. 23
• {f) that 18 : they then possess Dlkbala. Aooording
to some oomcneatators^ Mercury and Jupiter are powerful
when in the Eastern triangular signs of Aries^ Leo and
Sagittari. The Sun and Mars are powerful when in the
Southern triangular signs of Taurus, Virgo and Capricptn.
Saturn is powerful when in the Western triangular signs, of
Oermini^ Libra and A^quarius i and the Moon and Venaa
are powerful when in the Northern triangular signs o£ Can-
cer, Scorpio and Pisces,
20* The Sun and the Moon possess ChesJUahata
(motional strength) when in any of the six signs from
Makara. The other planets possess it when in their retro-
gi*ade motion or when in conjunction with the Moon
(Samagama) or when in their greatest brillianoy or when
they happen to be the northern planets in planetary
conjunction (Yudha).
21. The Moon, Mars and Saturn possess Kalahala
(temporal strength) at night ; Mercury possesses it both
day and night; and the other planets(a) possess it by day*
The malefic planets possess it during the waning moon
(Krishna paksha) and the benefio planets during the wax-
ing moon (Snkla paksha). Also each planet has it in hia
year, month, day and hour.
Saturn^ Mars^ Mercary, Jupiter, Tenus the Moon and
the Sun are each naturally stronger than the immediately
preceding planet in the order stated. (6)
NOTES.
(a) That is, ths Sun, Jupiter, #-«-^^^^ /Cc^.--^--^
(6) Such strength is known as Naisargikahala.
Before applying the astrological truths contained in
the subsequent pages, the reader must consider the strength
or weakness of each house^ of its Lord^ and of the planets
24
BRIdAT JATAKA*
CH. tU
occapying or aapecting suoli bouse* For these and various
other purposes it will not do to have a mere Rasi Ohakra or
Navainsa Chakra to represent roughly the planetary posi**
tious. The actual longitudes (sphuta) of the planets and
of Lagna from Revati should be known.
on. 8.^ WIHAS UTAKA. U
r CHAPTER IH.
On An! val and Y iobtablb HoBosoopr.
1. If, at the timeof birth'^Ca), the inale^^TaiQets (&)
be powerful (c), the benefio planets ((2) weak, and one of the
hermaphrodite planets (e) . either be in one of the Kendras
(angles) (/) or aspect the Lagna (ascendant) ; the creature
^orn will be that indicated by the particular DwadasanisaQg')
which the Moon might then occupy (h). •
Notes,
(a) Or at the time of query, adds the Commentator.
- (b) Foi! the masculine planets, vide I r. 6.
(c) For the strength of the planets, vide IL 1 9,20 & 2 1 ,
(d) For the benefic planets, vide II. 5* '
(e) For the hermaphrodita planets, vide II. 6*
(/; For the Kendras or angles, vide I. 17#
(g) For Dwadasamsa, vide I. 6. . ■
(h) For instance, suppose at the time of birth the
Moon occupies the 20^ of Leo. As a Dwadasamsa contains
'2| degrees, the 21^ of Leo is the ninth Dwadasamsa ofLeo*
As the names of the Dwadasumsas of Leo begin from Leo,
the ninth l)wadasamsa is that of Pisces. The creature boirn
will therefore be a fish.
• ^^ • ■ • « • » • . . __ •■ ^
Besides, the number of the ofispring will be that repre-
'sented by the number of Dwadasamsas passed over by the
' Moon. Of 'these the number of odd Dwadasamsa will
^ represent the male issue, and the number of even Dwada-
samsas will represent the female issues; the number that
will perish immediately after birth will be that of the num-
ber of the Dwadasamsas that might be occupied by tlio
^ malefic planets 'or that might otherwise become weak. -'
N.B. — The reader will in future kindly refer to the
table of reference published after the Introduction for the
.meaning of an}^ term» • • - ,," 4 •
2. If the malefio planets occapy ilieir Navamsas and
be powerful^ and if (at the Barae time) the Lagna (rising
sign) bo other than haman(a)^ the birth will bo that of a
lower animal as before(&)t
Notes.
(a) The rising should be other than Gemini^ Tirgo,
Librsjthe'seoond half ofSagittari and Aquurius.
(6) That is, the creature will be that represented by
the Bwadasamsa which the Moon might then occupy*
J
3. In the case of quadrupeds Aries is the head ; Taurus
the face and neck; Gem ini^ the forelegs and shoulders ;
Cancerj the back ; LeO| the breast ; Virgo, the sides ; Libra,
the belly ; Scorpioj the anus ; Sagittari, the hind legs ,*
Capricorn, the penis or testicle > Aquaiius, the buttocks
and Pisces, the tail.
Notes.
In the case of birds the wings stand for the forelegs.
This stanza will also enable us to ascertain the color or
wounds of particular parts of the creature'^ body.
4. If there be any planet in the rising sign, the color
o{ the creature will be that of the planet itself ; if not the
color will be that of the planet aspecting the rising sign ;
and if no planets aspect the rising sign the color will be
ih^t of the rising Navamsa. The number and variety of
colors will, be that of the planets occupying or aspecting
the rising sign (a). The number of stripes on the back of
the creature will be that of the planets occupying the
seventh honse^
Notes.
(a) The color of the powerful planet will predominate
CC. 3.] BBIHAT OATAKA. 25
5. Ifeither a Pakshidrekkftna (a) or a Cbaranavamsn (6)
or a Navamsa of Mercury(<?) slionld rise and bo occupi-
ed by powerful planetf , tho oreature born would bo a land
bird if the rising Drekkana or Navamsa, be eitlier occupied
or aspected by Saturn ; and a water bird if it be occupied or
aspected by the Moon.
Nt 03
(a) These are the second Drekkana or degrees from
]1 to 20 of Gemini, the first Drekkna or degrees from 1 to
10 of Leo, the second Drekkana of Libra and the first Drek-
kana of Aquarius.
(6) Ohara or movable Navamsas go by" tho samo
names as the Chara or movable signs.
(c.) The Navamsas of Mercury are those of Gemini
and Virgo.
6. If the riBing sign, tho Moon, Jupiter and tho
Sun should bo weak, they indicato tho birth of a tree ;
such tree will be either a land tree or a water tree accord-
ing as the rising Navamsa is one of land or water (a). Tho
number of trees will be tho number of signs by which
the lord of the ascendant Navarasa has receded from the
rising 8ign(&).
Notes.
(a) Tho wates Navamsas are tho?»e of Cancer, tho
second half of the Navamaa of Makara and the Navamsa of
Pisces. The other Navamsas are those of land.
{b) For instance : suppose the 10° of Leo to rise, tho
rising Navamsa is that of Gemini ; it is a land Navamsa.
Tho tree will therefore bo one growing on dry laud. Tho
lord of Gemini is Mercury. Suppose ilercury to occupy
26 BBIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 4
SiigUtarl at the timo. Prom Leo to Sagittari is 5 signs.
The number of trees will tliereforo bo 5.
Again, if the lord of tho ascendant Navamsa should be
either in tho exaltation sign or retrograde in his motion,
the number already obtained should bo troblcd ; but if ho
should be in his Vargottamabhaga or in his own NavamSa
or Sign or Drokkann^ such number should bo doubled. For
instance : in tho instance cited above, if Mercury shonUl
either be retrograde in motion and occupy his exaltation
sign, namely, Virgo, the number, viz., two from Leo should
be trebled- This will give us six. But if Mercury should
occupy the last Na\amsa of Libra, (one of his Navamsas)
the number is 8X2=0. If he should occupy Gemini the num-
ber is 11 X 2=22 ; and if ho should occupy, for instance, tho
Becond Drekkana of sigh Taurus, tho number is 2 x 10=20.
7. If the lord of tho ascendant Navamsa be the Sun(a),
the tree will be one strong within ; if Saturn, the tre®
will be an ugly one ; if the Moon, it will bo n milky tree ;
if Mars, a thorny tree ; if Jupiter, a fruit tree ; if Meronry>
a fruitless tree ; if Venus, a flower tree ; if the Moou
again, au oily tree ; and if Mar^^, a tree of sour taste.
Notes.
(a) The conditions given in the lasf) stanza remaining
tho same*
8. If the lord of the ascendant Kavomsa be a bene-
fio*planet occupying a malefic sigu(a), tho tree will be a
superior ono growing on a bad ground ; if otherwise, tho
reverse will be the case (6) ; tho number of trees is also
the number of Navamsas by which the lord of the ascen-
dant Navamsa has receded from his Navamsa,
0H« 4.] BtllHAT SAXHItA' 27
Notes.
(a). The other coDdltions given ia stnDza 6 remaining
the same. : , ^ ^
(?;). Tliat is, if the lord oF the ascendant Nayamsa be
malefic planet occupying a beneBc house^ the tree will bb-
an inferior one growing on a good ground.
CHAPTER IV*
On Nishbka Kala on Tbb time of Conception*
1. The menses that appear monthly, because of Mars
and the Moon (a) (bring about conception) when the Moon
is in one of the Anunpachaya signs(/>). If the Moon be other-
wise (i*) and be aspected by a benefio male planet(d)j there
will be sexual union between a woman and her husband.
Notes*
(a) Menses appear in women whenever the Moon is
.aspected by Miirs> that is especially when the Moon occu-
pies the 4thj 7th or the 8th house from Mars. In connec-
tion with this subject the author of Saravali says :
*<The Moon is water ; Mars is fire; a mixture of water
• and fire is bile ; when the bile mixes with the bloody men-
strual discharge occurs.^'
(b) Ifj when aspected by Mars, the Moon happens
to occupy one of the Annpachaj^a signs in the horoscope or
nativity of the woman, at the time of the appearance of
the mensem, conception will follow. The Upachaya signs
, arq the 3rd^ 6th^ 10th and the 11th houses from the ascen-
dant ; and the other signs arc known as Anupachaya signs.
(o). That is from the time the woman bathes on the
4th dayj when the Moon reaches one of the Upachaya
bouses in the horoscope or nativity of the husband.
123 BBIdAT JATA^A. [OH .8,
(jl). Tliore will be sexual union between the husband
and wife if the Moon, is pspoc^ed by Jupiter when power-
ful. The Commentator adds as follows :
''If the Moon is aspeoted by the Sun^ the woman will
. have sexual union with an officer of the king j if aspccted
by Miirs, then with a voluptuary ; if aspeoted by Mercury,
then with a person of fickle mind ; if aspeoted by Venus,
then with a beautiful person; if aspeoted by Satum> then
with a servant; and if aspeoted by several malefio planets^
the woman will become a harlot."
2. If at the time of sexual union, . the setting sign
be either occupied or aspccted by malefic planets, such
i^nion will be attended with anger, and if by benefic planets,
it Will be attended with fflay and laughter.
Notes*
The Commentator adds that if the setting sign be
occupied or aspeoted by both malefic and benefio p]anetS|
-the union will be attended with both joy and displeasure,
*
3. If, at the time of sexaal union, the Sun, the Moon,
Venus and Mars be in their Navamsas(a)> or if Jupiter
ocoupy the rising sign or the 5th or 9th sign from itj such
union will produce a ohild. To persons devoid of verilityi
the above Yoga (planetary positions) will be as useless as
the rays of the Moon to the blind.
Notes.
The Commentator adds that there would also be
conoeption when these four planets are not in their Navnm-
sas, if the Sun and Veni^s should ocoupy the IJpachaya
signs in the horoscope of the man and at the same timo
be in their Navamsas, or if Murs and tho Moon should
ta. 4.3 ' BBIHAT iATXKA. 20
occupy the Upachaya sigos in the horoscope of the T?oman
and at the same time be in their Navamsud. : '
4. If at the time of conception> either Mars or Saturn
should occupy the seventh house from the Sun or Moon the
man and his wife would tespectinely fall ill (a) ; bub if one
of the two planets, Murs and Jupiter, should occupy the
twelfth and the other the second house from the Sun and
Moon, or if one of the planets should be in coujunction
with the Sua or Moon and the other should .aspect either
ihe Sun or the Moon, the man and his wife will respectively
meet with death (6).
* Noteis.
(a) In. the Month of Mars or Saturn as the case may
be (vide Stanza 16).
{b). In the month of either Saturn or Mars whoever ia
powerful.' • : ' '
The Comment iter adds that the two eflfects described
in the Stanza will occur before and not after the birth of
ihe child^
5. In the case of conception (a) by day, the Sun and
Yenus represent respectively the father and the mother;
and by night, Saturn nnd the Moon represent respectively
the father and the mother. In the ^former case Saturn and
the Moon represent respectively the paterual uncle and the
maternal aunt ; and in the latter case the Sun and Venus
represent respectively the paternal uncle and the maternal
aunt. If the planets representing the father and the
paternal uucle should occupy the odd signs, ov if the planets
representing the mother and the maternal aunt should occu"
py the even signs at the time, then the father and paternal
unc le or the mother and the maternal aunt would be happy
30 . BBIHAT JATAKA. [0H« 4^
Notos.
(a) Or birth acoording to Uxe Oommentaton
6. If at the time of conception malefic planets oiDCnpy
the twelfth house (a)> and if then the rising sign be not
aapected by benefic planets, or if Saturn occupy the rising
isign and be aspected by the waning Moon and Mara
(in either case) the pregnant woman will die (&)*
Kotos.
(a) The second house according to certain Comment
fcitors.
(i) Before delivery time according to Commentator.
7. If (at the time) either the rising sign or the Moon
or both be between malefic planets (a) and at the same time
not aspect ed by the benefic planets, the preguant woman
will die(fc).
Notes. '.
(a) As the malefic planets in the present case can
,only be three, viz.j the Sun> Mars, and Saturn, both the
rising sign and the Moon can be between them at the same
time either when they are together or occupy two alternate
houses. The Commentator adds that malefic planets might
occupy either the 12th and the 2nd houses from ,the ascen-
dant or the Moon or both, or they might occupy the Navam-
sas on either side*
{b) Before delivery and in the month of the powerful
malefic planet.
8. If (at the time) malefic planets occupy the fourth
house and Mars the eighth house from the ascendant or th
OH. 4] BBIHAT JATAKA. 81
Moon^ or again if Mars occupy the fonriih Iionso and the
Sun ilio ttvolflh liouse from the osoendaDt^ ibe pregnanfe
woman will die.
9. If (afc the time) Mars occupy tlio Lajsfna and the
Sun occupy the seventh house, the pregnant woman will
stiffer death from weapons* If the lord of any month (a)
bo uflliotedj the pregnancy will miscarry in that month.
Notes'
(a) For the lords of the several months of pregnancy
vide Stanza 16-
10. If the benefic planets(a)be with the Moon or in
the ascendant (b), or if they occupy the second^ fourth^ fifthf
seventh^ ninth and the tenth houses from the Moon or tho
ascendant; there will be safe delivery, provided malefic
planets occupy the third or eleventh house from the Moon
or the ascendant, and the Moon or the ascendant, is at tho
same time aspected by tho Sun. (<;)
Notes.
(a) Those are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus.
{b) Or both at tlie same time.
(c) According to some other reading, by Jupiter.
But this is opp6sed to Saravali* .
II. If (i) the rising sign^ tho Sun, Jupitor and the
Moon be powerful and occupy tho odd (male) signs and
the odd Nnvamsas, the^ issue will be a malo child (6) ; if
they occupy the even (female) signs and the even Navamsas,
the issue will be a female child (c) ; if again, the Sun and
Jn pi tor (<I) occupy the odd signs, the issue will bo. a male
child ; and if the Moon, Venus and Mars(e) occupy tlie even
signs, the issue will be a female child. Also, if the Sun and
32 BBIHAT JATAEA. [OH. 4.
Jupiter occupy the two male double bodied NavamsasT)
and be aspected by Mercury/ the issue will be male twins ;
aud if Yeuus and Mara occupy the two female double
bodied NavamsasC^) And be aspected by Mercuryi the issue
will be female twinsCA).
Notes.
(a) At the time of conception or of birth or of query
about the one or the other according to Commentator.
(Jb & c) If some of the planets be in the male and some
in the female signs or Navamsas^ then the sex of the issue
will be that which predominates*
(d 8f e) The planets should be powerful also.
(/) These are the Navamsaa of Gemini and Sagittari.
(g) These are the Navamsas of Yirgo and Pisces.
(h) The issue will be male twins as well as female
twinS} if all the four double bodied Navamsas be so occupied.
12. If (at the time)(a) Saturn occupy any of the odd
signs from the rising sign(&), the issue will be a male child.
The sex of the issue in all the above cases shall be
determined by the position of the most powerful planet.
Notes.
(a) Of conception or query according to Commentator*
(J)) This Yoga applies only in the absence of the
Yoga mentioned already*
JV*« B. — Yoga is a particular position of one or more
planets either relatively to one another or absolutely in the
ecliptic or both.
13. (If at the time of conception)^ the Moon and the
Suuj occupying respectively any of the even and odd signs^
pspect each otberi or (2), if Saturn and Mercury (occupying
Clf. 4.] DainAT JATAKA. 33
respectively any oE the even and odd signs) aspect each
othor, or (3) if Mars (in an odd sign) aspect (or be aspected
by) the Sun in an even sign^ or (4) if the Moon and Lagna
in odd signs be aspected by Mars (in an even sign), or (5)
if Mars aspect the Moon and Mercury occnpyiog respec-
tively even and odd signs^ or (6) if Yenns, Lngna and the
Moon occupy (male signs and) male Navamsas^ the issue
will be a hermaphrodite*
Notes.
These Napumsaka Yogas take effect only in tha absence
of male and female Yogas.
14. If, when the Moon and Venus are in even signs,
Mercury, Mars^ Jupiter and Lagna be in odd signs, or if a
male planet aspect Lngna and the Moon in the even signs^
or if Morcuiy^ Mars, Jupiter and Lagna be powerfnl and
occupy even signs, the issue will be a male and a female
child. Again, if Lagna and all the planets occupy the
Ubhaya (common) Navamsas and be aspected by Mercury
in his Navamsa, the issue will be three children : of these,
two will be male children if the Navamsa occupied by Mer-
cury be that of 'Gemini, and two will be female children if
such Navamsa be that of Virgo. Again, if, when Mercury
occupies the Navamsa of Gemini, the other planets and
Lagna occupy the Navamsas of Gemini and Sagittari, all
the threo will bo male children ; and if, when Morcury occn-
pies the Navamsa of Virgo, the other planets and Lngna
occupy the Navamsas of Virgo and Pisces, all the three
will be female children.
1 5. If the last Navamsa of sign Sagittari begin to rise,
if all the planets occupy the Navamsa of Sagittari and be
powerful, and if the rising sign be aspected by powerful
Mercury and Saturn, the issue will be more than throe
children(a)
5i' BUInAT JATAKA. [oo. i.
(a) That is 5or 7 or 10 according to Commentator,
10. Initio first month of pregnancy the embryo is
formed; in the second, it becomes Hesh ; in tlie third, the
limbs aro formed ; in the fourth, tho bones are formed >
in the fifth, the skin is formed ; in the sixth, tho hair begins
to grow i in the seventh, intelligence ia infused into tho
child(a3*
The lords of tho several months from tho first to tho
seventh are Venus, Mars, Jupiter, tho Sun, tho Moon,
Saturn and Mercury respectively.
Notes.
(a) In tho eighth month, the child begins to eat
through tho navel cord. In the ninth mouthy the child is
filled with cares, and in the tonth mouth the child is born^
The lord of the 8th month is tho lord of tho rising sign at
the time of concoptiou. The lord of tho 9th mouth is tho
Moon, and tho lord of tho 10th month is tho Sun. Accord-
ing to Yavaneswara^ tho lord of the first inonth is Mars
and that of the second mouth is Youus,
There will bo miscarriage of pregnancy in that month
whose lord happens to be afflicted at tho time of conception;
but if any of tho planets be of dim appearance, tho fotus
will simply suffer iu tho month of tho particular planets.
If tho Sun bo powerful tho child would resemble its father,
and if the Moon bo powerful, tho child would rosemblo its
mother. The health and disposition of tho child follow
those of its parents at tho time of couoeptiou.
17. If Morcury occupy tho fifth or ninth house (a) from
tho rising sign, aud if at the same time the other planets be
ttC% *!•] BHIflAT JATaKA. 8^>
poworlosH, the fnco, tho legs, nncl tbe liaiids of the child will
bo doubled. If tbe Moon occupy sign Taiiiua and if inalefio
planots occupy the Biksha Sandhies(6;> the issue will be a
mute child ; bub if the Moon be aspected by a beuefic
planet, there will bo speech after a loug tiuie(c).
Notes.
(a) According to some Commpntntors the word Tri-
kona in tho text in interpreted as Moola trikona, that is
sign Virgo hore. But this is opposed to the opiuiun of
Gargo.
(b) That is, the last Navameas of the signs Cancer,
Scorpio and Pisces*
(c) But if malefic planets nspoct the Moon, tho child
will never speak ; if both malefic and benoGo planets
aspect the Moon, the effects will follow the powerful planets «
18. If Saturn and Mars occupy either the signs or
the Navamsas(a) of Mercury, the issue will bo a child born
with teeth* If Cancer be tho rising sign and iE tho Moon
occupy it and bo aspected by Saturn snd Mars, the child
will bo humpbacked ; if Pisces be tho rising sign and if
it bo aspected by Saturn, tho Moon and Mars, the child
will bo lame. If a malefio planet ^2^) and the Moon be in
any of the last Navamsas of Cancer, Scorpio and Fiscos,
tho child will bo born deaf. In all tho above Yogas tho
efiVcts described will oocur only if the several planets are
not aspected by Jupiter(c).
Notes.
(a) Or both tho signs and Navamsas according to
some Commentators.
{b) Ono of the throe planots, the Sun> Mars and Sa-
turn.
r
(c) So that if the pbinets be aspected by Jupiter, the
cfTecls will not occur.
] 9. If the last Navamsa of Hf akara begin to rise and
if it be nspected by Saturn, the Moon and the Sun, the
issue will be a dwarf. If Mars occupy the rising Drek-
kana of the fifth house or of the ninth houseC'i), the issue
will be either without a head or without arms or without
legs respectivel}^^ if Mari bo aspccted by the Sun^ the Moon
and Saturn.
Notes.
(a) Some Oommentators interpret this part of the
text as follows ; if Mars occupy the 1st or the 2nd or the
8rd Drpkkana of a rising sign, &c> But this is opposed to the
opinion of Garga.
20. If Leo be the rising sign and if it be occupied by
the Sun and Moon and aspected by Mars and Saturn^ the
issue will be a blind child ; (a) if in the above case benefio
planets aspect the rising sign^ the child will be born with a
mote in its eyes. If the Moon or the Sun occupy the twelfth
Iiouse from the rising sign(&)^ the child will be born blind,
respectively, of the left or the right eye(c).
The several Togas mentioned above(dj will not wholly
come to pass it* the planets of each Yoga bo aspected by
benefio planets*
Notes.
(a) According to Commentator if the Sun alone occu-
py sign Leo; and if it be aspected by Mars and Saturn, the
child will be blind of the right eye ; and if the Moon alone
should occupy sign Loo^ and if it bo aspected by Mars and
Saturn, the child will be blind of the left eye.
(6) At the time of Niisheka (conception) or of birth.
en. 5.] BMHAT JATAKA. 87
(c) Provided the Sun or tKe Mood is aspectod by
Mars and Saturn according to bubodliini Commentator,
id} That is beginning from Stanza 17.
21. Find out the number of the particular Dwnda*
snmsa occupied by the Moon at the time^a) in any Zodi-
acal sign. Note the Zodiacal sign whose name the Dwa-
dasamsa bears* Count from the next sign a3 many signs as
the number of Dwadasamsas by which the Moon may
have advanced in any particular sign. When the Moon
comes to such last sign the birth of the child will occur.
♦■
Again^ the birth will occur by day or by night accord-
ing as the rising Navamsa at the time is a day or a night
Navamsa. The hoar of birth from sun-rise or sun-set may
be calculated from the portion of the risiug Navuuisa that
may have risen above the horizon.
Notes.
(a) At the time of conception^ or query according to
Commentator.
In this stanza the author purposes to discover the time
of child-birth from the time of conception or query. Suppose
the Moon to occupy > say, the 8th Dwadusamsa of sign Aqua-
rius at the time. This Dwadasamsa is known as the Uwa-
dasamsa of Yirgo (Kannya). The sign next to sign Yirgo in
the Zodiac is sign Libra (Tula). As the Moon occupies the 8th
Dwadasamsa in sign Aquarius, the 8th sign from Libra is
sign Taurus. The child will therefore be born when the
Moon passes through sign Taurus.
The Commentator adds that the particular star which
the Moon would occupy at the time of birth might be dis-
covered from the advance made by her in the particular
Dwadasamsa occupied by her. For instance, suppose the
Moon to occupy the middlo of the 8bh Dwadusamsa in Aqua*
38 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 4.
rius. Tho middle of sign Taunis is the 2nd quarter of Star
llohini ; so that at tho time o£ birth of the child the Moon
will occupy thp aatorism of Bohini.
Agniu if the rising Nnvamsa for instance be that of
Sagittari> anight sign^ the birth will occur at night The
time of birth from f^un-set should be calculated by proper*
tion from tho time by which the Nayamsa of Sagittari may
have risen above the horizon — the period of oblique ascen-
sion of tho Navamsa ropresenting tho period of tho whole
night.
V The sex of the issue can bo detormined from stanzas
11 to 15.
22. If at the time of concoptioni the Navamsa of
Saturn(a) begin to rise and if Saturn occupy the seventh
liouse from the rising sign, there will be delivery after three
years; and in similar case of the Moon(&) there will bo
delivery after twelve years.
Which of the several Yogas described in this Chapter
are applicable to tho time of birth alsOy shall be doterminod
on the nature of such Yogas (c).
Notes.
(a) That is the Navamsa of Makar or Kumbha.
(6) IE the Navamsa of Cancer should begin to rise
and if the Moon should occupy the seventh house from tho
rising sign.
(c) For instance, Yogas relating to tho birth of chil-
dren with extra or defective organs, are to be taken to refer
ns much to the time of birth as to the time of conception.
As regards such Yogas as those relating to the misoarnage
of pregnancy and the like, they are to be taken to refer to
thg time of conception alone*
ten. 5.2 'bhihat JiTiKi; 89
CHAPTER V.
On Mattirs connsctsd with Birth tihi.
1. IF, at the time of birth of a child the rising sign be
not aspected by the Moon, the father will not be near when
the child is born— and if in such a case, the Sao shonld
occupy the 9th or the 8th hoasoi the father would be in a
foreign oonntry if the house be a movable sign, in his own
country if the house be a fixed sign, and would be return-
ing to his country if the house be a common sign.
2. If, ot the time of birth » Saturn be in the rising
sign or Mars in the setting sign, or the Moon between(a)
Mercury and Yenns, the father will not be near.
< Notes.
(a). Whether Mercury and Venus occupy the signs
on both sides of the Moon or occupy the same sign as the
Moon.
3. If> at the time of birth, the Moon be in the Drek-
kana of Mars(a) and if benefic planets be in the 2iid and llth
houses from the rising sign, the issue will be a serpent. If
the 8ign(&) of a malefic planet be the ascendant sign, and if
the Drekkana of Mars should then be rising, the issue wil
be a child;bom with a serpent coiled round its body.
Notes.
(a). These Drekkanas of Mars are — the 1st Drekkana
of Ariids, the 2nd of Cancer^ the 3rd of Leo, the Ist of
Scorpio^ the 2nd of Sagittari^ and the 3rd of Pisces.
(6). Aries, Cancer when it is waning Moon^ Leo and
Scorpio.
4. If, at the time of birth the Sun be in a quadruped
sign and the other planets be all powerful and in the com
mon signs^ the issue will be twins. 6 .
♦0 pBIHAT J4T4KA. tfl^ Sf
5. If; at th(9 tiiiiQ of bii-tb, 4^ries, Leo or T^Qrifs f^^
the rising sign^ and it Saturn or ^ars bo if^ sfipl^ 9Jgn^ thQ
^ssuo will be a child born with fiho umbilipal porcl twioe^
round tIfQ p^^t 0^ bo()y ^ndioat^d l^y t^e f isii^g Nay^m8a(fi)«
Notes.
(a). If the N^ramsft of AriQS be \,]\fi rising N^ya^s^
^t the timej th^n round the head ^ if it be thi^t of Tai^riiSf
then round the (ace and so pr\, following t^(^ dp|siona of
the bojdy referred |;o |n Stanza 4^ C|iapt|9r I.
6. If Jupiter at the tirpQ of birth f^il tq ^ppcfi botl^
^he aspendant sign and the Mood (a) or the lyioon when ii^
popjupptioi) with thQ SuD^ or \f thQ Moqn be in coDJt^nctioii
with the Siin when he is accompanied by ^ malefiQ planet^
^he issue will be an illegitimate child*
Notes.
(a). If Jupiter aspect either the onp or t^e other th(^
phild will not be legitimate.
Accordiug to Yavaneawara, if either the ascendant
Navamsa or the Navamsa occupied by the Moon be that of
Jupiter, the child i^ill not bo illegitimate.
Acoopding to G(}rga> if the Moon should pcqupy a sigqi
of Jupiter^ or if she be in oonj}|^ptjon with Jupiter in auy
pj^her sigii) or if the Moon bQ in the Drekkana or Navamsq^
of Jupiter, the child will not ]>Q illegitimate,
7. If, at the time of birth^ two malefic plane^s(a) occupy
one of the mali^Qc sign(&)j and if such sign be the Bth^ 7tlf
or 9th ho]:^se frpin the Qau, the fa|;he|!: of the child will be ia
custody at the t^me. If the Sun oqcupy a movable sign, thQ
father will be so in foreign |ands; if he occupy a fixe^ sigi^
the father will be ^u cifstody in hjs own country^ and if h^
poQupy a common sign^ the father will be so on ]m w^y tq
})i^ natiye country.
tR. 5.] iRiHiT JATiKA. 41
Kbles;
(a). Mars ctnd Saturn.
(b) jft ries, Led> Scorpio, Caprioom, Acjiiafios, Cancer
'wHeii ifc U wailing HdoUi and Gemini and Virgo when
liUfcury is in conjancbion witii liialefic planets.
d. If the Moon be full and in Cancer^ if Mercury be
in th6 rising sign and Jupiter in the 4th Uouse, the .birfih
v^ill occur in A boitt. Again; if the watery signs begin to
rise add if the Moon be in the 7th housef; then too the birth
will oc6ur in a boitt.
SI. If a watery sign begin io rise, the birth will certain-
ly otictir on the banks of waiersj if (i) the Moon be also in
a watery fiign^ or (2) if the Mood be full and aspect the ris-
ing sign; or (3) if the Mood be in tUe 10th or 4th housd or
in Lagna.r.»AC*
, ' » • • • •
10. If the Moon occupy the rising sign and if Saturn
occupy the i2th hodse and be dspected by a malefic planet,
the birth will occur in a prison. Again^ if either Scorpio or
Cancer begio to rise and be occupied by Saturn andaspected
by the Moon^ the birth Will occur in a ditch.
11. If a watery sign begin to rise and if Saturn occupy
it and be aspected by Mercury^ the San^ or the Moon, the
birth will occur respectively in a pleasure house, a temple
or sterile ground.
12. If a biped sign be rising, and if Saturn occupy it
and be aspected by Mars, the birth will be in cremation
ground ; if aspected by Venus and the Moon, the bhth will
occur in some beautiful and agreeable spot ; it aspected by
Jupiter, then in* the Agnihotra Sala(a) ; if aspected by the
Sun, then in the King^s palace or a temple or a cow shed
and if aspected by Mercury the birth will occur in an artistes
working room.
42^ pXHAT JAtASik.. [i'H; 5«^
Notes.
(a). A place where the sacred fire is kept and
worshipped.
13. The birth will occur in plaoes(a) represented by the
rising sign or Nayamsa, whichever is powerfal. If such sign
or Navamsa be a movable one, the birth will occur in roads ;
f fixed, then, within a building( h). If the rising Navamsa
be a Yargottama oncj the house will be the mother's own
property. Se^ H ^\h, ;t 1, ...A ^l^ \-^^^ ^vA
Notes.
(a) . These places are those referred to in Stanza S^
Chapter I. We will give here the several places appro-
priate to the several signs of the Zodiac.
^ Mesha represents the abodes J^^^^ves) of tho sheep,
mountains, the residence ^o£ an army, a fire place, metal
mines and mines where precious stones aro found.
SJ Yirshbha represents forests, bottom of hills, places
frequented by the elephants and cattle^and dwelling places
of the farmer.
-tT Mithuna represents places frequented by women learned
'"^ in music and painting for purpose of either play or to carry
love messages to lovers.
Xataka represents rice fields, tanks, sand banks and
aces frequented by the nymphs.
t\ Simha represents forests, inaccessible places, caves,
mountains covered with forests and places frequented by
forestmen.
•0 pi
^
Elanya represents places overgrown with grass
women's sleeping apartments, and female schools.
^
Tula represents customs houses, middle streetsibazarsj
en. 6»] BBIHAT JATAKA. 43
roads leading to towns^ market placeSi high gteutid and
places where crops grow.
Yrischtka represents caves, fortified towxis, ditched,
places where there are poisonotis stones, and hills and snake
holes and soorpion holes.
Dhanos represents good and even plnces Where there
are horses or cavalry men or armed men, pincos of sacri-
ficial fire ceremonies or whore vehicles are kept.
Makara represents rivers, gardens, forests, tanks, water
banks and ditches.
yyvVt- Kumbha represents places frequented by birds, by
women, by dealers in liquor or by gambled.
\£ Meena represents temples, places frequented by the
Brahmins, holy waters^ rivers and seas*
A v«^*. '^ (6)- If both fixed and movable, the birth would occur
jf * < in the outer verandah of the house.
14. If, at the time of birth, Mars and Saturn occupy
single sign, and if the Sun or the Moon (a) occupy the 5th
or the 9th house from them^ the child will be deserted by
its mother; but if the Sun or the Moon be aspected by
Jupiter, the child though abandoned by its mother will
live long and in comfort.
Notes.
(a)* If the Moon occupy the setting sign according to
some other reading.
15. If a malefic planet (a) aspect the Moon in the
rising sign, Mars occupyiog the 7th housp, or if Mars and
Saturn occupy the 11th house from the Moon when in the
rising sign^ the child deserted by its mother will die. If
the Moon be also aspected by a powerful benefic planet(&),
the deserted child will fall into the Lands of the
class of men represented by the aspecting benefic planet
a BBIHAT iATAKA. [CH* 9.
arid will live; If tte aspddting malefic planet be powerful;
the deserted cliild Will fall into itie bauds' of otbei^s' d'l^d
will perish ;
Notes."
(a). Saturn or Mars.
(5). if Jupiter asp6c'i the Moon^ none of these evils
will befall the child.
16. If a paternal plaiuet be pow^r^ul) t'he hiviil will occnr
ih the fathered house 5 if a maternal planet be powerful; th6
birth will occur iu the mother's house / if three benenc'
planets be powerful; the birth will occur at the foot of walls
or trees ; and if three planeid occupying & single sign fail to'
Aspect the Lagna and the Moon, the birth will occur in at
fofesi
17. If the Moon occupy the Navalmda of Saturn or
tTi6 4th hous6 (U) from Lagna, or if she be aspected by
Saturn^ or if she occupy a watery Navamsa(6) Or the same
house as Saturn, the birth will occur in a d^rk spot(c). If
three or more planets be in their Neecha signs(c2) , the birth
will oc3ur on the bare ground (0). The birth will follow
the manner in which the rising sign reaches the horizon (/).
If malefic planets occupy the 4th or 7th house, the mother
will sutTer much fj^om' travail (g).
Notes,
(a). Yavanachariar uses the word Kendra, meaning
ilie Ist, 4th, 7th and 10th houses.
(2)). Water Navamsas are those of Cancer and Pisces,
(c). If the sun be powerful and be aspected by Mars,
there will be no darkness.
(d). Saravali has the word, *^ Neecha Samsthe, ^ that is,
if the Moon be in her Neecha sign, viz, Scorpio.
(e). Ou ground, covered with straw according to
Commentator.
(f). Tbl^b is, if the sign be one that rises with it9
^ead^ then the bead of the ch^ld will appear fust / if the
jsign be .0)qLO that ffSfi^ with its ^tail^ tl^e leg of the child
^will appear first : and if it be one that rises with both its
^ea4 ad4 lfi§ as sign PisceS| the hf nds will appear first*
According to certain Commeplatprs tlr*s partpf th^
jtext is interpret^e4 as ^(^l/^ws ' If the lord of the ri$ipg
fiign be in his direct course, the birth will be a natural
4
pne ; aLd if in ^is roirogade motion, the birth will be an ir«
^regular one. This meaning has the support of Manittha,
(g). Or if malefic planets occupy the same sign as thp
Hoon, the mother will su^er from jbraya^L
18. The oil shall be determined from the Moon(a),tho
wick from the rising 8ign(/>) ; the fixed or other nature of
the lamp shall b.e determined from the sign occupied by
the Sun(c). The entrance to the room will be in the
direction of the powerful planet occupying a Kendra((2) or
in that of the most pow.erf ul plane|b.
Notes*
(a). That is^ if the^Moon occupy the beginning of a
^ign^ the oil of the l^mp ii^ the delivery room will be full;
if the Moon occupy the middle sign, the oil will be one-half|
and if the Moon occupy the end of a sign, there will be no
,oil in the l^mp; in other words, the quantity of oil varies
with the position of the Moon in the si^n oooup^ed by her.
According to ^arayali; if the Mpon be full the oil will
l^e full and the quantity of the oil varies witlTi the i||un^}n^(l
portion of the Moon^sdisc. Batt^ Utpala, the Commehta-
jtor, objects to this view, for he says that if such were the
pase, children born on new-moon doya should always |)^
born in the dark-*-lhis cannot be.
46 BBIHAT JATAEA." [OH. &
(&). That IS, if the beginning of a sigo begin to riso^
the wick will be long and unbumt;if the middle of the
sign begin to rise, the wiokwillbo half burnt; and if the
end of the sign begin to risOi the wick will be nearly
wholly burnt. In other words^ the length of the wick varies
wifch the position of the point of the rising sign in contact
with the horizon.
The wick is of the color of the rising sign.
(o), That is, if the sign occupied by the Sun be a fixed
one, the lamp will be fixed in some place; if movable^ the
lamp will be carried by some body in the hand ; and if both
fixed and movable the lamp will be a swinging lamp. The
Commentator adds that the lamp will be in the direction
assigned to the signs oocupied by the Sun. According to
some the lamp will be in the dirootion of the sign (out of
12 equal parts into which the room may be divided) occu-
pied by the Sun. This latter division evidently refers to
the division referred to in the Introduction in conneotion
with Horary Astrology:
According to others again dividing the 24 hours of day
and night into 8 equal parts of 3 hour9 each^ beginning from
Bun-rise^ the lamp will be in the East, S. East, South, Ssc,
according as the time of birth falls in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd^ &c.^
parts of the division.
(d) If there are no planets in the Kendras, the on-
trance will be in the direction of the Lagna according to
Swalpa Jataka.
19. If Saturn be powerful^ the birth will occur in ^
house whioh, having become old, has been rebuilt. If Mars
be powerful, the birth will occur in a house partly burnt;
if the Moon be powerful, then, in a newly built house; if
the Sun be powerful, the birth will occur in a house buihi
of wood but weak j if Mercury be powerful then in a housci
en. 5.3 BRIHAT jataka. 47
built by several builders; if Venus bo powerful,
then in a beauiiful new boose adorned with piotures; and
if Jupiter be powerful, the birth will occur in a strong
bouse.
Notes.
According to Saravali^ if the Sun occupy the sign occu-
pied by the most powerful planet as given in the text, tho
delivery will occur in the room set apart for the worship
of the Devas ; if the Moon ocjcupy the sign occupied by th^
most powerful planet^ the birth will cocur in the bath or
water room ; if Mars> then in the kitehen or tho Aghihotra
Sala ; if Mercury^ in the bed room ; if Jupiter> in the trea<-
snre room; if Venus, then in the play ground; and if
Saturn^ the birth wjill occur in the place where sweepings
are deposited.
The Commentator iKlds if there be three or more planets
in the three signs beginning from that occupied by the most
powerful planet, there will be houses on the eastern side ;
if in the next three signs, there will be houses on the south-^
ern side; if in the next three, there will be houses on the
western side ; and if in the l&sji» three, there will be houses
on the northern side.
Again, according to Laghu Jatnka, if Jupiter at the
same time be in the 10th house from the ascendant and in his
exaltation sign — having passed over the exaltation degree,
the birth will occur in a two storied house ; if he be under
the exaltation degree, the birth will occur in a three
storied house, and if in the exaltation degree, then in a
four storied house.
Again, if Sign Eagittari be powerful, the birth will
occur in a house consisting of 3 inner verandahs ; if Jupi-
ter occupy the 1 0th house from the ascendant or one of the
7
I
I
48 BBIHAT JATAEA. [CS. 5.
signs Gemini^ Virgo and Pisces, the house will be one with
two inner verandahs.
20. If either tlie aiscendant sign, or the ascendant
Navamsa, (whichever is powerful) be that oi Aries, Cancer,
Libra, Scorpio, or Aquarius, the delivery room will be iu
the eastern portion of the house ; if it be that of Sagittari,
Pisces, Gemini or YirgOi then in the northern portion of the
house ) if it be that of Taurus, then in the western portion ;
and if it be that of Capricorn or Leo, the delivery room
will be iu the southern portion of the house.
21. If the rising sign be Aries or Taurus, the bed of
the woman in labor will be in the eastern portion of the
room ; if the rising sign be Gemini, it will be in the south-
eastern portion ; if Cancer or Leo, then in the sontheru
portion j and if Virgo, then in the south-western portion-f
if Libra or Scorpio, then in the westei'n portion j and if
Sagittari, then in the north-western portion : if Capricorn
or Aquarius be the rising sign, the bed will be in the northj;
em portion of the room, and if Pisces be the rising sign, it
will be in the north-eastern portion of t))e room* The
same rule applies as regards the place in the bed or cot
where the womau might lie. As regards the co^, figain,
its two front legs occupy ttie quavt^rs assigned to the
12th. and 3rd houses fropi the ascendant and jtei two hiu^
legs occupy the quaiters assigned to the Cth and 9th
houses.(a).
No.tes.
(a) In other words the J 2th and Hrd ho^ses represent
the fore legs ,- the 9th and 6th houses represent tbe hin4
legs; the Srd and 6th ho^ses represent the two right legs,
and the 12th and 9th houses represent the two left legs.
Also the rising sign and the 2nd house represent the head
of the cot> the 4th and 5 th houses reprosen^, the ri^ht siv!^ »
CH. 5-] BBraAT JATAKA. 49
the 7th and 8th honses represent the parb between the
two hind Iegs» and the 10th and 1 1th houses represent tho
left side. Now whatever portion of the cot may be repre-
sented by the common signs, there the cot will be bent
down a little> and this will not be the case if such sign is
either occupied or aspected by its lord or by a benefio
planet. Again^ there will be defects in those parts of the
Cot which are represented by signs occupied by malefio
planets, and this will not be the case if such malefic planets
be in their exaltation signs, in their Moola Trikona signs,
in friendly signs or in their own houses.
22. The number of mid wives will be tho number of
the planets between the rising sign and the Moon. Of
these planets the number of those in the visible hemisphere
will be the number of midwives outside the room, and the
number of planets in the invisible hemisphere will be the
number of midwives inside the room. According to some
this order is reversed .(a).
Notes.
(a) That is, of the planets between the Lagna and the
Moon, the number in the visible hemisphere is the number
of midwives within the room, and the number of planets in
the invisible hemisphere will be the number of midwives
outside the room* In this view Varaha Mihira does not
concur, for it is opposed to his Swalpa Jataka.
Again, if beneGo planets occupy the signs from
Lagna to the Moon, the midwives will all be beautiful
women, well dressed and adorned ; if malefic planets occupy
the signs, the women will be dirty, ugly and with no orna-
ments.
Again, if any of the planets between the Lagna and tho
Moon be in their exaltation signs or retrograde in motion^
the number given by them shall bo trebled. But if they be
50 HBmkT jkTitk. [c6. 6s
in their own signs^ Navamsas or Drekkanas^ &c., ilie number
given by the several planets sLall be doubled.
23. The structare aud other peculiar! tiP8(a) of the
body shall be determined from the lord of the rising Navam-
sa or from the most powerful planet ; and the color(b) of
the body shuU be determined from the (Lord of^the) Navam-
sa occupied by the Moon ; and the size of the several parts
of the body will follow the signs representing them, begin-
ing from the rising sign which represents the headed).
Notes.
(a) These are given in stanzas from 8 to 11 ini
Chapter II*
The Commentator adds that if the sign represented by
the rising Navamsa be powerful, then the physical peculiaii-
ties shall be determined from the lord of sach Mavamsa ;
if not they shall be determined from the most powerful
planet.
(b) This is given in stanza 4, Chapter IL According to
some> the color must be determined from the sign occupied
by the Moon, vide stanza 20, Chapter I. To this the Com-
mentator objects. For he says that there are no people of
the color of the parrot. In determining the color, the country^
the climate, occupation • and the like shall be taken into
acccunt.
(o) The division of body referred to here is the same
as thut refei'red to in Stanza 4, Chapter I, with this differ-
Ouoo thut while the latter begins from sign Aries, the for-
mer begins from the rising sign. The divisions are as fol-
lows :
The rising sign represents the head ; the 2nd house
represents the face ; the 3rd, the breast ; the 4th^ the heart ;
the 5th, the belly ; the 0th, the hip ; the 7th, the lower
abdomen ; the 8th, the genital organ ; the 9th, the two
thighs I the 10th> the two knees -, the Uth, the two shanks
Ott. 5.] dRIHAT JkTAKkl 51
And the l^fchjttid two feet. Now in stanza 19 of Chapter
I, the relative magnitudes of the several signs of the Zodiac
are given as follows i
. J Aries..;.. *ii20 — Pisces.
* I Taurus..;;... 24 — Aquariusi;
Ti t Gemini ;;28 — Capricorn*
^' I dancer 32-^Sagittari.
p f Leo.;; 36 — Scorpio.
^'1 Virgo ....40— Libra.
Of these the 4 signs referred to in division A are knowil
as short signs. The 4 of division B are known as signs of
middle length and the 4 of division G are known as long
signs. So that that part of the body will be long or short
according as the sign representing it is long or short.
If the lord of a short sign occupy a long sign, or if the lord
of a long sign occupy a short sign, the size of the part of
body represented will be of -middle length* If several
planets occupy a sign, the most powerful of them shall be
taken into account, and if no planets occupy a sign, the size
of the part of body will simply follow that of the sign.
24. The three-fold divisions of the tody beginning
from the head, from the neck and from the lower abdomen,
according as the rising Drekkana is the first, the second or
the third, are as follows :
The twelve
Houses.
The rising
siLm.
Part of body represented when the rising
Drekkana is
rn
The fir^t.
Head.
The second.
The third.
Neck,
Lower abdomen.
52
BUIHAT JATAEA.
[oh, 0«
2nd house.'.
I2fch
?rd
] 1 ill
4t.li
10th
5 th
9th
6th
8th
7th
n
>3
• • •
• •'
• • .
Rip^ht eye
...]Le!c eye
iliglit ear
Left oar
Right uostril.
Left nostril...
Right temple.
Left temple...
Riorht cheek...
o
Left cheek...
Right arm
Lef c arm
Right hand
Left Imnd
Right side
Left side
Right breast
Left breast
Right belly
Lett belly
• ••
• •
Mouth .,.11116 navel
Genital organ.
Anus.
Right testicle.
. . Loft testicle*
...JRight thigh-
Left thigh.
Right knee.
Left knee.
Right ankle*
Lef c aokle.
The feet.
. • •
• ••
25.
Wounds will occur in those parts of body the signs
representing which are occupied by malefic planets ; but if
such signs be occupied or aspected by benefio planets, moles
will appear in those parts ; if such malefic or benefic planets
be in their own signs or Navamsas or in fixed signs or fixed
Navamsas^ the wound or the mole will exist from birth ;
otherwise they will appear at a future time(a). As regards
woundsj if the planet causing it be Saturn^ the wound will
be caused by a stone or by the wind ; if Mars, then by fire
or weapon or by poison ; if (malefic) Mercury, it will be
caused by earth > if the Sun, then by wood or by quadru-
peds; if the (waning) Moon, then by horned animals or by
water animals. There will be no wound in those parts of the
body which are represented by signs occupied by the bene«
fie planets(&).
Notes.
(a) That is, in the dasa or planetary periods of the
several planets.
(6) By Jupiter, Venus, (benefic) Mercury and wax-
ing Moon.
For the purposes of this stanza the division of body is
that referred to in stanza 24*
26* If three planetSi whether malefic or benefio occupy
CH. 6.,] BRIHAT JATAKA. 53
a single sign, a wound or a mole will appear without fail in
the parts of body represented by the sign. (a) Agnin in the
divisioncb) of the body into twelve parts beginning from the
head (which the Lagna represents) if a malefio planet oc-
cupy the sixth house a wound will Rppear(c) (in the hip) ;
bat if the malefio planet be aspected by a benefic planet^
both a dark and a white mole will appear; but if benefic
planets occupy the sixth house^ there will only appear a
crowded growth of hair.
NOTES.
(a) Tbo division of body referred to is that given in
stanza 24.
(b) Tl^e division referred ^o is that given in Note (c)
to stanza 23.
(c) In the dasa period of the most powerful planet.
Also^ if the planet occupying the 6th house be in his own
0ign or Navamsa or in a fixed sigi^ or Nayamsa/ the wound
or tUe molp Vf'M exist fron^ birth*
OEfAPTER VI.
On IfALARISHTA OK EAKLy DbATH.
1. If l|he birth should occur in the @andhyakala(a)
^the twilight hours) ^hen ^l^e lunar Qora (5)should be rising
9.nd when innlefio planets occupy the last Nayamsas of
signS} the child would die soqu after birth. Again> if at
the time of birth, the Moon and three malefic planets occu-
py ifhe four !^endras^ one i^ ec^ch^ thei^ aUo the child would
die.
JJotes.
(a). Sandhy^kala ; This is defined by the author in
his Brihat Samhita, stanztv I9 ch. 80 ; f* That period which
precedes the moment when the Sun has just half risen and
m BBIHAT JATAKA. [CH, 6r
that which succeeds the moment when the Sun has just
half set) .during which the stars are invisible^ is known as
Sandhyakala or twilight period.'^
(2;) In the odd signs, the second halves, and in the
;even signs the first halves are known as lunar Horas.
2. If either ^ign Cancer or sign Scorpio should rise at
the timn of birth and if malefic planers occupy the east-*
.ern half of the Zodiac while the bepefic planets occupy
tho western hHlf(a), the cliild would die imniediutoly after
birth. Again, if malefic planets occupy the 12th and 2nd
liouses 01* the 6th and 8th houses from the rising sign^ the
/child would die^
Notes,
r
(a). The plane of meridian divides the Zodiac into
two equal halves known as the Eastern and Western
halves j so that if the 10^ of Cancer^ for instance^ should bQ
rising at tl^e time, the !l^astern h.2|i*If would roughly comprise
tlio portion of the Zodiac from the 10^ of Aries to the 10^
of lii^^i-a, ; ar^d the \yester):i half would comprise the
portion of the Zodiac from the ip° of Libra to the 10^ o{
Aries.
(t). According to certain Commentatora, the two
yogas are taken together* and made to form 4 single yoga.
In other words, the;^child would die under the first yoga
only if malefic planets* occupy tho 2nd, the 12th, the 6th
^nd the Sih houses. Accordii^g tp G^jrga there will be
death in each of the following four yogas : (l)Malefic planets
occupying Xhf^jbik aud the 12th houses ; (2) the 8th and 2nd
hou8es;(i5) the 12th and 2nd hoi:|8es,- (4) the 8th and iHh
houses.
3. If the rising sign, the setting sigi^ ^nd the sign
spccupied by the Moua b© eacl| occupied by a piujefic plai^^t
OB* 6J] BRIHAT JATAKA. 65
ondifthe Moon be not aspected by benefio planets, the
child will die immediately afber birth.
4. If the waning Moon occupy the 12th house from
the ascendant^ if the malefic planets occupy the rising sign
and the 8th house^ and if bene6c planets do not occupy the
KendraSj the child will die immediately after birth.
6« If the Moon attended by a malefic planet occupy
the rising sign or the 7th, 8th or 12th house, and if benefio
planets do not occupy the Kendras> the child will die soon
after birth.
6. Ifi when the Moon occupies the 6th or the 8th
house from tho ascendatit, a malefic planet aspect the same
the child will die soon after birth ; if a benefic planet alone
aspect it^ the child will die after 8 years ; and if both a be-
nefic and a malefic planet aspect the Moon> the child will
die 4 years after birth (a) ; but if a benefic planet (occupy-
ing the 6th or the 8th house) be aspected by powerful male-
fic planets(6), or if the lord of the rising sign occupy the 7th
house and be defeated in planetary fight' (conjunction) by
a malefic planet(e), tho child will die a month after birth*
Notes.
(a). In connection with this, Tavaneswara Rays : If
the 6th or the 8th house occupied by the Moon be the
house of a benefio planet, or if tho Moon be accompanied
by a benefio planet, even though he mny be in a malefic sign
the child will not die. Mandavya says : If the birth,'
occur by day in the dark half or by night in the bright
half of the month, there will be no deaths even if the Moon
occupy the 6th or the 8th house and be aspected by both
malefic and benefic planets*
(6). In the absence of benefio plmets aspecting the
Moon, adds the Commentator. Swalpa Jatnka has the
following :
8
66 BBIHAT JATAKA. [oH. 6«
'' By malefio planets or by planets retrograde in theii^
motion."
(e). Tlie planet that generally safFers defeat in con-
junction; is the southern one, one of forbidding appear-*
aucCj one of flickering light, one retrograde in motion or of
Email size, or in conjunction with the Suui or which is of
unusual appearance or without light or color.
7. If the waning Moon occupy the rising sign and if
malefic planets occupy the 8th house and the Kendras^ or if
the Moon occupy the 4th, 7(ih or 8th house and be between
malefic planets^ the child will die. Again^ if the Moon
occupy the rising sign and be between malefic planets and
if malefic planets occupy the 7th and 8th houses and
powerful benefic planets fail to aspect the Moon(a);both the
mother and the child will die.
Notes.
(a)« If they do aspect the MooU) the mother will
escape and the child will die.
8. If at the time of birth the Moon occupy the last
Nayamsa of a sign and not be aspected by benefic planets^
oi* if malefic planets occupy the 5th and the 9th houses or
if the Moon occupy the rising sign and malefic planets
occupy the 7th house, tho child will die soon after birth.
9* If at the time of birth the eclipsed Moon occupy
tho rising sign with a malefio planet(a) while Mars occapies
the 8th house, both the mother and the infant will die. If
instead of the Moouj the Sun(&) be in a similar position^
such death will be caused by weapons. Again> if either the
Sun or the Moon occupy the rising sign and if malefic pla-
nets occupy the 5thj 8th and 9th houses, the child will die^
if either the Sun or the Moon be neither aspected nor ac-
companied by powerful benefic planets.
«H« 6.] BBIHAT JATAKl* £7
NoteS'
(a). Tbat is Saturn.
(6). That is, i£ the eclipsed Sun occupy the rising
sign accompanied bjr a malefic planet (either Mercury or
Saturn)^ while Mars occupies the 8th house.
10. If at the time of birth, Saturuj the San, the
Moon and Mars occupy respectively the 32th, Otb, Ist and
the 8th houses, the child will die soon after birth if Iho
planets be not aspected by powerful Jupiter.
Notes.
To aspect all the four planets, Jupiter must occupy
the 5th house. If Jupiter should aspect only some of the
four planets, or if he be weak though he might aspect all
the four planets, the child will die* So that the -child
will escape death only if powerful Jupiter aspect all the
four planets.
11. If, at the time of birth, the Moon (a) accompanied
by a malefic planet occup; the 5th, 7th, 9th, 12th, 1st or
8th house, and if she be neither accompainied nor as-
pected by powerful Venus, Mercury or Jupiter> the child
will die soon after birth.
Notes.
(a). The Moon is the waning Moon according to Sa*
ravali.
12. The death will occur when the Moon comes either
to the sign occupied by the powerful planet causing sucli
death, or to the sign occupied by herself at the time of
birth or to the rising sign at the time, provided the Moon
is both powerful and aspected by powerful malefic planets ,•
and the Munis say • that the period for such death is a
year, (a)
58 BBIHAT JATAKA. [0H« 6.
Notes.
(a). The M oon makes about 13 revolutions in the
course of a year. Whenever tho Moon in the coarse of
motion becomes powerful and is aspected by powerful
malefio planets on reaching *one of the three plaoes men-
tioned in the text^ the death will occur.
Notes: — Tho Commentator now proceeds to describe a
number of yogas which counteract the several Balarishta
yogas given in the test. They are given below.
1. If powerful Jupiter occupy the rising sign^
there will be no early death.
2. If the lord of the rising sign be powerful, be not
aspected by malefio planets and be aspected by benefic pla-
nets occupying the Kendras^ the child will live long.
S' Even though the Moon should occupy the Sth
house^ if she should, at the same time, occupy the Drek-
kana of Jupiter, Mercury or Venus, there will be no early
death.
4. If the Moon be full, if she should occupy benefic
signs, be between beneBc planets and bo aspected by Ye^
nus, there will be no early death.
5. If either Mercury, Venus or Jupiter be powerful and
occupy a Keudra, there will be no early death even if he be
accompanied by a malefic plant.
G. Though the Moon occupy tho 6th house there will
be no earl^ death if she occupy the Drekkana of Jupiter,
Venus or Mercury.
7. If the Moon be full and be between benefic planets^
here will be no early death,
8. If the Moon bo full or if the birth occur during
the day whou it is waning Moon^ or during the night when
<IH. 7.1 BBIHAT JATAKA. 59
ifc is waxing Moon> there will be no early death even if the
Moon occapy the 6th or the iBth^ouse.
9. If the Moon be fall and^be aspected by Jupiter
occupy iDg a Kendra, there will be no early death.
10. If Jupiter, the Moon^ Venus and Mercury occupy
he houses^ the Navamsaa or the Drekkanas of benefio pla-
nets^ there will bo no early death.
11. If either tho lord of tho houso occupied by the
Moon or if a benefic palnet occupy a Kendra^ there will be
no early death*
12. If malefio planets occupy boDofic Vargas (divi<
sion^) and be aspected by benefic planets^ oocnpyuig benefio
Vargas, there will be no early death*
13. If Babu occupy the 3rdj 6th or 11th house and be
aspected by benefic planets, there will be no early death.
14. If all the planets occupy the Sirodaja signs, there
will be no early death.
15. If at the time of birth, a benefic planet successful
in planetary fight (conjunction) bo aspected by another
benefio planet, there will be no early death.
16. If the full Moon be aspected by all the planets,
there will be no early death.
CHAPTER VII.
On Ayuedaya or The Determination of the Length of Lieb
1. According to Maya, Yayanacharya, Manittha and
Parasara, the maximum number of the years of the Sun
the Moon and planets are respectively 19, 25, 15, 12, 15, 21
and 20 when the planets are in their exaltation degrees.
Notes.
In this chapter are given several methods for deter-
I>
}>
>i
>>
n
JJ
a
>i
9J
i>
>i
>i
>^
;>
99
25
*#
^>
9f
15
>>
fj
9»
12
h
99
9i
15
}9
>9
99
21
|9
>f
99
20
60 BBIHAT JATAKA. [oB. 7.
miDiog the length of human and other animal life from the
planetary positions at the time of birth. The author first
proceeds to state what is known as Pindayurdaya.
The years given by the Sun when in his exaltation
degree is 19.
Moon
Mars
Mercury
Jupiter
Venus
Sivturn
The exaltation signs with the exaltation degrees of the
several planets are given in stanza 13^ Ch L
Before the length of life can be ascertained^ the years
given above have to be subjected to various reduotions>
. 2. If the planets are in their depression degrees, their
years will be one-half of those stated above ; if in any other
places^ the years shall be obtained by proportion(a). The
number of years given by Lagna is the same as the number
of Navamsas of the rising sign that may have risen above
the horizon(&). According to 6ome(c) the number of
years given by Lagna is the number of signs between the
first point of Aries and the Lagna(£2). Again> if a planet
be in an inimioal sign, he loses a third of his perL0(1(e) ; if
he be an Astangata(/) planet, he loses one-half; but no
reduction need be made in the case of Mars (g) occupying an
inimical sign, or in the case of Saturn and Yenus being As-
taugata planets.
. • Notes,
(a). Suppose/for instance, the Sun to occupy the 2 1st
degree of Sagittari. Required his years. The exaltation de-
gree of the Sun is the 10th degree of Aries and his depress-
sion degree is the 10th degree of Libra When in . the
latter degree the number of years of the Sun will be ono
OH. 7.] BBIHAT JATAKA. 61
half of what it Is in tho former degree, ie*^ ftne-half of 19 or 9 1
years. From the 10th degree of Libra to the 10th degree
of Aries is 180 degrees. So that every degree gives us 9^
years. Now from the lOfch degree of Libra totbe2Ist
degree of Sagittarii8 2 sigasand 11 degrees ue^ 60+ 11 or 71
degrees. 71 degrees give us 7l X ^i years = 3 years, K »
months and 29 days. Adding this to 9| years, we get 13
years^ 5 months and 29 days. The years of the other pla-
nets may be similarly ascertained. These years are subject
to ceiiiain reductions as will be seen further on*
(h). The author gives here what is known as Lagna-
yurdaya, that in, the rising sign gives a number of years in
the same way as the planets do. A sign of Zodiac consist-
ing of nine Navamsas gives us 9 years. So that if the lOth
degree of Leo be risings the number of years given by
Lagna ^ X 9 years = 8 years.
(c). Some : Manittha and men of his school.
.'t
{d). In other words each sign of the Zodiac gives a
year ; so that if the 10th degree of Leo, the 5th sign from
ArieSj be rising, the number of years given by Lng^a = 4 + iJ
years = 4 years, 4 months. The Commentator adds that
in the case of Lagnayurdaya, the rule given in note(6)
should be followed, if the lord of the rising Ndvamsa be
powerful, and that given in this note should be followed if
the lord of the rising sign be powerful.
(e). Planetary period ascertained as per noteCa).
(/). A planet is said to be an Astangata one when
he disappears within a particular limit from the Sun,
his light being then obscured by the light of the Sun. This
limit varies with different planets. In direct course, dis-
appearance and re-appearance take place as follows :
62 BRIHIT JATAKA7 [«K. 7-
ara wlien'witlnn l7 degrees from tlie Sun.
» II i»
II 91 19
I » ^» >l
(Mercury , 14 ,
(^ But when retrograde 12 „ „ ,>
Jupiter 11 „ ^, ,1
f Yenu3 10 ,, J, yy
\ But j\ when retrograde 8 „ „ ,,
Saturn 15
The Moon 12
{g). The word used in the text is Vakra; this is
nterpreted to mean Mars by some and into '^ a planet of
ret ropjrade motion" by others. So thatj ''according to the
latter^no reduction for being in an inimical sign need be made
from his years if the planet be retrograde^in motion. In
this view Yaraha Mihira concurs. But the other view has
the support of Badarayana.
S. If malefic planets occupy the 12 th^ llth^lOtb, 9th^
8tb, or 7fch house from the risiug sign^ a reduction in full,
one of one-half, one-third^one-fifth and one-sixth shall be
made respectively in the years obtained. If the planets
occupying the said houses be benefic one§, the reduction
will only be one-half (a) of what was stated for^.each
But if several planets occupy a single sign, the reduction
shall be made for the most powerful one. This is accoi*ding
to Satyacharya.(6)
Notes.
(a). .Where the amount of reduction was stated to be
full in tho case of a malefic planet, it is only one-half in the
case of a benoiic planet ; whoro it was stated to bo one-half
in tho former case, it is only one-fourth in the latter case,
and so forth.
Q))m In this view Varaha Mihira concurs.
4. If a malefic planet occupy the rising sign, then
multiply the tota,l number of years already obtained by tho
CH. 7.] IlRIiriT JATAKA* 03
number of Navamsas befcweon tbo firsfc point of Av^cs find
the Lagna of the rising Navamsaand divide the product
hy 108. The qnotient itrillbe the number of yeaw to be
subtracted (a) from the total number of years already ob-
tained({i). But if the malefio planet be aspected by a bene-
fic one, the amount of reduction will only be^ oue-faalf
of what was stated above.
Notes.
(a). The reduction is known as Krurodayaharana.
(6). According to some the number of years of reduc-
tion i3 obtained by multiplying the total number of years
already obtained by the number of Navamsas of the rising
sign that have risen above the horizon and dividing tho
product by 108, the total number of Navamsas of the
Zodiac.
5. The maximum length of life of man and the ele«
phant is 120 years and H days, that of the horse is 32 years,
that of the ass and the camel is 25 years,' that of the buffalo
and the ox is 24 yearSf that of the dog "! (a) is
f2 years, and that of the goat and the like(&) is 16 years•'1^
Notes,
To find out the length of life of an animal. Make the calcu*
lation as for a man and multiply the result by the maximum
period of life of the particular animal and divide tho pro-
duct by 120 years and 5 days. The result will be the length
of life of the animal requirod.
(a). Dog and animals with claws*
(&). Goat, the deer and the like.
6. The length of life of a person born when the last
Navamsa of Piscos is rising, when Mercury has just passed
25 minutes in sign Taurus and whon all tho other planets
occupy their exaltation signs is the maximum period of 120
years and 5 /lays
9
6i
BSIHIT JATAKA*
Notes.
In. 7.
The horoficope referred to in the text is given below.
Venus.
Lagna.
Sun.
Moon.
Mercury.
Easi Chakra*
_ (
Jupiter.
1
Mars.
■
Saturn.
As all planets ezceptingMercury are io their exaltation
signs (and in their exaltation degrees as supposed by the
Commentator) the years given by such planets are the maxi-
mum years assigned to them. The maximum number of
years ofMercury when in his exaltation degree, viz., the 15th
degree of YirgQ is 12, and when in his depression
degree^ viz., the 15fch degree of Hsoas^ is 6. The re*
maining 15 degrees of Pisces give us 6 months. Sign Aries
gives us a year. Now the first degree of Taurus gives 12
days and therefore 25 minutes of the 1st degree give us^X
25 = 6 days. So that the years of Mercury = 6 years + 6
months + 1 year + 5 days = 7 years, 6 months and 5 days.
A{?ain, as the end of sign Pisces was rising, according
to the Commentator the nine Navamsas of sign Pisces give
us 9 years ; so that we have the following s
Jupiter
Venus
Saturn
The Sun .49 yrs-
TheMoon..25„
Mars' ...15 „
Mercury ...7 yrs,6 ms. 5 ds.
» • •
15 yrg.
••• 21 „
... 20
9
• ••
V
9»
Lagua
Now a reduction known as Cbakrapataharana is to be
laade from the years of Mars and Saturn, these two being
CH. 7.] B&IHAT JATAKA. 65*
malefio planetSi the former oconpying tbe lUIi house and
the latter the 8th house from the risiog Bigu.'^The amouut
of reduction therefore is one-half in the case of Mars and
ono-fifth in the case of Saturn. AecordiDgly after making
the reduction^ the years of Mars will be 7i and those of
Saturn will be 16. £6ductions known as Satrukshetra-
harana^ Astangata harana and Krurodaya harana have not to
be made in this case* The lesalting years therefore are— -
Years. Months. Days*
The Sun ... ... 19
Tbe Moon ... ... 25
Mais ... ... 7
Mercury ,.. ... 7
Jupiter ... ... 15
Venus ... ... 21
Saturn ... ... 16*
Lasrna ... ... 9
...
.*
•••
... V ... «••
Total length of life ... 120 ... 5
7. This Piudayurdaya method has also been treated
of by Yishnugupta (a)> Devaswami and Siddhasena. Reject-
ing the age of 8^ the period of Balarishtaor early death {b),
the main fault in this Pindayurdaya ia that in no case it
gives us years less than 20 (c).
Notes.
(a). Visbnugupta is otherwise known as Chanakya.
(6). To which none of the Ayurdaya rules apply.
(c). The Commentator conaiders that this stanza is not
the author's; the objection to Pindayurduya raised in it ho
meets as follows by proving that Pindayurdaya does give
years below 20. He takes the following horoscope. The
first Navamsa of Aquarius is the Lagna. 'J'he Sun, the Moon
and Venus occupy their exaltation degi ocs j Mercury, Jupiter*
66
BRIHAT JATAKA*
[CH- 7.
and Saturn occupy their depression degrees^ and Mars occu-
pies the 28th degree of sign Aquarius.
Venus
'Mertfilry.
Mars.
Lugna.
Sun.
Saturn.
Moon.
Jfupiter.
Rasi Chukra.
Now as the Sun, the Moon and Venus are in their exal-
tation degrees, their years are respectively 19, 25 and 21 ;
and as Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn occupy their depression
degrees, their years are one-half of their maximum years^
that is one-half of 12, 15 and 20 or 6,7a~ and 10 respectively.
Now the 28th degree of Capricorn is the exaltation degree
of Marsi-and as he occupies the 28th degree of Aquarius, he
is removed from the exaltation degree by exac.Wy 30 degrees.
His maximum number of years wLeu in the 28th degree
of Capricorn being 16 ; 30 degrees or a sign gives us il or
year and 3 months. Subtracting this from 15 years we
get 13 years and 9 months as tho yeai*s of Mars. As sign
Aquarius was just rising Lagna gives us no years; so that
at this stage the planetary years stand as follows :
The Sun 19 years.
The Moon 25
Venus 21
Mercury 6 years.
Jupiter 7 years G ms.
Saturn 10 ,>
and Mars IH years 9 months. Now as Jupiter, a benefic planet
occupies the 12th house from the rising sign, his years
a (Fer a reduction of one-half of their length ; so that; after
Ctt. 7.] fintUAT JlTAEA. 07
the reduction^ he gives ns only 3 years and 9 months,
^gain, as all the planets occupy friendly signs^ no Sutru-
£lshetraharana need be made. Saturn being within 10
degrees from the Sun is an Astangata planet and therefore
his years suffer a reduction of one half^ So that aihe^ tb9^
p»d««ti>»i»> he gives ns tS years. Thus we have the follow*
ing*
The Sun Ig years.
The Moon 25 ...
Venus 21 ...
Mercury ^ years.
Jupiter 8 ys. 9 ms-
Satnrn iO & yearSj
Mars 13 years 9 months.
Total 98^yeais 6 months,
i^ow as Marsj a malefio pluneti occupies the rising signi
the total number of OflTyears and 6 months have to be sub-
jected to a deduction known as Krurodaj'a harana< In
other words the 108 Navamsas of theecliptio represent the
total number of years. Now there are 10 X 9 = 90 Na.
vamsas between the first point of Aries and the first point
of Aquaris. The quantity of reduction therefore is /(/V ^ ^^
years and 6 months. Therefore the years remaining
after the reduction = tVV ^ 93ryears and 6 mouths = 1^
years and vmonths, the length of life required. This of
course is less than 20 years.
8. To the very yoga to which the maximum length of
life has been assigned, certain astrologers (a) have ascribed
the life of a king. There is an evident error in Hms.
Another error is that persons (born under the yoga of a
sovereign) are often found to live long and poor.
Notes.
(a.) S^uch as Badarayana and Yavaneswara.
The obiection amounts to this :
That the very yoga which, according to Pindayurdnya
is said to give a person the raaximutn length of lite is const*
6S BBIHAT JATAKl. [tJH. 7.
dered by certain astrologers as Baja Yoga. In either
Case several planets cccupy tbeir exaltation signs (vide
stauza 1, Chapter X[.) The Commentator considers this
stanza toO) not as the anther^, the objection raised being
an absurd one. For, it is wrong to suppose that a particular
yoga cannot be both a yoga for long life and one for the
life of a sovereign. The other objection raised in the text is
evidently a frivolous one and ought to be proved before it
can be met
9. According So Joevasarma the maximum number of
years for each planet when in his exaltation sign and degree
is one-seventh of the maximum length of human life — 120
years and 5 days, — which is 17 years, 1 month> 22 days, and
y^ ghatikas. (a) In this view Jeevasarma stands alone and
is not supported by other authorities. According to Satya.
eharya, the planetary years are the same as the number of
Navamsas passed over by each planet (&> This view has the
support of many authorities.
Notes*
(a.) Just as in PindaynrdHya> the several reductions are to
bo made and then the resulting length of life ascertained.
(/>). Counting from the Navamsa of Aries immediately
preceding ; so that no planet can give more than 12 years.
10. According to Satyacharya^ convert the Sphuta or
longitude of the planet into minutes ; divide the number o^
ininutuci by ^00 ; the quotient will roprosont the number of
Navanisas passed over by tho planet from the first point of
Aries. Divide this by i2, the remainder will give the number
of Navamsas from tho Navamsa of Aries the number is
also the number of years and fraction of a year for
the planet.
Notes. '
Suppose the longitude of the Sun to be 115 degiees Is
CH. 7.] • bbihAt jataka. 6»
»
minnfces. This converted into minutes gives 6,913 minutes^
Now as a Navamsa contains 200 minutes tbe num_
ber of Navamsas passed over by the Sun from the
first point of Aries = VttV = 34^^ Dividiner this
by 12, we get as remainder lO^^ NAvamsns from tlie next
preceding Navamsa of Aries- This then represents the
years of tlie Sun which will be found to bo lO years,
C montus 23 days and 24 ghatikas ; and so on for each
planet.
11. Again, if any planet occupies its exaltation
sign or is retrogrnde in its motion, the years assigned
to it, shall be trebled ; and if tbe planet be in its Var-
gottama or Navamsa or Swakshetra or Dnekkana, its
years shall be doubled^ The above is a special feature
in Satyacharyar's Ayurdaya. In other respects, it resembles
the Pindayurdaya — the several i^uotions(a) already refer-
red to apply to the present case.
Notesr
(a). Tlie reduction known as Krnrodaya harana
4oes not apply to Satyacharyar's method. (Vide stanza 12),
12. According {b Satyacharya the years, months, &.c.
for the Lagoa, the rising degree,are the same as the number
of Navamsas passed over (a) (as in the case of the planets);
but if the rising sign be powerful(&), then, the number of
signs passed.over represents the 3^ears, months, &c. The
reduction known as Krurodayaharana does not apply to
Satyaoharyar's method. In the case of the other reduotioos
the years given in the first stanza ought not to ho employ-
ed(c).
Notes.
(a). Beginning from the next preoeding Navamsa of
Ariest '
70 BRIHAT JATAKA» [CH. 7»
(&)• As siated in stanza I9> Ck L
(c). That is the special years of each planet according
to Satyacharya^s method ought to be subjected to the several
reductions.
13. In the matter of Ayurdaya, the method of Satya-
Charya is the best. Objection is made to it on the ground
that the planatery years have to be multiplied several times(a)
This is wrong ; where any period has to be multiplod
by several numbers^ it will be sufficient if the period is
multiplied by the largest number(Z^}.
Notes.
(a). Suppose Mercury to occupy sign Virgo which is
his exaltation sign as well as his house.
It would seem that under stanza 11^ Mercury ^s years
should first be trebled and then doubled. Is this to bo
done 7 Again, suppose Mercury to occupy the last Navamsa
of sign Virgo which is his Vargotama position. His years,
it would appear, have to be doubled on that account* Already
we found that for being in his bouse^ his years had to
be doubled. The question is whether the years of Mercury
have bo be doubled twice* Again, suppose Mercury while
occupying Virgo^ his exaltation sign, is also retrograde in
his motion for which his years have to be trebled* Are his
years then to be trebled twice* No.
(h). If any period has to be doubled twice or thricci
it will be enough if it be doubled but once, and where the
period has to be trebled twice or thrice^ it will bo enough if it
be trebled but once. Again ^ if any period has to be both
doubled and trebled, it will be enough if it be only trebled
14, The life of a person born when sign Cancer is ris-
ingi when Jupiter and the Moon occupy such rising sign,
when Mercury and Venus opcupy the KendrgiS and the other
CH. 7.] BBIHAT JATAKA. 71
pbinets oocnp7 the llib,6ih and 8rd honaes is not subject to
ordinary calculation, but far exceeds the maximum period
of normal human esistence(c)*
Notes.
(a). In other words, the ordinary -^yurdaya rules for
ascertaining the length of a man's life do not apply to the
horoscope mentioned in tlie text. For further particulars
vide Chapter IX. Notes.
Notes : — It may be interesting to quote here a few horos-
copes of the nature of the one referred to in the last stanza
to which the ordinary Ayurdaya rules do not apply. These
are mainly the horoscopes of eminent sages who are suppos-
ed to live for several centuries.
(1). The rising sign is Leo and Jupiter occupies it>
Venus occupies Cancer, Mercury the 2od house Virgo, and
the malefic planets occupy the Upachaya places^ viz., the
8rd, 6th, 10th, and 11th houses. A person born in the
above yoga will live for 1,000 years.
(2). The Sun and Mars occupy the 4th house from the
ascendant ; Saturn occupies the rising sign, Bahu the l2th
house and the other planets the 8th house. A person born
in the above Yoga will live for 2,000 years.
(3), The rising sign is Aries, and the Sun occupies it.
Saturn occupies the 4th or the 9th house. Mars the 7th
house, and powerful Moon the 12th house. A person born
in the above yoga will live for 2,000 yeare by the power of
drugs.
(4). The rising sign is Sagittavi or Pisces, and Jupi-
ter occupies it ; sign Gemini is unoccupied and Venus occu-
pies one of the Kendra houses. A person born in the above
yoga will live for a great number of years by the power of
drugs and will attain the position of Indra.
10
f% BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 7,
(5), If all the planets oocqpy either a single sign op
the Trikoha or the Kend^a houses, a person born in the
yoga will either die immediately after birth or live for a
yoga by the power of 7?ian<rair,
6. If maleiio planets do not occupy the Trikona houses,
benefic planets do not occupy the Kendra houses, and if the
8th house be not occupied by a maleiio planet, a person
born in the yoga will become a Deva.
7. The rising sign is Taurus and Yenus occupies it.
Jupiter occupies one of the !E^endra houses and the other
planets occupy the Svd, 6ih and 11th houses. A person.
born under the yoga will beoome a Peya after living for a
great number of years by the power of drugs and mantras.
8. The rising sign is Cancer; Baturn ocenpiea sign
Libra ; Jupiter occupies Capricorn ) and the Moon occupies
Taurus. A person born uader the yoga attains the position
of Brahma after living a great many years by the strength
of drugs and mantras.
9. The rising sign is Cancer and Cancer is also th^
rising Nayamsa ; Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra houses ;
Mars the 7th house ; and Venus is in Simhasanamsa(a)«
A person born in the above yoga will live long by the power
of drugs*
10. The rising Navamsa is the last Navamsa of sign
Virgo and Mercury occupies it ; Jupiter occupies the 7th
house and is in Gopuramsa or Saturn is in Alridvamsa..
A person born under the above yoga will live for an infi-
nite number of years%
11. Venus is in Devalokamsa; MaxB in one of the
Kendra houses and Jupiter is also in one of the Kendra
houses and is in Simhasanamsa. A person born in the
above yoga will livo for a countless number of years.
• * • ■
(a). For an explanation of these Amsas or planetHsry
positions, vide the note at theendt
OH. 7«] ABlHAt JATAKAft ?3
12. Venus oc()upies one of the Kendra houses and is
in Vargottaraa position and in PHt*avatamsa ; Jupiter occu-
pies one of the Kendra hottses and is in Swargalokamsai
A person born in the above yoga will live for a oountless
number of years by the power of drugs»
13. ttupiter occupies one of ihe Kendra houses^ and is
in Oopnratnsa ; Venus ocbupies one of the l^rikona kouses
lind is in Paravatamsa and the risidg sign is Cancer ; it
pei*son born in the above yoga will live for a ybga.
14. The rising sign is Can()er and Jupiter occupies it
lind is in the Navamsa of Sngittari and 2 or 3 planets
occupy the Kendras. A person born in the above yoga
will live long and attain the position of Brahma.
15. Venus occupies the 8rd or 11th house and is in
Gopura or other AmsaSj and the rising Navamsa is Taurus
of sign TaurilSi A pei^son bom in the above yoga will live
long and attain the position of Bl*ahmai
16. Vonus ocdnpies tbe rising sign ^ Jupiter the 7th
iiouse;the Moon/ sign Virgo, and the rising Navamsa is
Aries of sign Sagittari. A person born in the above yoga
will obtain salvation^
17. Mercury occupies the 5th hoitse and is in Gopurn
or other amsas ; the rising sign is Aquarius and Jupitei*
occupies it. A person botn in the above yoga will attain
the position of Brahma.
18. Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra houses. Saturn
Occupies the 11th house. The Sun occupies the 2nd house
, Gl-ulika (the higher apsis of a planet's course) occupies the
7 th house and Mars occupies the 9th house* A pei*sou born
iu the above yoga will live for a yuga.
19 i Jupiter and Mercury are in the Trikona houses j
74 BBIHAT JATAkA. [oH. 7
the rittiDg sign is Taurus and Mars oocupies it and the
Moou is in Gopuramsa. A person born in the above yoga
will live for 2,000 years.
20. Jupiter oocupies one of the Kendra houses ', the
rising sign is Cuncer, Mars oocupies the 7th house and
Saturn the 4th house; the time of birth is the light Iialf
of bhe month. If the birth of a person occurs in the above
yoga and by day he will live for 10,000 years.
21. Jupiter, Saturn, Mars and Venus oooupy the Ken-
dras and are mutually in Kendra positions to one another,
or tbey all ocoapy the Trikona houses. A person born in
either of the above yogas will live for 10,000 years.
22. Benefic planets occupy the Kendras ; Malefic pla-
nets occupy the 3rd, 6th, and 11th houses; the rising sign
is Leo and Jupiter occupies it. A person born in the
above yoga will live for 00,000 years.
23. The rising sign js Capricorn and planets from
Mars to the Sun occupy it excepting Jupiter who occupies
the 8rd house. A person born in the above yoga will live
for a Kalpa.
24. The last Navamsa of sign Aries is the rising Na-
vamsa and Jupiter or Venus occupies it ; the Moon occu-
pies the 5th Navamsa of Taurus or Sagittari or Mars is in
Simhasanamsa. A person born in the above yoga will
live for a countless number of years.
25. The Suu and Mercury occupy fixed signs j the
Moon oocupies sign TauruSj and Venus sign Gemini ; the
rising sign is Cancer and Jupiter oocupies ifc> or the rising
sign is Libra and Saturn occupies it, A person born in the
above yoga will beoome a Muni or a Ilishi.
23. The Moon is in Devalokamsa ; Mars is in Paravat-
amsa ; the Sun is in the rising sign and in Simhasanamsa
A person bom in the above yoga will beoome a Muni or a
Bishi.
OH. 7] . BBIHAT JATAKA. 75
27. Tfao Sna oocupios sign Arios ; Jupifcer either the
9fcli house or sign Cancer and the malefic planets occupy
the 3rd, 6th, and llth houses. A person born in the above
yoga will become a Muni.
Ameas explained*
In Chapter I we have referred to the six modes of di-
vision of the Ecliptic known as Shadvarga* Ceitaiu writers
have four more divisions known as Saptamamsa, Dasamsai
Shodasamsa and ShaBhtyamsa* These ten divisions of the
eoh'ptic are known as Dasavarga.
Saptamamsa is division of a sign of the Zodiac into 7
equal parts. The lords of the 7 parts of the odd signs are
respectively the lords of the 7 signs of the Zodiac comroen*
oing from the odd sign j and the lords of the 7 parts of tho
even signs are respectively the lords of the 7 signs of the
Zodiac beginning from the 7th sign from the even sign.
Dasamsa is division of a sign of tho Zodiac iiito 10
equal parts. The lords of the 10 parts of the odd signs are
respectively the lords of the 10 signs of the Zodiac com-
mencing from the odd sign, and the lords of the 10 parts of
the even signs are respectively the lords of the 10 signs
commencing from the 10th sign from the even sign.
Shodasamsa is division of a sign of iho ecliptic into 16
equal parts. The lords of the 16 parts of the odd signs
are the lords of the 12 sign,s commercing from the odd sign
together with Brahma, Vishnu, Rudra and Suryaj the
lords of the 16 parts of the even signs are the lords of the
12 signs commencing from the oven signs together with
Suryo, Rudra, Vishnu and Brahma.
Shashtyamsa is division of a sign of the ecliptic into 60
equal parts. The 60 parts of the odd signs are those of
76
J3B1HAT JATAEA*
[oh. 8
1. GhoVa.
2. BMkshasn.
8k Deva*
4. Kubora.
6. llakHbogana,
6- Kinnara.
7. Bhrashta.
8. Kulaghtia.
0. Garala.
10. Agni.
11. Maya.
21. Padma.
22. Lakshroi.
23. Vageesa.
24. Digambara,
25. Dova.
2G, Ardra.
27. Kalinasa.
28. Kshitiswara.
29. Kamalakara.
SO. Mandatmaja.
31. Mrifcyu.
12. Pretapureesa.32. Kala.
13. Apampati. 3B« Davagni.
14. Devaganesa. 84. Ghora*
1?S. Kala.
16. Alii.
17* Amritamsa.
18. Chandra.
19 Mrida«
20. Koinala.
85. Amaya.
SG. Kantaka^
87. Sudha.
88. Amrita<
41. Kalinasa.
42. Mukhya.
43. Yamsaksliayai
44*. Utpatakai
45. Kiila-rnpai
46. Soumya.
47. Mridu.
48. Sasitala.
49. Damshtr&karatai
50. Indumukha.
51. Pravina.
52. Kalagni.
5?. Dandayudbai
f>4. Kirmala^
55. Subhai
56. Asubha.
57. Atisitala.
58. Sudha.
894 Poomachandra. 59. Payodhibhramana^
40. Yishapradigdba. 60. Indurokha.
And the 60 parts of the even signs are the above in
the inverse order> that is^ beginning from Indurekha and
endiDg in Ghora.
Now a planet which occupies his particulat house, Na-
vamsa, Uwadasamsa^ l^rimsamsa> &6., is said to be in his
Varga. A planet occupying two Vargas is said to be in
Parijatamsa j if lie occupies three Vargas^ he is said to be in
Uttamainsa ; If fouV yargas, in Gopuramsa ; if five vargas
in Simhanamsa j if six, in Paravatarasa j if seven or eight,
in Devalokamsa j if nine, in Airavatam^ a j and if ten, In
Vaiseshikamsa.
dM
CH. 8] BBIHAT JATAKA* ' 77
CHAPTEB VIII.
On PiiANBTARY Divisions and Sub-Divisions of' L\n
Known As Dasas and Antaroasas.
1. Determine fir^^t which of the following three is
powerful-^-the Rising Sign, the Sun and the Moon. His pe-
riod comes first. Then follow the periods of tha planets
occupyinpr the Kendra houses, from such powerful rising
sign or the Sun or the Moon. Then come the periods of
the planets occupying the Panaphara houses from the same,
and lastly come the periods of planets occupying the Apok-
lima houses(a)' If there be no planets in the Kendra or
Panaphara or Apoklima houses, then the periods of the
other planets come in the order stated.
Notes,
(a). The order in which come thb periods of the
several planets occupying the Kendra or the Panaphara or
the Apoklioa houses is given in the following stanza.
2. The lengths of the several planetary periods known
as dasas are the same as those of tbe planets ns found iu
the last chapter. Again, of the several planets occupying
the Kendra or Panaphara or Apoklina houses, the dasa
period of the most powerful planet cornea first, then comes
that of the planet next in power and so on ; but if the
planets be of equal power^ the daisa period of the planet
whose period is the longest comes first; and if the planets be
of equal power and period, then the period of the planet
which rises firstCa) comes first.
Notes.
(a.) That is, reappears after its conjunction with the
Sun according to Commentator. Taking stanzns 1 and 2
together, we find that the dasa period of either Lagna or the
Sun or the Moon, whichever is powerful, comes first. Then
come the periods of the planets occupying the Kendra house y
in the order stated. Then the periods of the planets occupy-
iug the Panaphara houses in the same order, and lasts
78 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cH. 8
those of the phinets occupying the Apoklina houses in the
same order.
8. The period of the Antardasa(a) (aub-division of
planetary period) of the planot'6) occupying the same
house as the lord of the dasa period, is one-half of the
antardasa period of such lord. The antardasa period of
the planet occupying the 5th> or the 9bh house from the lord
of the dasa period, is one-third>that of the planet occupying
tlie 7th house from the lord is one-seventh^ and that of the
planet occupying the M\ or the 8 th house from the lord
is one- fourth of the antardasa period of the lord. The
antardasa periods of the Lagnu-dasa shall be determined ia
the same way.
Notes.
•
(a). Planetiuy divisions of life are known as dasa
periods and planetary sub-divisions of life are known asth&
antardasa periods.
' (h.) The antardasa periods of a particular daua period
of a planet come in the order stated in the text, namely
first comes the antardasa period of the planet itself, then
that of the planet occupying the same house as the lord of
the dasa period, then, that of the pUuiet occupying the 5th or
9th house from the lord, then that of the planet occupj'ing
the 7th house from the lord, and lastly that of the planet
occupying the 4th or the 8th house from such lord. If
several planets occupy the same house as the lord of the
dasa period, the lord of the antardasa is the most powerful
of them. Similarly, if several planets occupy the 5th and the
9th houses or the 7th house or the 4th and 8th houses from
the sign occupied by the lord of the dasa, the lord of the
antardasa in each of the three cases is the most powerful
planet ; so that the several antardasa periods are in the
proportion of 1 ^i -i^ii (vide stanza 4.) If there be-
OH .8] BBIHAT JATAKA. 79
no planets in any of these places, the antardasa periods of
the other planets alone should be taken.
4. The fractions(a) should all be made to have a
common denominator with different numerators. The
dasa period should be divided by the som of the nnmera"
tors and the quotient when multiplied by the several
numerators will give the periods of the several antar-
dasas.
Notes,
(a). That is i, {, i, :i and J.
Suppose for instance there are planets in the severaj^
places referred to in the last stanza excepting say^ the 7th
house from the signi^ occupied by the lord of the dasa.
. The periods of the four antardasas — those of (1) the
lord of the dasa ; (2) the planet with it ; (3) the planet
occupying the 5th or the 9th house from it and (4) the
planet occupying the 4th or tho 8th house from it — are in
the proportion of } : i : J : J. Beduciug these to fractions
with a common denominatori we get ^| : if ^ it and ^; in
other words the antardasa periods are in the proportioh of
]^2 : 6 : 4 : 3. The sum of these numbers is 26 ; if therefore
^he dasa period be divided by 25 and the quotient multi-
plied by 12^ 6^ 4 and S, we shall obtain the periods of the
four antardasas^
0. The dasa period(a) of the most powerf nl planefe
ocupying the exaltation degree of its exaltation sign is known
11,8 8ampoorna^{b) The dasd period of a weak planet occupy-
ing the depression degree of its depression sign is known ag
Bikta(c). The dasa period of a planet occupyug an
j[nimical Navamsa and also the depression degree of its
depression sign is knowns Anishta*
Notes.
(a). As well as the antardasa period in ; this and in tho
next tvro oases meatioaei ia tl^e text. ■ . .. ,
11
80 BR1HAT JATAKA. [CH. 8
' - • • • •
(b). The dasa^period of a planet occuupying simply its
exaltation sign and not very powerful is known as Puma.
(c) The dasa period of a weak planet occupying simply
its depression sign is also known as Jtikta (a,)
6. The dasajperiod of a planet which quitting the ex-
altation degree moves towards the depression sign is known as
Avarohini ; while so moving, if the planet occupy a
friendly or an exaltation Hayamsa (6) his dasa period is
knoYfan^Madhyama. Again thei dasa period of a planet
whioh quitting the depression degree moves towards its
exaltation sign is known as Jrohini; while.so moving, if
the planet occupy an imimical or a depression Navamsa,
his dasa period is known as Adhama,
(a)- As well as the antardasa period according to tho
Commentator.
.b). Or his own Navamsa according to the Commenta-
toi*. Exaltation Navams^ is one which bears the name of
the exaltation sign.
7. The dasa period (a) of a planet which occupies a
depression or an inimical Navamsa^ when in a good posi-
tion(l)) is known as Misraphala^^o). The several names of
the dasas indicate by their meaning the nature of the das^
periods(i)« We shall describe (in the course of this ohap-
ter)(e) the effects of the several planetry dasas.
Notes.
(a). As well as Che antardasa period according to
Commentator.
* (b.) That isj when the planet occupies his own house^
a friendly house or his Moolatrikona or exaltation house
CH. 8.1 BBIHAT JATAKA. 81
(e). Similarly the jdosa period of a planet which occu-
pies an inimical or depression sign and is in bis own Na
vamassj in a friendly Nayf^msa or a Moolatrikona or exalta
tion Navamsa, or if he occupies a Vargotama plaoej is also
known as Misraphala,
(d). E* g. The name Sampurna indicates vast pros-
perlty. Pooma indicates prosperity. Adhama indicates
misery or destruction and very little prosperity. lUkta
indicates misery and poverty. And Misraphala indicates a
mixture of both good and evil.
(<?)• From stanza 12 of this chapter.
8. According as the rising Drekkana is the firstj se-
cond or thirds the Lagna dasa is . known as Adhama^ Mad-
hyama or XJttama if the rising sign be a common sign ; TTtta-
maj Madhyama or Adhama if the rising sign be a movable
sign ; and Adhama^ Uttama or Madhyama if the rising sign
be a fixed sign.
Notes.
In other words^ if the rising sign be one of the common
signs^ Gemini^ Yirgo^. Sagittw and Piscesi the Lagna dasa
is known as Adhama, if the rising: Drekkan^ be the Ist^
Madhyania if itbe.tbe 2nd, and Uttama or Poojita if it be
the 3rd. Againj if the rising sign be one of the movable
signs, ALrieS) Cancer^ Libra, ai^4 Capricprn, the Lagua dasa
is knoyrn as TJttama if the risipg Drekkana be the 1st, Mad-
hyama if it be the $nd| and Adhama if it be the Srd. Laetlyi
if the rising sign be one of the fixed signs, Taurus, Leo,
Scorpio, and Aquarius, the Lagna dasa is known as Adhama
or Asubha if the rising Ihekkana be the first, Uttama or
Ishth if it be the 2nd, and Madhyama or Sama if it be the
8rd. These names indicate, as already stated, the nature of
the dasa period. E. g> Adhama indicates misery, Madhy-
ama a mixture of both good and evil^ and Uttama indicates
prosperity.
89 9BIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 8'
9. The Naisargika (natural) dasas in the case of all*
creatures are those of the Moon, Marsi Meroory, Yenns>
Jupiter, the Sun and the Saturn in the order stated^ and
their periods are respectively 1, 2> 9, 20^18, 20 & SO years(a)*
If the Naisargika dasa period and the ordinary pla-
netary dasa period happen to run together* such period (bp
will be a prosperous one. According to Yayaneswara^ the
closiDg period(c) is the Naisargika Lagna dasa and pro-
duces prosperity. This is objected to by some.
Notes.
(a). In all 120 years.
(fi). A similar remark applies to the Antardasa periods
(c). The period of life after 120 years.
1 0. If the lord of the dasa period or one of his friend*-
ly planets occupy the Lagna(a)| or if the Lagna belong to
the Varga (division) (&) of the lord of the dasfi period^ or if
n benefio planet occupy the Lagna^ or if the lord of the dasa
period occupy the 3rd> 6thj lOth or 11th house from the
Lagna, such dasa peri6d(e) will be a prosperous one (d) *
Again^ if the Moon that occupies (e) a sign friendly (/)
to the lord of the dasaC^) or the exaltation sign of the
lord of the dasa or the Srd, 6th^ lOth, Uth^ 5th, 9th or the
^ 7th house {K) from the sign occupied by the lord of the dasa
period, she will bring on prosperity j otherwise(i)| she wiU
produce misery.
Notes, ;
iqi). Lagna : This is interpreted to mean the rising
sign at the moment of the commencement of the dasa
period ; so that the hour of commencement of a dasa period
must first be ascertained and a figure of the heavens drawn
up for the hour.
en. 8] BRmAT jataxa/ 83
(&) • Yarga : If, for insiaDoe^ theLagna be the sign^ Hora,
Drekana^ Navamsa^ Dwadasamsa or Trimsamsa of the*
lord of dasa period.'
(e). Or Antardasa period according to Commentator.
({{)• If either the friendly planet or the benefic planet
ocoapying the Lagna be an Atimitra planet to the lord of
theMosa period^ such period will be a very prosperoaB one ;
if such benefic planet be an Atisatra]planetj the period will
not be a prosperous one ; but if the planet be a neutral one,
just the effects of the dasa period will occur.
(d). According to the-Commentator^ the Moon causes
prosperity while it passes through • the several places men-
tioned in the text. These places are with reference to the
signs occupied by the lords of the dasa and antardasa pe
riods in the course of their motions in the ecliptic.
(/)• Friendly for the time being.
{g). Or antardasas according to Commentator.
(A). Vide note (e).
(t). That is when the Moon passes through the other
places.
1 1. If J at the time of commencement of the dasa pe-
riod of a planetj the Moon occupy sign Cancer, the native
will become rich> live in comfort and become a man of
note ; ii, at the time, the Moon occupy sign Aries or sign
Soorpioi his .wife will become unchaste; if the Moon occu-*
py either sign Gemini or sign Virgo, the person will be-
come more learned, get more friends and become rich ; if
the Moon occupy sign Leo, the person will live in dense
and impenetrable forests ; if the Moon [occupy sign Taurus
or sign Libra, he will eat sumptuous meals ; if she occupy
sign Capricorn or sign Aquarius, he will get a bad woman,
and if the Moon occupy sign Sagittari or sign Pisces, the
p ersonwill become rich, happy and respected.
84 BBlHAT JATAEA* [OH. 8
12. Iq the benefic(a) dasa period(b) of the San, a
person will acquire wealth by dealing in perfumeSf nailsi
tasks of elephants and the like animals, in tiger skin and
the like^ in gold, by means of roads, by the king and
by battle. He will become cruel, oonrageons, persevering,
renowned and valorous. In the malefic dasa period of the
Son, he will get into trouble through his wife, son, money,
enemy, weapons, fire or the king, and he will become liberal
in gifts and addicted to sinful deeds; he will quarrel with
his servants and will become afflicted in mind and suffer
from chest pain and the like diseases.
Notes.
(a). The technical nanaes, such as 3ampuma, Adhama,
&C., given to the planets indicate the benefic or the malefic
character of their dasa period, vide note((2) to stanza 7.
If the dasa period be both benefic and malefic^ the na«
tare of the events will be both good and bad.
(&)• . Or antardasa period according to Commentator.
13. In the benefic dasa period of the Moon, the per-
son will derive benefits by dealing in or by means of the
mantras, the Brahmins, the productions of sugar-cane, milk>
ghee, and the like, cloth, flower, plaj^, sesamum seed, and
foo^ ; he will respect virtuous Brahmins and the Devas ; he
will get daughters and will acquire an increase of wisdom,
wealth and renown.
. In the malpfic dasa period of the Moon, the person
will indulge in sleep and idleness, will lose his wisdom*
wealth and renown and will quarrel with powerful men and
with kinsmen.
. lit. In the benefic da^a period of Mars the person will
fight with his enemies, will f^cquire wealth through bis
brother! the king, lands, woollen goods and goats.
CH. 8 ] BRIHAT JkTAKk. 85
Iq the molefio dasa period of Mars, the person will
hate his sons, friends, wife, brothers, learned men and pre-
ceptors ; he will suffer from diseases caused by or conneot-
^ with thirsti blood, fever, bile, loss of limbs or sexiial in-
tercourse with other women. He will associate with men
doing wicked deeds; he will become vicious, harsh in
speech and cruel.
15. In the benefic dasa period of Mercury the person
will acquire wealth by doing acts of message and through
friends, preceptors and Brahmins. He will attain renown
among learned men. He will become famous and will get
brass and the like mixed metals, gold, horns, Iands> popu-
larity, comfort and ease* He will ridicule others and will
serve under other men. He will get an increase of wisdom
and successfully do deeds of virtue.
In the malefic dasa period of Mercury the person will
become harsh in bis speech and will suffer from grief, im
prisonment,pain of mind and diseases arising from an affec-
tion of the three dbatus — vata (the air), pitta (bile), and
sleshma (phlegm.)
16. In the benefic dasa period of Jupiter, the person
will acquire wealth by acts of worship, by his learning, valor,
ingenuity, bright personal appearance, military fame, man-
tras, the king and the Yedas* He will have an iocrease of
gold, horses, precious stones and elephants and will acquire
the friendship of good kings.
In the malefic dasa period of Jupiter, the person will
learn things requiring much ingenuity, will suffer from foo;^
journey and pain in the ear and will quarrel with wicked
men.
17. In the benefic daSa period of Venus, the person
will enjoy isweet tnusic, variou£t pleasures, perfumes, sump-
tuous meals, alcohol^ fine cloths, women) and precious
&6 BSIHAT JATAKA. . [OH* 8.
stones. He will be of fine appearance, valorousi and will
enjoy every sabstance, provoking sexual passion^ will be-
come learned in the Sastras, will obtain tbe object of bis
desire, will acquire friends, will become skilled in trade and
in agriculture, and will get bidden treasures and wealtb.
In tbe malefic dasa period of Venus^ tbe person will
quarrel with crowds of people^ with tbe king, banters and
wicked men and be will suffer much from bis own friends.
18. In tbe benefic dasa period of Saturn the person
will get asses, camels, birds, buffaloes and old women> will
rule over hamlets, villages or towns, and will thereby become
renowned and will get grain of inferior q^uality.
In tbe malefio dasa period of Saturn tbe person will
suffer from phlegmatic and windy complaints ; will be
jealous, angryj distracted in mind, dirty, exposed to danger,
idle, suffer from grief, and be much troubled. His servants^
sons, daughters and wife will exercise authority over him
and be will suffer from defective organs.
19. If tbe dasa period be a benefic one, the effects
will be good ; if it be a malefio one, the effects will be bad,
If it be of a mixed nature^ the effects will be both good and
bad j the effects for the Lagoa dasa are the same as the
effects for tbe dasa period of the lord of the rising sign.
Notes.
As stated already, the character, whether benefic or
malefio of a dasa period is to be determined from tbe |;echr
nical names given to the lord of tbe period. Vide stanzas
6 and 7. Again, if, at the time of birth, any of the planets
occupy the Upaohaya houses> be of bright discs and of
distinct motion, the effects will be good in their dasa pe-
riods. But if the planets suffer defeat in conjunction, ^
<?H. 8] BBIHIT JAtAKA. b7
of disagreeable appearance or of si&all discsj the efTeots will
be bad ia their dasa periods. The planets, which, at the
time of commencement of their an tarda sa periods, might
be aspected by benefic planeta or occupy the Vargas (divi-
sioos) of benefic or atimitra (very friendly) planets are power-
ful and will not cause death ; if they be situated otherwise
they will cause death.
20. In the benefic dasn periods of the planets a person
will acquire the several metals assigned to the planets (vide
Chapter 11. 12) and in the malefic dasa periods of the
planets he will lose them. iVgain, in the antardasa period
of a planet a person's occupation will be that mentioned
for the planet (vide Chapter X.) The efiects described for
the 12 houses from the ascendant, for the 12 signs from
Aries, 'for planetary aspects and for all yogas ezcepling
Nabhasa yogas (Gh. 12) will occur in the dasa period of the
planet which is most powerful among the yoga planets.
21. In the dasa period of a particular planet, the
person's complexion will be that due to the elementary
principle presided over by the planet and the complexion
will be accompanied by certain other qualities due to the
same elementary principles and discernible by their res-
pective organs of sense*
Notes.
Physical man is a composition of the five elementary
principles— earth, water, fire, air and ukas (ether) : Mercury
presides over earth; Venus and the Moon over water;
Mars and the Sun over fire ; Saturn over air ; and Jupiter
over Akas. In the dasa period of a particular planet, his
elementary principle will predominate and the complexion
of the person during such period will be that due to the
12
88 BRiniT JITAEA. [OH. 8
particular elementeiy principle. Varaha Mihira in Chapter
68 of his Brlhat Samhita (Stanzas 90 ;;to 93) has thus
stated in detail the complexion due to each of the seven
.planets:
^' The complexion discernible in shining teeth, 'skin,
nails and hairs of the body and of the head will be attend-
ed with prosperity ; it is caused by the element of earth ;
it makes the person happy, rich and virtuous/'
*' The complexion which is glossy, white, clear^ green
and agreeable to look at is caused by the element of water ;
it will make all creatures possessing it happy and successful
in all their attempts and will produce wealth, comfort,
luxury and prosperity."
" The complexion which is fearful, unbearable, of the
color of the lotus, gold or fire, and indicating strength, power
and valor, is caused by the element of fire, and it brings
success to a person and enables him to gain his desired
object."
«' The complexion which is dirty, not glossy, black and
of bad sceut, is caused by the element of air ; it will cause
to the person death or imprisonment, disease, ruin and loss
of wealth."
*' The complexion which is of the color of crystal,
noble, clenr and indicating wealth and generosity, is caused
by the element of ether ; it gives a person all that he
desires,*'
Now suppose the dasa period to be that of Mars, his
element is fire ; the complexion caused by the elementary
principle of fire described above, will be the complexion of a
person in . the dasa period of Mars and so for the other
planets.
Again, the property of earth is smell, discernible by
the nose ; that of water is taste, discernible by the tongue
that of fire or light is shape or appearance, discernible by
CH* 8] BRJHAT JATAKA. 89
the eye ; that of air is toach> disoetuible by the body ; and
that of Akas is sounds discernible by the ean Suppose the
dasa period to be that of Yenusi his element is water ; the
quality belongiug to water is tflste^ discernible by the
tongue. Therefore in the dasa period of YenuSi the person
will eat juiCsy meals according to his desire. In the dasa
period of Jiipiber (Akas — sound)> the person^s speech will be
sweet and agreeable to the ear ; in the period of Mercury
(earth — smell)^ the person's body will be with an agreeable,
odor ; in that of Mars (fire*— shape) he will be of agreeable
appearance; and in that of Saturn(air: — touchi he will be of
soft body. From a careful observation of these qnalifcies
the particular dasa period of a person may also be deter
mined.
22. In the benefic dasa period of a planet the good
effects are caused immediately by the Divine Soul living
within the body and assuming for the time being a bonefio
character, (a) When a person is found to enjoy the good
effects described for a planetary dasa period, it may be
concluded that such dasa period is going on at the time* As
regards the effects described for planets which might be
powerless^ these are experienced by a perison either in his
dream or in mental reveries.
Notes.
(a). If the dasa period bo a malefic one, the divine soul
assumes a malefic character for the time* and if the period
be of a mixed nature^ the divine soul assumes a correspond-
ing character.
(6). A wild train of thought in which a person enjoys
o r suffers according to his hopes or fears.
2.3. If the character o£ the lord of a dasa period be
found to bebenefio under one yoga and malefic under another
yoga» neither of the effects will occur ; if two yogas give ^
90 BAIHAT JATKA. [cH. 8
charaotor and one another character, the former will take
effect. But if to two distinct planets oonfllcting effeota
have been assigned^ both will come to pass.
Notes. — The division of life into dasas as given by the
anthor is hardly studied by Indian astrologers,, evidently
from the difiicalties attending its application. These astrolo-
gersj us a class, employ the exceedingly simple division of
life into what is known asUdu or Nakshatra dasas. According
to this the maximum period of human life is divided into 9
parts presided over by the seven planets and by Itahu and
Eetu — the two nodes of the Moon. They come in the fol-
lowing order and their years are also given below :
(1) The Sun, 6 years. (5) Jupiter, l6 years.
(2) Thp Moon, lO „ («) Saturn, 1 9 „
(3) Mars, 7 „ (7) Mercury, 17 „
(4) Rahu, 18 : „ (8) Ketu, 7 „
(9) Venus, 20 years.
The lord of the dasa period at the time of birth is ascer*
tained from the asterism which the Moon occupies at the
time — the nine triangular asterisms represent the nine
dasas : if therefore at the time of birth, the Moon occupy
one of the triangular asterisms of
Krittika,U. Phalguni and U. Ashadha, the dasa period
is that of the Sun.
Bohini, Hasta and Sravana ••• Moon.
Mrigasirsha, Chitra and Sravishta • . . Mars.
Ardra, Swati and Satabhishak ... Bahu.
. Punarvasu, Visakha and P. Bhadrapada ... Jupiter.
Fushya, Anuradha and U. Bhadrapada •.. Saturn.
Aslesba, Jyeshta and Bevati ... Mercury.
Aswini, Magha and Mala ... Ketu.
Bharani, P. Phalguni and P. Ashadha ... Venn?.
6H. 8] BBIHAT JATAKA. 9t
How much of the period of a particular dasa bas elapsed
and how macli remains at the time of birth mast be ascer-
tained from the portion of the asterism passed over by the
Moon and the portion remaining at the time. This may be
roughly ascertained from the time taken by the Moon to go
over the portion of the asterism — the whole time in which
the Moon passes through a particular asterism (as given in
the Calendar) representing the full period of a dasa ; e.^*
suppose the Moon to take 64 ghatikas and 42 vighatikas
to go over the asterism of Krittika^ and suppose that at the
time of birth^ the Moon has gone over a portion of asterism
covered by 24 ghatikas and 16 vighatikas. Required the
number of years remaining at the time of birth in the dasa
period of the Sun. Now the time in which the Moon will
go over the remaining portion of the asterism of Krittika==
64 gh. 42. vigh— 24 gh. 16 vigh. =40 gh. 26 vigh. Now 64
gh. and 42 vigh. represent the whole period of 6 years of the
Sun. Therefore time required
6 years
64 gh» 42 vigh.
6
X40'gh. 26vigh.
X40 X 60^+26.
64 X 60 + 42
6 6
= X 2426 years = Xff^ 1213 years
8892 1941
7278
=3 years = 3 years, 8 months^ 29 days,
1941
61 ghatikas, 89 vighatikas. .
To this must, be added in the order stated the dasa
periods of the Moon, Mars, Rahu, &c., till we come to the
present age of the person.
Again, the nine dasa periods are each divided into 9
sub-divisons known as antardasas — the lord of the first
D2 BRJHAT JATAKA. L^H. 9
antardasa being tho lord of the dasa period, and those
of the antardasaa which follow are the eame as the lords
of the dasa periods whioh follow ; so that the antardasasi
of the dasa period} of Jupiter fur instance are those of Jnpiter
6atura> Mei-oary> Kelu, Venus, the Sun, the Moon, Mars and
Bahu. The length of the antardasa periods bear the same
proportion to each pother as the lengths of the dasa periods.
For instance^ required the length of the [antardasa period
of Venus in the dasa period^of Jupiter. The dasa period of
Jupiter is 16 years^ th(it of Venus Is 20 years^ that of all the
planets is 120 years ; therefore the length of the antardasa
16 years 8
period required = j g^aA 20 years = - years=2years
120 years 3
and 8 xnontlis.
Again^ eaoh of the antardasa period is further sub-
divided into 9 parts in the same proportion^ known as
Sukshma periods. The appendix will contain tables for the
periods of the dasa> antardasa and sttkakoMk periods —
also for readily ascertaining by mere inspection the
period from one dasa period to another and from one antar-
dasa period to another antardasa period.
CHAPTER IX.
On AsHTAKAyABaAs(a).
]. The benefic places of the Sun are the Ist^ 2nd|
4th, 7th^ 8thj 9lh lOtli and llth houses from himself ; the
same places from Mars and Saturn ; the fifth, 7th ^and 12th
.iiouses from Venus; the 5th^ 6th, 9th and llth houses
from Jupiter ; the 8rd, 6th, lOth and llth bouses from
the Moon; the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, llth, and 12th
houses from Mercury, and the Srd, 4th, 6th ^ lOth^ llth and
12 th houses from Lagna*
CH. 9] BRIHAT JATAKA. 93
(a). This means tlio benelio and xnnlefio places of a
planet \vith reference to eight places — the places occupied
by the seven planets and the Lagna at the time of birth.
2. The benelio places of the Moon are the 8rd^ 6th^
10th and 11th houses from Lagna ; the 2nd, t^rd, 5tb, 6th,
9th, 10th, and lUh houses from Mars ; the 1st, 3rd, 6th,
7th, loth and 11th houses from herself (Moon) ; the Hrd^
6th, 7lh, 8th, 10th and IHh houses from the Sun -, the 3rdi
5th, Bth and 11th houses from Saturn ; the Ist, 3rd, 4fcli,
5th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th houses from Mercury ; the 1st,
4th, 7th, 8th, 10th, 11th and 12th houses from Jupiter; and
the 3rd, 4th, oth, 7th, 9bh, 10th and itth houses from
Venus.
8. The benefic places of Mars are the Srd, 5th, 6th
lOth and 11th houses from the Sun ; the 1st, 8rd, 6th 10th
and 11th houses from Lagna; the 8rd, 6th, and 1 1th house^
from the Moon ,- the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th, and lUh
houses from himself (Mars); the 1st, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, lObh
and nth houses from Saturn ;the 8rd, oth, 0th and 11th
houses from Mercury ^ the 6th, 8th, 11th and 12th houses
from Venus; and the 6th, 10th, 11th and 12th houses from
Jupiter.
4. The benefic places of Mercury are the 1st, 2nd, 3rd,
4th, 5th, 8th, 9bh and llth houses from Venus ,* the fsb,
2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, lObh and llth houses from Saturn
and Mars ; the 6th, 8th, llth and 12th houses from Jupiter ;
the 5th, 6th, Oth, llth and 12th houses from the Sun; the
1st, 3rd, 5th, 6th, €fth, lOih and llth houses from himself; 4^
the 2iid, 4th, 6th.^ 10th and llth houses from the Moon;c/^
and the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th, and llth houses from
Lagna.
5. The benefic places of Jupiter are thei 1st, 2nd, 4th«<
7th, 8th| lObh and llth houses from Mar^ ; the lstj2ud, 3rd
A
94 BRIHlT JATAEA. [OH. 9
4th, 7th, 8th, lOthand 11th hoasea 'from himself; the Tat, 2nd
8rd, 4th, 7th, 8th^ 9th, 10th and llth houses from the Sun i
the 2nd, 5th^ 6th, 9th lOthnndlUh houses from Venus;
the 2nd> 5th, 7tli, 9th and llth houses from the Moon ; the
8rd* 5th, 6th and 12th houses from Saturn; the Ist^ 2nd,4th^
5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, and llth houses from Mercury, and the
1st, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, Oth^Oth and llth houses from
Lagnn. *^
6. The bonefio places of Venus are the Ist^ 2nd, 8rd,
. . 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th and lUh houses from Lagna ; the Ist, 2nd,
q\l2 * 3id, 4th, Sth^llth and 12th houses from the Moon ;the 1st,
2nd, 8rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, lOth and 1 1 th houses from him-
self ; the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, lOth and llth houses from
Saturn; the 8th, llth and 12th houses from the Sun ; the
5th|8th, 0th, lOthand llth houses from Jupiter; the 3rd,
5th, 6th, 9th and llth houses from Mercury ; and the 3rd;,
5th, 6th, 9th, llth and 12th houses from Mars.
7. The benefio places of Saturn are the 3rd, 5th, 6th
and llth houses from himself; the 8rd, 5th, 6th, lOth, llth
and 12th housea from Mars ; the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, lOth
and llth houses from the Sun; the lst,3rd, 4th, 6th, 10th
and llth houses from Lagna ; the 6th, 8th, 9th, 10th, lltli
and 12th houses from Mercury ; the3rd,6th, and llth housea
from the Moon ; the 6th, llth and the 12th houses fromVenus;
and the 5th, 6th, llth and 12th houses from Jupiter.
8. Thus have been described the benefic places of
the planets ; the other places are malefio.(a) A place will
produce benefic or maleiio effects if it be more benefic for
the planet than malefic or vice versa(&).
These places are all with reference to the places occupi-
ed by the planets at the time of birth. The planets while
passing through places which happen to be the Upachaya
houses or which might be their own housea or their friendly
OH. 9]
BRIHAT JATAKA.
$5
or exaltation signSi produce bcnefic efTects fully if suoh
IiouBes or signs are more Leiiefio for the planets than
malefic ; and planets while passiug through places which
happen to be Apachnya houses or which might be their
inimical or depression signs^ produce malefic effects fully if
such houses or signs be more malefic for the planets than
benefic.
Notes.
(a). For instance^ the crd> 51h, 6th and 1 2th houses
from himself are malefic places for the Sun. The Ist, 2nd,
4th> 5th, 7thf 8th> 9th, and I2th houses from Lagna are
malefic places for the Moon, and so forth.
(h). In preparing tables of Ashtakavargs> it isnsual
to mark the benefic places with dots and the malefic place^
with lines. We will put dowu the Ashtakavarga table for
Mars in the following horoscope :—
1
Lngna.
Venus.
•
Sun.
•
Moon.
Mercury.
■' 4 '
llasi Chakra.
Jnpitor.
•
Mars.
•
■
Saturn.
•
Mark the benefic places; of Mars with dots and (ho
malefic places, with lines. The result will be found to be
as follows.
13
96
BBIHAT JATAEA.
[oh. 9
000 =5 3
mil = 5
000 = 8
mil =5
000 = 3
lllll =^ 5
000 = 3
mil = 5
00) = 8
mil = 5
Ashtaka Varga of Mars.
0000 = 4
nil = 4
00000 = 5
111 = 3
00000 n 5
111 = 8
00 = 2
1UU1= 6
0= 1
lllllll = 7
00000 ?= 5
111 = 8
00 =? 9
111111= Q
The table means tbi^t while Mars moves tbrongli sign
Aries for insta^oej tbe benefio effects will be f and tbo
maleOc effects will be |, In otber words he prodacea
malefic effects to the extent of | — J- or f of his power*
Similar remarks apply to the otber places.
Notes. — The Aahataka varga tables are generally pre^
pared with the nnmbex" of beneBo dots alone marked in them
-—the number representing the maleBq lines being the
difference between uumber 8 and the number of dots^ The
above table will then stand as follows : —
3.
4.
5.
•
s,
2.
I.
6.
8.
AU these numbers represent the benefic dotj^
t^. dj BRIHAT llTAkA. 1)7
l?he A.V. tabids lire tksefdl in the pi^ediction o{ most
ot the importiitit events of lite. Regular treatises exist on
this branch of horosoop7> which ihnsb be consulted for
fbll parti()uiars& We shall give here some of the uses of
the A^ y* tablosi
l^he tables prepared) as stated abdve> with figuifes re-
ptesentinfi^ benefit dots lire subjected to two reductions or
eliminations^ known as Trikona fekhd Ekadhipattya reduc-*
tious — that is, of the figures in the triangular signs, and of
the figures in the several pairs of signs forming the houses
of the planets from Mars to Saturn*
I.
T&tKOltA OB l^filANQULAB BeDUOTIONS.
The Triangular signs are given in the noted to Stanssa
6 of Chapter t. The reduction rules are : —
1. If the figures in the triangular signs be not all alike
subtract from each the least of the three figures, keeping
the remain ders.
3. If there be no figure in one of thelthree signsi no
reduction need be made.
8. It there be no figure in two of the three signs
remoye the figure in the third.
4. If the figures in the three signs be equal, remoye
them all.
II.
EkadhipAttta Beduotions.
The Ekadhipattja signs are given in the notes to
Stanza 6^of Chapter t. The reduction rules are : —
1 . If there be planets in both the houses of a planet
no reduction need be made.
2. Of the two houses of a planet, one of which is
occupied and the other not, {\) i{ the figure in the former
93 BBIITAT JATAKA^ [OH. 9
be smaller than ibo figure in the lalter^ make the latter
equal to the former, (2) if the figure in the former be
greater than the figure in the latter^ remove the latter, (8)|
if the figures ill :both be equal, remove the| 6gure in
the latter.
3. Of the two houses of a planet, both{of which are
not occupied, (a), if the figures in the two houses be equal
remove both ; (b), if the figures be unequal, make the larger
figure equal to the smaller one.
4. If there be no figure in one of the two houses no
reduction need be made.
5. The figures in' the signs Cancer'landiLoo, which are
respectively the houses of the Moon and the Sun, are not
subject to the Ekadhipatt3^a reductipn.
Illdstration.
• .
We will apply these rules to the A* V. table of Mars
given already.
Rbduction T.
The figures iu the Triangular signs of ArieS) Leo and
Saggittari are respectively 3> 5, 2. Under rule (1) subtract
2 from each, and the resulting figujes are 1, 3, 0. The
figures in the triangular signs of Taurus, Virgo and Oapri-
oorn, are respectively 8, 2, 5. Applying rule (I) we get
J, 0, 3. The figures in the triangular signs of Gemini,
Libra and Aquaries are 3, 5, 3. Applying rule (1) we get
0, 2, 0. The figures in the triangular signs of Cancer, Scor-
pio and Pisces are 4, 1, 3. Applying rule (1) we get 8, 0,'2.
So that the A. V. of Mars after the first reduction stands as
. follows*
Cbi. 9. j
BBIHAT JATAKA«
99
■
1
\
2
1
1
3
A. V. of Marn nfter RedacfcioD
No. I.
3
3
2
EtoucndN. No. II*
This reductida should be made only to the figures re-
sultiDg from Reduction No* L
Of Aries And Scorpio, the two houses of Mars, Aries
is occupied and Scorpio is unoccupied* The figures in them
are 1, and Oj respectively. Under rule (4) no reduction need
'be made. Taurus and Libra^ the two houses of Venus, are
both occapied; under rule (1) no teduction need be mada.
Gemini and Virgo, the two houses of Mercury are both
unoccupied, the figures in them are^ o and o-Rule (4) applies
and there is no necessity for reduction* Of Pisces and
Sagittari) the two houses of Jupiter, the former alone
.is occupied and the figures in them are 2 and o. Under
rule (4) no reduction need be made. Of Aquarius and Cap-
ricorn the two houses of Saturn the latter alone is ocou-*
pied and the figures in them are o, and 3. Applying rule
4 no reduction need be made* The figures in Cancer and
Leo, which are respectively the houses of the Moon andthe
Sun, are not subject to reduoliou Vide rule 5* These figures
are 3 and 3.
So that after Reduction No. II tl" ' . V. table of Mars
will stand thus :-—
100
fiBIHAT ikTktkl
IcAi d.
A. V. fable of Mars 'after Reduc-
iioDa I atid It.
8
8
8
The total of ligares after the 2 reductions is 15.
Similarly the A* Y. tabled of the Sun, the Moon^
Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and E^aturn may bo reduced.
We will now gi^e some of the uses of these tables*
A. V. of the Sun.
In the case of A. Y. of the Sun,(a) multiply the total
of the figures after reductions by the figure in the 9th house
from the Sun in the A. Y. Divide the product by 27 and
take the remainder. Mark the asterism^ counting the re«
mainder from Aswini. When Saturn 'passes through such
asterism or through its triangular asterisms either a person's
father or paternal uncle will die or suffer miseries if the
planetary dasa period at the time be a malefic one.
No work shall be commenced when the Sun passes
through signs where there are no figures in A.Y. of the Sun*
During such periods a person suffers from diseases,
misery and quarrel.
Multiply the total of reduced figures by the figures
in the 8th house from the Sun in the A. Y* of the
Sun. Divide the product by 12. The remainder represents
the sign (month) from Aries, through which or through one
of its triangular signs when the Sun passes a person dies (in
the year of his death).
(a) A. Y. of a planet is tho Aahtaka Yarga of a planet before redaction
ta. d.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 101
Add together the three figures in each of the 4 sets of
the triangalar signs Arie8,Le0j Sagittari, &o. Fiud out which
of these totals is the largest. Fiud out the Dik or quarter
for the^particnlar set of triangular signs giving the total.
(Vide note (/) to stanza 19 Chapter II). The place of wor*
ship in the hbnse of a'person will be in such direction.
A* V. of the Moon.
Multiply the total of the reduced figures by the figure
in the 4th house from the Moou in A. Y of the Moon ; divide
the product by 27> take the remainder and for it find out the
asterism from'^^Aswici as before. Wlien Saturn passes
through such asterism or through its triangular asterisms
a person's mother dies or suffers miseries if the planetary
dasa period at the time be a malefic one.
Multiply the total of reduced figures by the flgitre in
the 8th house from the Moon in the A. Y. of the Moon.
Divide the product by 27- Take the remainder; and for it
find out the asterism from Aswiui as before. When the
JMoon passes through it or[,tlirough its triangular asterisms
there will be quarrel^ anger and^^grief.
No work shall be commenced when^the Moon passes
through signs in which"there^are no figures in the A. Y. of
the Moon.
Fiud out^the Dik or quarter as before and it will give
the position^of thejbath-room in the house of^a* person.
A. Y. of Mars.
When Saturn passes through signs in which there aro
no figures in the A.Y. of Mars,4he person will sufEer from
diseases>*if Mars be powerful, and will die if Mars be weak
and if he be not the lord of the ascendant.
102 BrJHAT JATAKA. '[c^. 9
Find ont tlie Dik or quarter as before.
lb will give tlie position of the kitchea ia a peraon'ti
house,
A. V. of Mercury.
When Siiturn passes through signs in whioh there are no
fi^^ures in the A.Y. of Meroury the person's son or friends
will die.
Find out the Dik or quarter as before*
It will give the position of the play^^ground in the
house of a person.
A. V. of Jupiter.
The figure in the 5th house from Jupiter in the A.V. of
Jupiter will give the number ot sons of a person. The nnm«
ber of those meeting with early death will be the number of
phmois oconp}'ing inimical or deprossion signs.
The Dik or quarter ascertained as before will give the
position of the Treasury or store-room,
A. V. of Venus.
A person will get a wife, lands and wealth when Venus
passes tlirouo^h signs oontaining the largest figure in the A.
V. of Venus after reduction^
The Dik or quarter ascertained as before will give the
position of the bed room.
A. V. of Saturn.
In the A. V. of Saturn add together the figures in the
signs from the ascendant tii the house occupied by Saturn
and also figures in the signs from Saturn to the ascendant.
The two totals will give the years in which a person will
suffer from diseases and from grief. Add the two totals the
sum will give the year iu which a persou'd lifo will bo ia
danger.
A similur remark applies to the A. V. of Murs.
til. d.] BBJHAt JATAKA. lOSt
«
When the San and the Moon pass through signs in
inrhioh the figures are le&st in tlie A. V. of Saturn) a person
dies (iu his yeai^ of death).
The i)ik or quarter ascertained as beforo gives the
position of the spot where the sweepings are gathered.
Barvashtaica Varga
The Ashtaka vai*gas of the Sun and other planets con-
sidered separately are known as Bhiniiashtaka vargfas and
their sum forms what is known aA Sarvashtaka varga. In
the latter, the figure in sigh Aries is the sura of the figured
in sign Aries in the several Bhinnasbtaka vargas; similarly
the figure in sigb Taurus^of S* A. V. is the sum of the
figures in sign Tauriis of the! B* A. Vs. and the figures
of the other signs may be similarly obtained. The total of
these figures will always be 837 — this being the sum of the
totals of the figtired of the seven Bj A. Vs. The latter figures
are 48^ 49, 89^ 54, 56, 63 and 89 from Sun to Saturn.
Kow various events of life are predicted by means of the
figures of the S. A.Y^ table*
(1). If the figure in a particular sign exceed 30 then
planets passing through it will produce bonefic effects j if it
be between 25 and 30, such eflfects will be neither good noi*
bad aud iE the figure be less than 25 the'effects will be bad.
Again, all good works shall be commenced when the
rising sign is one whose figure is largest in the S. A. V^
table aud marriages and other connections shall be formed
with persons whoso star is one of the stars of such sign.
(2). As the 10th house represents labour, the 11th
house gain and the 12th loss> if the figure in the 11th house
be greater than the figure in the lOth house and if the figure
in the 12th hoube be smaller than the figure in the 11th house
and if the figure in the ascendant be greater than the figure
U
104 IRIHAT JATAXA. [€0. S^
iu the 12tli hoase tlie person will be happy and prosperous —
the meaning is clear, the labor bein^ sligKfc^ gain much and
loss companitively small. If the figures be otherwise the
person will be unhappy.
(3). Excepting the 0th, 8th and l2th houses, of the
remaining 9 houses the significations of those wheria thct
figures are large will be in a condition of prospeiity {Vide
note (a) to Stanzi 15, Chapter I.)
(4.) Add together the figures of the four signs fron»
Pisces, — Pieces, Aries, I'aurus and Gemini. Add also the
figures of the four signs from Cancer and of the four signs*
from Scorpio. These three totals represent the three
sections of a man's life. Whichever total is the largest,
the coiTOsponding division of life will ba happy and pros-
perous. If three or more malefic planeta occupy the four
signs from Pisces a person will suffer miseries in the 1st
section of life ; if they occupy the four signs from Cancer
the miseries will occur in the 2nd section, and if they
occupy the four signs from Scorpio, then, in the 3rd section
of life. If the planets in the several sections be benefio the
person will be happy ; and it both malefic and benefio pla-
nets occupy the several sections the efl^ects will be both
good and bad.
r» Add together the figures in the houses occupied by
Saturn, Lagna and Mars. The sum will give the year in
which a person will suffer from diseases and other miseries.
G* Add together the figures of houses occupied by
It>ihu,^ Mars and Saturn, The sum will give the year in
which a person will suffer from poison, weapons and
wounds.
7. Add together the figures of the signs ocQ^pied by
benefio planets. The sum will give the year in which a
poriou will get a sou# wealth and the like.
€H. 9.] BRIHAT jATJLKA. 105
8. Multiply the total of the figures of A. Y. of iho
planet who is the lord of the Sth house from the- Ascendant
by the fignre of the 8th house in S. A. Y. table. Divide
the product by 12 ; the temainder will give the Month from
Aries in which a person dies (in the year of his death.)
In the same way the month of death oE a p.erson*A
father may be ascertained by u similar calculation with
reference to the 9th honse and that of the mother with
reference to the 4th honse.
«
9' Find out from the S. A. Y. table the powerFul Dik
or quarter. Oow sheds, rice (ields, ngricuUurnl opemtions
shall be conducted io such dik or quarter and the weak dik
or quarter shall be rejected Tor all purposes.
Again, Parasara in his Hora Sastra, a very roltt-
minous work, has treated of 32 distinct processes for ascer-
taining the length of human life* They are :
L Pindayurdaya ... ... .., 12
II. Diirbyaynrdayai ... .^« ••• 4
III. Basmikayurdaya ,,, 4
lY. Amsakayurdaja ... 4
Y. AshtakavHi'gaynrdaya 4
lY. Yishayayurdaya ,^ 2
YII* Nakshatramsakayurdnya 2
Total S2
J. Pindayurdaya.
This is divided into 3 schools, (1) that of Tavanaoharya
(vide Stanza 1 Gh. 7)> (2) that of Jeeyasarma (vide stsCnza
9 (Jh« 73| (8) that of Badnrayana according to which the
maximum years ofeaoh planet when in his exaltation sign
is one-seventh of 100 }*eaTs.
Enoh of thef^e three schools hns 4 sub-diviBions : (a)
The Neechsrdhharana process accofjing to which the
]06 BRIHAT JATAKA. [gH. 9,-
maximum period is one-half at depression, (b) The Neecha-
bhava process according to which the period vanishea
at depression, (o) The Krita harana process according to
which the periods suffer reductions, {d) The Akrita harana
process according to which the periods puffer nojeduotions.
Thus Pindayurdaya is of 18 sorts.
JL Dhruvayurdaya.
This is otherwise known as Nysargikayurdaya. (vide
Stanza ^9 Ch. 8). As stated above there are 4 kinds of this :
depending on the 4 divisions mentioned above — (a), (6), (c)
and ((f).
IIL Rasmihayurdaya.
According to this the years of the planets from the
Sun to Saturn are respectively 16, 20^ 9^8^ 9, 25, and 26i
There are 4 kinds of this as stated above.
JV Awsakayurdaya.
This is Satyacharyar's method referred to at the end
of stanza 9 Gh. 7, This process, in certain cases has to be
varied into what is known as Frakramanugata method.
The two processes again divide, eaoh^ into two parts known
as Kritavridhika and Akritavridhika — f e, the years are to
be increased according to some and not to bp increased
according to others, Vide Faraeiara's Hpra Sastra. ^h^xH
we get 4 kinds of Amsakayurdaj^a.
F. ^ahtakavargayurdaya'
This process as stated above has to be varied into
what is known as Frakramanugata method. The two pro-*
cesses again divide, each> into two parts known as Krita*'
vridhi and Akritavridhi as stated above, Viile Parasara
Hora. Thus we get 4 kinds of AshCakavargayurdaya. Ohq
of these 4 methods is given at the end of these notesi,
CB. 9.]
BR7HAT JATAKA.
107
VL VisJuxyayufdaya.
This consists of two kinds-r-the one according to Pnra-
sara and the other as mentioned in a work named Prakri*
yamala. These partake of the nature of the Ahhtakayarga
prooesSf
FIT. NaJeshatramsaJcayurdaya'
This is of two kinds — the one is known as the Eala*
chakra process and the other as the Nakshtradasa.
Thas 82 processes are mentioned by Parasara who at
the same time states the partioalar cases to which each
procees is applicable. Of these 32 processes, Yaraha Mihira
has mentioned the most important ones in chapter 7. For
farther particnlars in Aynrdaya the reader is referred to
the works of Parasara and other writers.
We shall here state the details of the Ashtakavarga
process* The following tables are employed in the process,
Basi Gnnakara or Zpdiaoal factors.
Aries
•o 7
Libra
7
Taurus
... 30
Scorpio
... 8
Gemini
... 8
Sagittari
... 9
Cancer
... 4
Capricorn
5
Leo
... 10
Aquarins
... 11
Virgo
... 6
Pisces
... 12
Graha Gunakara oi
r Planetary factors
The Sun
• •• 5
Mercury
•<• 5
The Moon
ff. 5
Jupiter
... 10'
M-irs
•;. 8,
Venus
- 7
SATURN. 5.
Multiply the several figures in the signs from /Vries in
the Ashtakavarga of the Sun by the figures of the Basi
Gunakara table respectively and add the products*
Again multiply the several figures in the signs occu«
piod by the Sun and other planets by the figures^ of . the
103 BRIHAT JATAKA.. [CH. 9.
jQraba Gmmkara table Tespectiyely and add the prodaots.
Add the two total^. Multiply the sum by 7; divide the
podact by 27. Tlie quotient will give the years of the Sun.
Jiiuliifily the remainder by 12 and divide the product by 27
the quotient will give the months ; multiply the remainder
by 80 and divide the product b)* 27 ; the quotient will give
the days^ and similarly find the Ghatikas and Yighatikas*
Thus we have obtained the A. Y. years of the Sun,
Similarly those of the Moon, Mars^ Mercury, Japiter,
Venus and Saturn may be obtained from the A. Y. tables.
Now these periods are subjec^ to the following reduc-
tions*
(1.) If a planet is accompanied by another planet in
a sign the amount of reduction is one-half of the period
obtained.
(2.) If a planet occupy his depression sign, the
amount of reduction is one-half.
(3.) If he be an Astangata planet^ the amount of re-
duction is also one-half.
(4.) If he occupy an inimical sign> the amount is one-*
third.
(5.) If he occupy the visible hemisphere the amount
is one-half.
((>.) If be suffer defeat in conjunction the amount is
one-third.
(7) In the case of the Sun and the Moon again, if
these bo of unusual appearance the amount is one-third.
M B, Where several reductions have to be applied to
the period of a planet it will be enough if the laigest of them
be alone made.
CB. d«] BltlUT JATAtl. 104
After making the sevearl redactions add up the result''
ing years of the planets, multiply the sum by 3^4 and divide
the prodnot by 3G5. The quotient will give the length of a
person^s life in years, monthS| days, &e*
Again, in the A. V. of Saturn as before^ mnltiply the
figures of the several signs from Aries by the Zodiacal fac-
tors and add up the products. Multiply the figures in the
several signs occupied by the Sun and other plan^ta by the
several planetary factors and add up the products. Add
together the two totals* To the sum add the sum of the
figures resulting after making the Trikona and Ekadhi*'
patya reductions to the figures of the A. Y. of Snturn^
Multiply the sum by the figure in the 8th house from the
ascendant in the A. V. of Satiirn ; divide the prodnct by 27 ;
the quotient will also give the length of a person's 1ife> pro*
vided such length is otherwise found to rta^e between 84
and 6G years ; the length of life will be 27 yearns less than
the period obtained if the person's age is otherwise found
to mnge from 1 to 88 years and 27 years more than ther
period obtained if such length be found to rango between
67 and 100 years and death will occur if. the dana period be
a malefic ona . There are brief processes for ascertaining
by inspection whether the length of life of a person falls ixk
the first, or the second or the third section of the maxi-
mum period of 100 years Vide, the Aslrological AphorismiB
of Jaimuui.
Hitherto we hate been dt-aling with the tables of
the B. A. v. and S. A* Y. prepared with the figures re-
presenting the benefic planetary places. Tables can also be
prepared with figures representing the miilefic places of the
planets. {Vide note b, to statiza 8). Special rules exist .
relating to the prediction of events of Ufo with the help
of the figures of these tables* The reader is referred to
the works of Parasara.
110 BElHAIf JATAKA. [cH. lO^
* ■ « # •
CHPTER X.
On AvooaMcw-
1. A poison gots wealth from Lis fatliori molhotg
onomy^ f riond, brotfaor^ wifo or servant acoording as tho
planet which occupies the 10th bonse from the Lagna or
from the Moon is the 0an, or the Moon, or Mars or
Mercury, or Jupiter or Venos or Saturn respeotivety (a)<
If there be no such planet^ the avocation: of a pei'son will
be that stated for the planets (&) which might be the
lords of the Navamsas occupied by the lordd of the lOtb
houses from Lagna^ the Moon and the Sun (e).
Notes.
(a). If the 10th house from the ascfendant and the
10th house from the Moon be both occupied by planets, a
person will acquire wealth from both sources^ aud if several
planets occupy the ;10th house there will be several sources
of wealth.
(&)• Vide stans^as 2 and 3.
(c) Suppose sign Cancer is thei tjagna ; the lOth house
from Cancer is Aries; the lord of Aries is Mars; suppose
Mars to occupy the Navamsa of Sagittari ; the lord of
Sagittari is Jupiter and the avocation stated for Jupiter
(vide 8rd stanza) will be the avocation of a person. It
also follows that a person'^s avocation will be all the three
stated for the lords of the Navamsas occupied by the
lords of the 10th houses from Lagna^ the Moon and the
Sun.
2. If the iord of the Navamsa (a) be the Sun, a
person will deal iu perfumes, gold, woollen fabric, medeoine,
aud the like. If the lord be the Moon, he will till lands
or deal iu the productions of water (b) or get money
through women, (c) If he be Mars, the person will deal
^H. 10.!) BBIBAT JATAltA. HI
iu mebals or tniaerttlsi fire (d) or weapons and will also ac-
quire wealth by acta of boldness ; if he be Mercury, the
person will be a writer^ an accountant, and the like (e) and
Will &lso Squire wealth by Vftrioua handicraft (/>
Notes.
(d). Tkat is the lord of the Nayatnsa occnpied by the
lord of the 10th house from Lagna, the Moon and the Sun.
(h)> Such as pearls, conch shells^ whale-bones and
the like^
(d). dy serving under or otherwise following them*
((Z). Fire: he may be the driver of a fire engine or
a dealer in matches and the like. ^
(d). By writing^ commentaries on the works ot writers
and the like.
(/). Such as painting) book-bindingi arrow-making
01^ the making of flower-wreathsj sandal paste^ perfumes
and the like»
$. If the lord of the Navamsa be Jupiter , a person
will get Wealtd through Brahmins, the DeVaS oi* learned
men, through mines (a) and the like (b) and through acts
of virtue (d) ;if he be Venus, the persob will [deal in geins,((2)
silver and other tkietals) in cows and buffaloes ; and if
the lord be Saturn, the persoujwill acquire wealth by means
of hard labour, (e) by acts of torture^ (/) by carrying bttr*
dens and by low deeds unsuited to his rank. Thus persons
acquire wealth by avocation dtated] for the /lords of
Navamsas occupied by the lords of the 10th house, {g).
(a). The word in the text is Akara which • includes
gold and silver mines, places where salt is produced or
where elephants are found.
(b). Such as contract work.
15
112 PBIHAT JATAKA. [C5. J J.
(t). Such as sacrificial riteSj giftSj acts of chaHtbjri
pilgrimage, service under (im^ or preceptor.
(d). Sucli as diamonds^ rubies, and the like.
(a). Such as walking and the like.
(/.) Either by self torture ov torturing other creatures*
{g ) From Lagna^ the Moon and the Sun^
4. If such yoga planet (a) occupy (b) a friendly Bign^
a person will acquire wealth (in the dasa or antardasa period
of such planet) through a friend. If such yoga planet
occupy an inimical sign, the person will get wealth through
his enemy ; and if such planet occupy his own house, the
person will get wealth by means of his house. If, when
the Sun happens to be the yoga planet, he occupy his exal*
tation sign, the person will acquire wealth by his own
powers. If (at the time of birth) powerful benefic planets
occupy the 11th house, the Lagna or the 2nd house^ the
person will acquire wealth in various ways (c)*
. «
Notes.
(a). That is either the planet which occupies the
lOth house from the ascendant or the Moon or the planet
which is the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of
the 10th house from Lagna, the Moon and thq Sun.
(&). At the time of birth .
(c). fn other lyords he will prosper well whatever
may be thQ ^vocation he may choose to follow.
CHAPTBlt XL
On Raja yoqa or thh Bibth ot Kinqs.
1. A ocordiug to the Yavauas a person born when three
ox more malefic planets are in their exaltation signs
CM. n.] PBIHAT JATAKA. 113
beoomes rt (yraonical king (a\ According to JeevnsarmH if
such planets be malefic a person will never become a
king (b).
Notes*
(a). U three or more planets occupying their exal-
tation signs be benefic, the person becomes a good king;
if both benefio and malefic ho will becomo both a good and
a bad king,
• • • ^
(b)^, Aocordizig to Jeeyasarmai such a persoii beconies
rich and powerful but not a king* Varha Mihira is of the
opinion of the Yavauas.
2. Of thelfour planetSi Mars^ Saturn, the Sun, and Jupi-
ter, by all the four or any three of them occupying exalta.
tion signs while each of the planets occupies the Lagna, the
number of Ba jayogas is 16. Again^ of the same four pla-
nets by any two or by any one occupying exaltation signs
aad in each case by each of the planets occupying the
Lagna while the Moon occupiiss sign Cancer, the number
of Kajuyogas is also 16.
Notes.
32 Bajayogas.are m>entH>ned in this stanza. A per^-
6on born under any one of them becomes a king : suppose
all the 4 planets-— 'Mars, Saturn, the Suu and Jupiter — to
occupy their exaltation signs at the same time; by any ono
of such signs being the ascendant the number of BiajayogHS
obtained is 4. Again, of the same 4 planets ther^ are 4
groups, each of three planets ^ thus (1) Mar?, Saturn and>
the iSun, (2) Mars^ Saturn and Jupiter, (3) Mars, the ISuii
and Jupiter, (4) Saturn^ the Sun and Jupiter. In tho casu
of each group^ by all ilie three planets occupying their exaU
tation signs and by each of such signs being the rising
sign,, the number of Bajayogas obtained is 3 ; there being 4
114 BRIHAT JATAEA. [CH* 11.
Ruch groups the number of Bajayogaa obtained from tliem
all is 4X3 or 12. Adding this to the 4 yogaa'^al ready ob«
tained we get the first lO yogas mentioned in the text.
Again, of the same 4 planets, there are 6 ^groups eaoh
of 2 planets as follows (\) Mars and Saturn^ (i) Mara and
the Sun, (3i) Mars and Jupitor, (4) Saturn and the San> (5)
Saturn and Jupiter and (6) the' Su,n and Jupiter. In the
case of each group by both the planets occupying their
exaltation signs and by ei^cli of such ^igns beiog the- rising
^igUj, the number of Bajnyogas obtained is. 2. There being
6 such groups> the number of yogas obtained from them all
is 6X2 or 1^. In each of thest^ 12 cases>the Moon occupies
sign Cancer. Again, of the same 4 planets, by their seye-?
rally being in their exaltation signs, while such sign is alsa
the rising sign, the number of Uajayogas obtained is 4i^ In
each of thesef 4 cases^ the Moon occupies sign Oancer. Add-
ing these 4 yogas to the 12 yogas already obtained we get
the second IG yogas mentioned in the text.
3. The Lagna or the Moon being in Yargottam^ posi-<
tions, of all the planets^ exceptiog the Moon>by the several
groups of four> five and six planet^ aspecting the Lagna or
the Moouj the number of yogas obtained is %2:.
Notes.
The six planets are, the Sun> Mars^ Meroury Jupiter^
Yenus and Saturn. Of thpse there are 15 groups each o£
4 planets as followa :
(1) The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiten
(2) „ „. „ Yenus..
(3): „ . „ „ Saturn^
(4) ,,. „ Jupitev, Yenus.
(*'>) :> n ,» Satunv
(6) ,x M Yenuia, ,jk
OH^ II] BBIHAT JATARA. 115
(7) The Son, Mercury, Japiter^ Venus.
(8) „ „ ,> Saturn.
(9) „ » Venu3, „
(10) „ Jupi(ie^> „ »
(11) Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venas^
(12) „ „ ^ Saturn.,
(li^) „ „ Venus^ „
(14) „ Jupiter '„ ^
(16) Mercuiy, ,^ ,> »
Again, of the same 6 planets there are six groups taoh
of i|ye planets as {oUows :
(1) The Sun, Mars^ Mercury, Jupiter,. Venus.
Satura.
All the 6 planets form again into one group^ Thus
there are 22 groups. By the planets of each group aspeo-
ting the rising sign in its Vargothama position, the numbev^
of yogas obtained is 22 ; and by their aspectiag tbp Moon in
its Varguthama position, the nnmber of yogas obtained is
again 22. According to Mandayya, by each of the 12 signs
from Ari^s being either the rising sign or the-sign occupied
by the Moon in the case o£ each yoga,, the number of yo^
gas obtained is 44X12 or &28.
4. When Saturn occupies sign Aquarius, the Sun
sign. Aries,, the Moon sign Taurus, Meroury sign Gemini,.
Jupiter sign Leo, and Mai*s sign Scorpio>a person bora
becomesakingr when the rising sign is Aquaraus.or whei>
It is Aries or when it is Tauru?.
Again^ when Saturn occupies sign Libra, the Mooob
sign Taurus,, the. Sun and Mercary sign Virgo,, Venus sigot
(2)
>j n w
39.
(3)
>» fi >9
Venus
(4)
„ „ Jupiter
>♦
(5)
„ Ifercury „
99
C©)
Mars, „ „
9f
116 BBIIIAT JATAKA. [OH. &•
Libra, Mars sign Aries, and Jupiter sign Oancor, a person
born becomes a king when the rising sign is Libra or whan
i t is Taurus.
5 When Mtirs occupies sign Caprioorh, the Sun and
the Moon sign ' Sagittari, Saturn sign Capricorn and when
the rising sign is also Capricorn, a person born beoomea a
king.
Again when the dicing sign is C>iprioorn and when Mara
and the Moon occupy it, and when the Sun occupies, sign
Sagittari, a person born becomes a king.
Agaiu when Aries is the rising sign and when the Sun
occupies it, when Saturn and the Moon occupy sign Libra
and Jupiter occupieasign Sagittari, a person becomes a king.
6. When the rising sign is Taurus and the Moon occa-
piea it, when the Sun occupieasign Leo, Jupiter sign Scropia
and Saturn sign Aquarius a person born becomes a king.
Again, wlien the rising sign is Capricorn,, and when
Saturn occupies it, and when the Moon occupies the 3rd
bouse, Mara the 6th houae. Mercury the 9th honae, and Ju-
piter the I2th houae, a peraon born becomes a viistuous and
&moua king.
7. When the Moon audi Jupitei occupy sign Sagittari^
and when Mars occupies the first half of Capricorn, a person
bron becomes a king when Pisces is the rising sign and Venus
occupies it or when Virgo is rising sign and Mercury occu-*
pies it..
Again, when the rising sign is Virgo and when Mercury
ecupies.it, when Mars and Saturn occupy the 5th house,,
when the Moon^ Jupiter and Venua occupy the 4th, house, a
person born becomes a king.
8. When Piacea ia the rising aign, and the Moon occu*-
piea it,, and when Aquaviua, Capricorn and Leo are respec^
CH. IK] bhihat jataka, 117
lively oooaipied by SainrD^ Mar8> and Ihe^Sun, a person bom
becomes a king.
Again^ wben Mara occupies sign Aries and Jupiter
sign Cancer, a person born becomes a king when Aries is
tbe rising sign^ also wken Cancer is the rising sign.
9. When Cancer is the rising sign and Jupiter occu*
pies it, and when the Moon^ YgQ<i)3 ^^^ Mercury occupy sign
Taurus and the Sun sign Aries> a person born becomes a
powerful king.
10 When Capricorn is the rising sign and Saturn
pies it) when the signs Aries, Cancer and Leo are occn-*
pied by their lords and when Gemini and Libra are respec-
' tively occupied by Mercury and Venus, a person born be-
comes a famous king*
11, When Virgo is the rising sign, and Mercury occu-
pies it, when Venus occupies fiign Gemini, the Moon and
JupiterJ occupy sign Pisces^ and Mars and saturn occupy
sign^Capricorn, a person born becomes a King.
12. Persons born under the various yogas described
above, though they may be born in low families Will be-
come kings. If such persons are born in a king's family-
they will doubtless beoome kings. We shall now proceed
to describe certain' yogas, persons born under which will
become kings if they belong to a king's family and will
become rich if otherwise*
13* When three or more planets are powerful and
occupy either their houses or Exaltation signs or their
Moolatrikona signs, a person born becomes a king if he
belongs to a king's family*
Again^ when five or more planets are powerful and
occupy their houses or ezaltatiou signs or their Moolatri-
kona signs a person born becomes a king even if he be born
118 fittlHAt JATAKA. t'C'H* 11.
hi a low-fatniiy. It in eithe)r cafiOi the nnmber of j^oweriTul
. planets be less than three or ^ve, the persons described
nbove will not become kings but will become only rlcL
14. When Aries is the rising sign and ilie Bnn atid
Moon occupy it> WheA Mars occupies sign Capricorn.
Saturn sign Aquarius, and Jupiter sign fiagittari^ a person
born becomes a king, if he belong to a king^s familyi and
' will become only rich if otherwise.
Not^s.
According to another reading, the Sun is made to
occupy sign Ii€^ and the yoga remains the same in tother
respects.
15. When Yenus occupies the 4th house^ and when
l^uch house is his owt), when the Moon occupies the 9th
house, and when the other planets occupy the Srd, 1st and
lltli housefij a person born becomes a king, if he belong to
a king's family ati'd only rich if otherwise.
Notes.
As Venus is said to be in his Swakshetra he might be
either is sign Taurus or in sign Libra. The Lagn a must
therefore be either sign Aquarius or sign Cancer respec-
tively. As the Moon is said to be in thiB 9th house^ he occu-
pies sign Libra in the former case> and sign Pisces in the
hitter, and as the other plants are said to occupy the Srd,
1st and 11th houses from Lagna^ these houses are signs
Aries> Aquarius uud Sagittari in the one case, and Virgo^
Caucer aud TaUrus in tha other. Thus 2 yoorus are referred
to in this stanza. ^-^^t '^
16. When Mercury is powerful and occupies the
rising sign, (a) when a benefic planet (6) occupies the 9th
house(c) and when the other planets(c{)occupy the 9th, 2nd|
CH. 11.] ita'Bki iikkA. lli
Zti, 6tfa, lOtb^and 11th houses (e), a person Dorii becomes a
virtuous king if he helobg to a kiug^s family and only rich
if otherwise.
Notes.
(a). This may be any one of the 12 signs*
(by This is either Jupiter or Venus.
(e). The 4th house according to a diflferent reading,
(d). When one or more of the other planets according
to commentator.
(e). One of these houses according to commentator.
17. When Taurus is the rising sign^ and the Mooii
occupies it^ when Jupiter occupies the 2nd house, Saturn the
6th honse^ and the other planets the 11th house, a person
born becomes a kiog if he belong to a king's family, and
only rich if otherwise. .
Again^ when Jupiter occupies the 4th housei the Sun
and the Moon occupy the 10th house, when Saturn occupies
the Lagna (a) and when the other planets occupy the 11th
house, a person born becomes a king if he be born in a
king's family^ and only rich if otherwise*
Notes.
(a.) This may be any one of the 12 signs accordiiig to
commentator.
18. When the Moon occupies the 10th house^ Saturn
the llth house, Jupiter the rising sign, Mercury and Mars
the 2Dd house, and the Sun and Yenus occupy the 4th house^
a person born becomes a king if he belong to a king's fa-
mily, and only rich if otherwise.
Again, when Mars and Saturn occupy the rising sign,
when the Moon ocdnpies the 4th house, Jupiter the 7th
house, Venus the 9th house, th& Sun the 10th house, and
15
120 BBIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 11*
Mercury the 11 tb house, a person^ bora becomes a king if
he belong to a kiug^s family, and only rich if otherwise.
19. Of the planets producing a Rajayoga either in the
Antardasa periods of those which occupy the 10th house or
the Lagua (a) or in that of the most powerful planet (]b), a
person obtains kingdom and be loses it and courts the
friendship of another king in the Antardasa periods of the
planets occupying inimical or depression signs (c).
Notes.
(a). If there be planets both in the Lagna and in the
lOth house or If there be several planets in either, then in
the Antardasa period of the most powerful of them.
(b). If there be no planets both in Lagna and in the
lOth house.
* (c). If such planets be powerful the king will lose his
kingdom permanently, and if they be not powerful, he will
recover it by the help of his allies.
20. When Jnpiter, Venus and Mercury occupy tbe
rising sign, (a) when Saturn occupies the 7th house and the
Sun the lOth house, a person born will live in great comfort
and luxury, (b)
Again, when powerful benefic signs form the Kendras
and malefic planets occupy maletio signs, a person born be-
comes rich and the chief of hunters and robbers*
Notes.
(a). The rising sign is Aries according to com-
mentator. The interpretation given of this portion of the
text is objected to by some on the ground that when Venus
and Mercury (the inferior planets) occupy the rising sign the
Sun cannot occupy the lOth house — a place more than 60
degrees removed from them. For the greatest elongations
of the two planets from* the Sun are respectively 47 and 29
OH. 12.] BUHAT JATAKA. 121
degrees. Aecordiugly the following interpretation is pro-
posed: —
" If the rifliog sign be thehoose of Japiter, Yenaa or Ueroary*'
Bhatta Utpala, the commentator, while granting the
validity of the objection, says, that the interpretation objec-
ted to has the support of Garga whom he quotes. A similar
remark applies to the Yajra and other yogas described in
stanza 5 of the nexfc Ohapter, and in stanza 6 of the same,
Yaraha Mibira while admitting the impossibility of the
yoga, says that his task is simply to state the views of the ^
ancient writers and nothing more. Vide notes to stanza
6, Chapter XII.
(6). Though he may be poor.
(c). This portion of the text is interpreted by some
as follows :
** When powerful benefio planetf ocoapy the Eendras"
But this interpretation is opposed to Garga whom the
commentator quotes.
CHAPTER XII.
1. On Nabhasa Togas.
1. Hincj ten and eighty multiplied respectively by
three^ three and four give the sums of the numbers of the
first two^ the firs4 three^ and all the four groups of Nabhasa
yogas (a). The Yavanas treat extensively of one thousand
and eight hundred of such yogas (6). We shall here sum-
marize them.
Notes.
(a). Curiously enough the author adopts a rather
circuitous method of stating the numbers of the several
groups of Nabhasa yogas. The statement amounts to an
Algebraical problem : find 4 numbers such that the Ist + the
2iia,=9x3=27.1flt+2nd+3rcl=i0X3==80.l8t+2nd+8rdH;.
4tli=8 X 4=32. It is olear that the number of the last group
=82—80=2. The pumber of the 8rd group=30— 27=8.
The number of the first and seoond gproi^p is given ^a 27.
According to the commentator^ the 1st group consists of
20 yogas and the 2i^d of 7. la other words what the author
wants to say is briefly this — The Nabhasa yogas consist of
4 groups as follows :
Akriti yog^s 20 ; Sankhya yogap 7 ; Asraya yogas. 8 ;
i^d D^la yogas 2.
(h). Vide note at the end of the Chapter for the
particulars of the 180© Nabhasa yogas.
(c). The author say^ that his 82 yogas contain the
1800 yogas of the Yavanas.
2. According.'to Satyachariyar if all the planets occupy
(a) the moyable^ fixed or common signs^ the yogas are
respectively known as Bajju^ Musala^ and Nala. and these
three form the group of Asraya yogas. Again according to
Parasaraj if the benefio planets (h) occupy the Kendras {cy
the yoga is known as Srikor Mala; and if malefic planets
(d) occupy the Kendras (e) the yoga is known as Sarpa.
These two form the group of Dala yogas*
Not^s.
(a). One or two or three or all the four.of the signs.
According to some thi^ planets ought to occupy all the four
signs. This is opposed to Qarga.
(&). Yiz.j Mercury; Jupiter and Yenus according to
Garga.
(e). Three of the Kendras^ while there are no mt^lefio
planets in any of the keudra houses according to Bada-
rayana.
(d)* Yiz : — The San^ Mars and Saturn according to
Garga.
€H. 12.] BRIj^Ai; JA^A^A. 123
(e). Three oC the kendras, while there are no benefio
planets in any o£ the keodri^ houses according to Bada-
rajana.
8. Other Astrologers say that the Asraja yogas, are
identical with the Tava (a), Abja (b)^ Vajra (c), Aiidaja (d),
GoIh {e), and the like yogas (f), and that when the effects of
planets occupying the kendras are described the effects of
Dala yogas are also described and they produce no separate
effect^ (g).
Notes.
In this stanza the author explains the reason why
certain Astrologers have failed to treat of the Asraya and
Dala. yogas in their works.
(a) J {b)y (c). Vide stanza 5.
(d). Vide stanza 4.
(e). Vide stanza 10. ,
(/). The like yogas : such as Sakata (stanza 4),
Kedara> Sula and yuga (all stanza 10)*
The Asraya yogas may be these and may not be these;
hence the author has deemed it advisable to treat them
sepHrately. For instance, if all planets occupy signs Gemini
and Sagittari — 2 of the common sign^ — when one of these
is filso the rising sign^ the yoga is known both as Vajra and
Nala ; but if any other sign be the rising sign^ it is not a
Vajra yoga but only a Nala yoga.
ig). As regards the Dala yogas^ it is said that other
writers have described the effects of benefic and of malefic
planets occupying the Kendras and as these are also the
effects of the two Dala yogas they have omitted to treat of
them separately ; the author treats of these separately in
order to make it known that the two are Nabhasa yogas
and as such their, effects , are felt throughout life/ (vide
Stanza 19).
124 BBIHAT JATAKA. L^^. 12.
4. If hII the planets occupy any two adjacent Kendras>
the yoga is known as Gada (a). If they all occupy the
ascendant and the 7th house^ the yoga is known as Sakata.
If all the planets occupy the 4th and the lOtb house the
yoga is known as Yihaga. If all the planets occupy the
ascendant, the r>th and 9th houses, the yoga is known as
Sringataka and if all the planets occupy other triangular
houses the yoga is known as Hala {by
Notes.
The author now proceeds to describe the 20 Akrit^
yogas. 5 of them are described in this stanza.
(a). This may be in 4 ways : All the four planets may
occupy (1), the Ist and the 4th houses^ (r^), the 4th and 7th
houses (8), the 7th and the 10th houses and (4), the 10th and
the 1st house. The Yavanas consider these 4 as four dis-
tinct yogas and call tliem respectively aa Gada^ Sankha^
Yibbuka and Dwaja. (Vide note at the end of the Chapter.)
(b)* This may be in three ways : all the planets may
occupy, (1), the 2nd, 6th and 10th houses, (2), the 8d, 7th
and 1 1th houses, (8) the 4th, 8th and 12th houses.
5. If the benefic planets occupy the ascendant and
the 7th house while the malefic planets occupy the 4th and
lOth houses the Yoga is known as Yajra ; and if the reverse
be the case (a) the yoga ia known as Yava. Again, if all the
planets occupy the four Kendras the yoga is known aa
Eamala, and if they occupy the four Panaphara (6) or
the four Apoklima(c) houses, the yoga is known asYapi.
Notes.
In this stanza, 4 more Akriti yogas are described.
(a). That is if the malefio planets occupy the ascen-
dant and the 7th house while the benefic planets occupy
the 4th and 10th houses.
{h). That is the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 1 1th houses.
(c). That is the 3rd, 6th> 9th and 12th houses.
€H. 12.] BRIHAT JATAKA* . 125
' 6. I have described the Yajra and other (a) yogas
adopting the view of former writers (5). How can Mercury
and Venus occupy the 4ih sign from the Sun (c)?-
Notes.
(a). 'That is the Tava yoga Rnd the yoga mentioned
in the beginning of stanza 20^ of the Chapter on Rajayogn.
(6). Maya^ Yavana^ Qarga and others.
(c)« According to Mr* Sundareswara Sronty of Trivadi^
the Yajra and Yava yogas refer to the positions of the pla-
nets in the Bbava Chakra nnd not to their positions in their
Rasi Chakra as supposed by Yaraha Mihira. He is there-
fore of opinion that Oarga and other writers have not erred
in treating of these yogas as possible ones. This we shall
DOW explain :
Yaraha Mihira says ^ How can Mercury and Yenus
occupy the 4th Bign from the Sun'' The word used in the
text is Bhavana which means a sign of the Zodiac {yiie
stanza 4, Chapter I). If the Ynjra and Yava yogas refer to
the positions of the planets in the Rasi Chakra then Yaraha
Mihira is right in declaring that the ancient writers have
erred, but not if the yogas refer to the positions of the
planets in the Bhava Chakra. Indeed in nil yogas where
the positions of the planets are stated with reference to
particular Bhavas or houses from the ascendant, they refer to
Bhava Chakra. As it is somewhat tedious to construct this
Chakra (table), most of the astrologers confound it with the
other Chttkra and wrongly apply aU yogas to the Rasi
Chakra. This is one of fruitful sources of error in astrologi-
cal predictions ; we shall now explain what is meant by
Bhava Chakra. For the process of constructing it, the
reader is referred to the Appendix at the end of the Book.
Both Rasi and Bhava Chaki-as are divisions of the eclip-
tic ; the former is division into 12 equal parts and the latter
126 BSIHAT JATAKA. [OU. 12.
£S division into 12 unequal parts depending upon th^ lati-
tude of the plaoe*
Bhaskara Charyar defines Bbava Chakra as follows in
his Qola Adhyaya :
'< The point where the ecliptic cuts the horizon in the
east is known as eastern or rising Lagna, and in the west as
the western or setting Lagna^ and the points where the
meridian of the place cuts the ecliptic are known as
Madhya or middle Lignas. — The 10th and 4th Lagnas.''
These 4 points are respectively the middle points of the
1st, 7th^ 1 0th and 4th Bhavas. The two points of trisec-
tion of the distance between the middle points of the 1st
and 4th Bhavas are respectively the middle points of the
2nd and 3rd Bhavas. The two points of trisection of the
distance between the middle points of the 4th and 7th
Bhavas are respectively the middle points of the 5th and
6th Bhavas. The two points of trisection of the distance
between middle points of the 7th and 10th Bhavas are the
middle points of the 8th and 9th Bhavas. And the two
points of trisection of the distance between the middle
points of the 10th and 1st Bhavas are the middle points of
the 11th and 12th Bhavas. Thus we have obtained the
middle points of the 12 Bhavas. Now if we bisect these
twelve divisions of the ecliptic, the space between the two
. points of bisection immediately on both sides of the middle
point of each Bhava will form a Bhava.
CO. 12.] BRIHAT JJLTAU. 127
Now as the ecliptic is incliued to the equator by about
23 degrees, the pole of the ecliptic will always be removed
from tlie pole of the equator by about 23 degrees and will
describe round it a circle iu the course of e* ch dny. So
that every day the plane of the ecliptic meridian will
coincide with the plane of the meridian of the place twice.
Now the point where th« ecliptic meridian bisects the eclip-
tic is known in Astronomy as the noaa-gesimal point. Call
this point N. ChU the point where the meridian cuts the
ecliptic M and the points whet*e the horizon cuts the eclip7
tic in the east and west as E and W respectively.
W B
M N
So that N E = N W = 90 dwgrees = 8 signs, and
M E is always 3 bhavas and M W is also 3 bhavas^ IS. being
the middle point of the 10th Bha?a.
Now when the plane of the ecliptic meridian coincides
with the plane of the meridian of ttie place^ N coincides
with M and therefore N M vanishes and the Rasi and
Bhava Ohakras coincide. This will occur twice a day.
At other times they will diflfer. Now in the higher lati*'
tudes the angle between the two meridian lines inci eases.
F(ide Spherical Trigonometry). Therefore the distance
N M also increases and M W accordingly diminishes and it
may even become less than 47 and 27 degreef^^ and it never-
theless contains B bhavas. So that it is possible for Mer-
cury and Venus to occupy M (the 10th bhava) while the
Sun occupies W (the 7th bhava), i. e., Venus and Mercuiy
may occupy the 4tli bhava from the Sun. So that Qarga
I
and othnr writers have not erred if the Vajra and Ya/a
yogas refer to the positions of the planets in the Bhava
Chakra.
7. If all the planets occupy the four signs (a) from
the ascendant, the yoga is known as Yupa; if they
IG
128 BBIHAT JATAEi. [cH. 12.
occupy tbe four sig^a {b) from the foarth hoase^ the yoga
is known as Ishu or Bana ; if they occupy the four signs (c)
from the seventh hoase> the yoga is known as Sakti ; and
if they occupy the four signs from the 10th house the yoga
is known as Danda.
Notes.
In this stanza the anfchor describes four more Akriti
yogas.
(a). That is the ascendant and the 2nd^ 3rd and 4th
houses.
(Z>). That is the Uh, 5th, 6th and 7th houses.
(c). That is the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th houses.
(d). That is the 10th, 11th and 12th houses and the
ascendant.
8* If> as before, all the planets occupy the seven
signs (a) from the ascendant the yoga is known as Nau ;
if they occupy the seven signs (b) from the fourth house,
the yoga is known as Kuta ; if they occupy the seven
signs (c) from the seventh house, the yoga is known as
Ohhatra ; and if they occupy the seven signs (cZ) from the
tenth house the yoga is known as Chapa. Again if all the
planets occupy the seven houses beginning, from a Pan-
phara or Apoklima house, the yoga is known as Ardha-
Ghandra (ej.
Notes.
In this stanza, the author describes 5 more Akriti
yogas.
(a). That is, the 1st, 2nd, 8rd, 4th, Sth,' 6th and 7th
houses.
(b). That is from the 4th to the 10th house.
(c). That is from the 7th to the 12th house and the
ascendant.
OH. 12.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 129
((2). That is from the 10th to the 12th house and
from the asoendant to the 4th house.
(e) As there are 4 Pauaphara and 4 Apoklima houses
the Ardha-Chandra yogas are of 8 kinds : viz.^ all the
planets may occupy ( 1) from the 2nd to the 8th house^ (2),
from the 8rd to the 9th house^ (8)| from the 5th to the 11th
house, (4), from the 6th to the 12th house> (5)^ from the 8th
to the 2Dd house, (6) from the 9th to the 8rd house, (7),
from the llth to the 5th house, (8), from the 12th to the
6th house*
9- If the planets (a) occupy the six alternate signs (5 )
beginning from the22od house the yoga is known as Samu-
dra, and if they occupy the six alternate signs (c) begin-
ning from uscondant the yoga is known as Ohakra. Thus
the Akrita yogas have been described briefly*
Notes.
In this stanza the author describes the remaimog 2
(out of 20) Akriti yogas*
(a). All the seven planets.
(b). That is, the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 12th
houses*
(c) That is the 1st, Srd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 1 1th houses.
10* If all the planets occupy any seven signs the yoga
is known as Yallaki ; if they occupy any six signsi the yoga
is known as Damiui ; if they occupy any five signs it is
known as Pasa; if any four signs» it is known as Kedara ;
if any three signs it is known as Sula ; if any two signs, it
is known as ynga ,* and if they occupy a single sign, the yoga
is known as Gola. When any of these Sankhya yogas are
at the same time any other Nabhasa yogas, they are to be
treated as belonging to the latter class (a).
180 BitlHAT JATACA. [OB- l2*
Notes.
(a). For instance the Qada, Sakata and Yihaga yogas
described in stanza 4 are to be treated only as such and not
as Yuf^a yogas described in this stanva ; the Sringutaka and
Hala yogas described in stanza 4 are to be treated only as
saoh and not as Sula yogas described in this stanza. Again>
the Yajra, Yava, Kainala and Yapi yogas described in
stanza 5 as well as the Yupa> Ishn^ S.akti and Dauda yogas
described in stanza 7 shall not be confounded with the
Kadava yogas described in this stanza» And so on*
11. A person born under a Rajju yoga will be jealous
of the wealth of others^ will proceed to foreign lauds and
will be fond of travelling; a person born under a Musala
yoga will be respectable, rich, and will engage in various
undertakings ; and a person born under a Nala yoga will
be of defective organs, settled views, rich and skilled in
work. Again, a person born under a Srik yoga will live in
comfort and luxury, and one born under a Sarpa yoga^ will
be miserable in many ways.
Notes.
In this stanza, the author describes the effects of the
three Asraya yogas and of the two Dala yogas.
12. If the Asraya yogas partake at the same time of
the character of other yogas they should be treated as the
latter ; otherwise they produce the effects described for
them.
Notes.
This subject has already been discussed in stanza 3.
For iuHtance, if a Rajju yoga or a Musala yoga or a Nala
yoga partake of the nature of a Kamala yoga (stanza 5) it
should be treated as the latter.
13. A person born under a Oada yoga will perform
sacrificial rites, will be rich^ and will ever be engaged in the
OH. 12.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 181
acqaisition of wealth; a person born under a Saki^ta yoga
will live by means of carts, will be afflicted with diseiises^
and will have a mean wife; a person born nnder a Vihnga
yoga will live by cnrrying messages^ will be fond of travels^
and will Ciose quarrels ; a person born under a Sringataka
yoga will be ha(>|)y in the latter end ot life (a) and a person
born under a Hala yoga will till lands*
Notes.
In this stanza the author describes the effects of 5
Akriti yogas.
(a). The word in the text is '' Chira Sukhu'' This is
interpreted by some to mean *' hnppy for a long time."
This interpretation is opposed to Qarga.
14 A person born under a Vajra yoga will be happy
both at the beginning and end of life> will be a general
favorite and wilVbe bold in^6ght. A person born in a Yava
yoga will be powerful, and will be happy at the middle of
ife. A person born under a Pad ma (Kamala) yoga will be
of grent renowni will be greatly happy and possessed of
many attainments. A person born under a Vapi yoga will
live in poor comfort for a long timCi will bury his wealth
under ground and will be a miser.
Notes.
In this stanza^ the author describes the effects of 4
more Akriti yogas.
15. A person born under a Yupa yoga will be liberal in
gift and will perform high saorificial rights. A person
born under a Bana (Ishu) yoga will indulge in torture> will
be a jailor and will make arrows. A person born under a
S:ikti yoga will engage in deeds disgraceful to his rank in
life, will not be skilled in work> and will be without money
and comfort. A person born nnder a Danda yoga will be
lo2 BRinAT JATAKA. [OH. H,
sepamted from persons of his affection (a) and will earn his
livelihood by the lowest of ineaos^ viz., serritade.
Notes.
In this stanza the author describes the effects of 4
more Akriti yogas.
(a). Sons and the like.
16. A person born under a Nan yoga will be of wide-
spread fame, happy only now and then, and will^be a miser.
A person born under a Kuta yoga will indulge in lies, and
will be a jailor. A person born under a Chhatra yoga will
make his people happy and will live in comfort in the latter
end of life A person born under a Chapa yoga will delight
in fight and will live in comfort both at the beginning and
end of life.
Notes.
The effects of 4 more Akriti yogas are described in this
stanza.
17* A person born under an Ardha-Chandra yoga will
be a general favorite^ of agreeable person and be respected
by all. A person born under a ISamudra yoga will be as
prosperous as a king and will live in comfort. A person
born under a Ghakra yoga will have his feet illumined by
the lustre of the gems in the crowns of kings falling pros*
trate before him by way of respect and submission (a). A
person born in a Yallaki yoga will be skilled in work and
will delight in music and dance.
Notes.
In this stanza the author describes the effects of the
three Akriti yogas and of the first Sankhya yoga.
(a). In other words he will become an emperor or
king of kings.
18. A person born under a Damini yoga will be liberal
in gift, will delight in helping others and will possess many
cows. A person born in a Pasa yoga will, with his servants
OH. 12.] BBIHAT JAtAKA. 133
and kinsmen, Barn wealtb by proper means* A person bom
under a Kedara yoga will till lands, and by doing good deeds^
will be useful to others. A person born under a Sula yoga
will be bold in fight, will receive blows and will be fond of
money (a) but will be poor.
Notes.
In this stanza the author describes the effects of l more
Sankhya yogas.
(a). '^ Will be fond of torture '* according to some
other reading.
19. A person born under a Yuga yoga will be poor and
will act in contravention of Vf^dic rules. A person born
under a Gola yoga will be poor, dirty, ignorant, addicted to
low deeds^ unskilled in work, and will ever he wandering
from place to place (a). Thus have been been described
the several Nabbasa yogas with their effects. These effects
are felt throughout a man's life.
Notes.
In this stanza the effects of the remaining two Sankhya
yogas are described.
(a)' For bare subsistence, according to commentator.
(i). Except in the case of Vajra and other yogas (vide
stanza 14) whose effects will be felt, as stat^dyin particular
periods of a personls life. So that where ver no periods
are mentioned the effects will be felt throufrhont life.
Notes:— Dala Yogas will coincide neither with Asraya
yogas nor with Akriti yogas. They might coincide with
Sankhyayogas — with the Vallaki, the Damini, the Pasa, or
the Kedara yogas, in which case the yogas are to be treated
as only Dala yogas and not as Sankhya yogas. iVide
stanza 10). Again, according to stanza 1 2 if the Asiaya
yogas coincide with other yogas, they cease t(# be Asrwya
^34 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. l2.
•
yogas and according to stanza 10 if the Sankhya yogas
eoincide with other yogas, they oease to be^ Sankhya yogas.
Now suppose Asraya and Sankliya 3'ogas to coii^cide with
each other. Are they to be treated as the former or as the
latter ? The cominentaror says that if the coincidtmce
refers to the Kedara, Sula^ and Yuga yogas, the yogas are
to be treated as Asraya yogas only ; bub if it refer to the
Gola yoga^ it 19 to be treated as suoh and not as an Asrya
yoga — otherwise there will be no room for Qola yoga at all*
We shall now explain how the Yavanas obtain 1800
Nabhasa yogas. As stated in stanza S, the Yavanas do not
treat of the three Asraya yogas and the two Data yogas.
They treat of 23 Akriti yogas and 127 Sanl<hya yogas or
IrO yogas in all for a Lagna ; there being 12 Lagnas, the
number of Nabhasa yogas treated of by the Yavanas is
12X150=1800.
^'e shall explain these more fully. As explained in
note (a) to stanza 4, the Gada yoga of the author is treated
of as 4 distinct yogas by the Yavanas. Adding these to the
remain in<j^ 19 Akriti yogas^ we get 23 Akriti yogas as
treated of by the Yavanas.
Again, the seven Sankhya yogas of the author are split
into 127 Sankhya yogas (for a Lagna) by the Yavanas as
follows : The first Sankhya yoga treated of by Yaraha
Mihira is known as Yallaki yoga auctirding to wliich the
7 planets might occupy any seven signs. This may be
in many ways ; but the Yavanas select only a few : as each
of the seven planets might ocoapy the Lagna the number
of yogas under this division is 7. Again the 2nd Sankhya
yoga treated of by the author is one according to which
the 7 planets are said to occupy any six signs. This may be
. in many ways j but the Yuvana§ select the following few •
of the 7 planets 5 may occupy 5 houses and two more may
CH. 18.] BBIHAT JATJLTA. J 35
occupy the Lagna. These two may be any two of the
6eveD planets. The number of yogas under this head will
be the number of combinations of 7 things taken 2
together =1x^=21.
Again, the 3rd Sankhya yoga is one in which the seven
planets occupy 5 houses. This may be in many ways j but
the following are selected: — 4 planets occnpying 4 houses
and 8 more occupying the Lagna. These three may be
any three out of the 7 planets- The number of cases
under this head is the number of combinations of 7 things
taken 3 together = J X 1X^=35.
The next Sankhya yoga of Yaraha Mihira is similarly
split by the Yavanas into ^ X|x<^x|t=r35^ and the next into
^XjX^Xjx^= 21, and the next into JX^X^X^X Jxf=7,
and the last into jxJX^XjX|x|X|=l. So that tlie seven
Sankhya yogas are split into 7 + 214-35 + 35421 + 7+1=
127. These added to 28 Akriti yogas give us 150 yogas
for a Lagna or 1800 yogas for the 12 Laguas.
To find the number of combinations of n things taken
r at a time, the reader is referred to the Lilavati of Bhas-
kara Charyar or to the Chhandas Sutra of Pingala or to
Chapter 77, stanza 22 (notes) of the English Translation of
Brihat Samhita or to the notes to stanza 4 of the next
Chapter of this Book.
CHAPTER Xlir.
On Chandra (Lunar) Yogas.
1. The conduct^ wealth, knowledge, intelligence and
skill of a person will be poor, moderate or excellent accord-
ing as the Moon occupies the Kendra^ the Panaphara or
the Apoklima houses from the Sun (a), nnd a person will bo
rich and will live in comfort if the Moon occupy his own
Navanisa or an Atimitra Navatnsa (6), providtd she is
17
186 BBIHIT JATAKA. [Olf. 18.
aspected by Jupiter if the birth occur by day, and by
Yenas if the birth occur by sight.
Notes*
(a). At the time of birth. In other words, a person
will have very little of these qaalities if the Moon occupy
either the sign occupied by the Sun or the 4th, 7th or 10th
sign from it. He will have these qualities in a moderate
degree if the Moon occapy the 2nd, SSth, 8th or 11th sign
from the sign occupied by the Sun ; and he will have these
qualities in a large measure, if the Moon occupy the 8rd,
6th, 9th or l2th sign from the sign occupied by the Sun.
(b). An Atimitra Navarosa is a Navamsa of an
Atimitra or a very friendly planet.
2. If the benefio planets (a) occupy the 6th, 7th and
8th houses from the Moon, the yoga is known as Adhi-
yoga (&). A person born in the yoga will become a gene-
ral, a minister or a king (c) and will be in the enjoyment of
great pleasures and wealth with subdued enemies and long
life and free from diseases and fear,
(a). These are Mercury, Jupiter and Yenus.
(b). The yoga is of 7 sorts according as the benefio
planets occupy one or more of the three houses : (1), They
might occupy all the three houses ; (2), or the 6th and 7th
houses \ (8) or the 6th and 8th ; («) the 7th and 8th, (5),
the 6th i (6) the 7th j (7), the 8th houses from the Moon.
(c). According as Mercury, Jupiter and Yenus are
weak, of moderate power, or of very great power according
to Badarayaua.
In the Astrological work known as Saravali, the Adhi
yoga is classed with Baja yoga when the planets Mercury,
Jupiter and Yenus are not Astangata plauets^ nor aspected
by maletic planets. Mandavya is of the same opinion.
CH. 18.] BBIHAT JATAKA. 187
3* Excepting the San if the other planets oocapy the
2Qd, the 12th^ or both the 2nA and the 12th houses from
the Moon, the yoga is , respectively known as Sunapha,
Anapha or Daradhnra ; otherwise (a), the yoga is known
as Kemadruma by nnmeroas writers. According tf) some (b),
if the Moon occapy the Kendra house from the ascen-
dant or if the Moon be accompanied by a planet, the yoga
ceases to be a Kemadruma yoga* According to others (c)
the three yogas, Sunapba, Anapha and Durudhura are re-
ferred to the Kendra houses from the Moon ({2)> while again
some others (0) refer the three yogas to the houses on both
sides of the sign the Navamsa of which the Moon occu-
pies (/). But these views aro not considered as authori-
tative.
Notes.
(a). Otherwise : t. e., if the 2nd, the 12th, or both the
2nd and the 12th houses from the Moon be not occupied by
planets — the Sun excepted.
(b). Garga and Parasara.
(c). Srutakeerti and others.
(dy That is, if the planets excepting the Sun occupy
the 4th house from the Moon^ the yoga is known as Suna-
pha; if they occupy the 10th house from the MooUf the
yoga is known as Anapha, and if they occupy both the 4th
and the 10th house from the Moon^ it is known as Duru-
dhura and il the 4th and 10th houses fi*om the Moon be not
occupied by planets, the yoga is known an Kemadruma.
(e ." Jeevasarma.
(/}. Suppose the Moon to occupy the Navamsa of
Sagittari in sign Aries. Now if the planets, excepting
the Sun and the Moon occupy the 2nd, or the 12th or both
the 2bd and the 1 2th houses from sign Sagittari the yoga
is respectively known as Sunapha, Anapha and Durudhura.
138 BKIUAT JATAKl. [OU. 18.
but if tbeae two houses bo not bo occupied the yoga is
known as Konkadriima.
4. Tbe Sunapha and the Anapba yogas are eaoli of
thirty-one sorts, and the Durudhura yog}i8 are of one hun-
dred and eighty sorts, as will be found to be the case by
forming series as described in the rule for finding the num-
ber of coinbinatious of a given number of tbiuga.
Notes.
The rule for finding the number of combinations of a
given number of things is only hinted at in the text^ but
not fully given. It is quoted in stanza 22 of Ghapter 79 of
the Brihat Samhitts. The rule is: —
'^ Beginning from unity, form a series by adding to-
gether the first fijgure with tbe next and the sum with the
next figure and so on omitting only the last. From the
series thus formed^ form a fresh series similarly, beginning
from unity^ and so on. The last terms of the several series
will give the number of combinations required."
Suppose there to be 7 substances. The figures 1, 2, 3^
4, b, 6f 7, will form the first serBes. Obtain the 2nd series
as follows: 1+2=3; 3+3=6; 6+4=10; 10+5=15;
15 f 6=;21. The 2nd series therefore is 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 21*
Obtain the 3rd series as follows: 1+3=4; 4+6=10;
10+10=20; 20+15=85. Tbe 5rd Peries therefore is 1,4, U),
20, 85. Obtain the 4th series as follows : 1+4=5; 5 + 10
=15; 15+20=35. The 4tb series therefore is 1,5,15,
35. Obtain the 5th series as follows: 1+5=6. 6+15=
21. The 5th series therefore is 1, 6>21. Obtain the 6'«h
series as follows : J^6=7. The 6tb series therefore is 1,
7. The seven tb series is ]. The last terms of tbo seven
series are, 7, 21, 35, 36, 21, 7, 1. These are respectively
the number of combinations of seven things taken 1,2, 3^
4, 5, 6 and 7 at a time. Bhaskara Ghariar gives a simpler
process in his Lilavati-^a work on Arithmetic. Hes&ve*
€H.. 13.] BRIHAT JATAKA.. 131^
Form fractions with the nnmber« beginning from tbe
last number to unity for numerators an^l with the numbers
beginning from unity to the last number for denominators
respectively. The number of combinations taken 1, 2,
8, 4, Ac, at a time will respectively be the first fraction,
the product of 1st two fractions, of the first three fractions
or of the 1st foar fractions, &c. Suppose, for instance, the
number of things to be 7. Then the fructions ars Ji h 4»
T» h if T- The namber of combinationB of 7 things taken
one at a time=J=7 ; Taken two at a time=xXi=21, taken
3 at a time=^X J X^x =35 ; taken 4 at a time=ix4xix J
=35; taken 5 at a time=ix Jx4,x Jxi=21 ; taken 6 at a
time =ixixjxjxjx|=7; and taken 7 at a time
=Tx4xixfxJx*Xy=i.
Now in the Snnapha or Anapha yogas the 2nd or the
12 th house from the Moon may be occupied by the five
planets from Mars either singly or two at a time or three or
four or all at a time. The number required is the number
of combinations of five things taken 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 together
at a time. This is to be deduced from the following : |, |,
hhi' The number will be found to be 5+10-f 10+54-1
=31.
•
Take the casein which the 2nd house from the Moon
is occupied by a single planet; while it does so, the
remaining four planets may occupy the 12th house from the
Moon 1, 2, 3 and 4 at a time. The number of these will be
the sum of the number of combinations of four things
taken 1, 2> 3 and 4 together. This will be found to be 4-r6
H-4-f 1=15. So that for one of the five Suuapha yogas we
pet 15 Dnrudhura yogns. The five Snnapha yogas of one
planet will therefore give iis 5x15=75 Durudhura yog«s.
Take one of the 10 Sunapha yogas of two planers from
Mars to ?ttturn ; the remaining 3 planers mny occupy the
12th hoube from the Moou^ 1^ 2 and 3 at u time. The num-
l-lO BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 13.
ber required is the sum of the number of oombinations 6t
three thing» taken I, 2 and 3 at a time. This will be found
to be 8 -f 8 +1=7. Combining these with the 10 Simapha
jOfThB of 2 planefcs we shall get 10X7=^0 Duradhura yogas.
Similarly the 10 Sunapha yogas of three planets will give
10x3=80 Duradhura yogas; and the fire Snnapha yogas
of 4 planets will give us 5x1=5 Durudhara yogas. So
that the number of possible Durudhura yogas=75+70-|-?0
+5=180,
5. A person born in a Sunapha yoga will be possessed
of self-acquired property^ will be a king or will resemble
a king, and will be a man of intelligence, wealth and
renown.'
A pci*son born in an Anapha yoga will be a man of
influence and authority, will be free from diseases, will
have a control over his passions, will be of great renowni
will be in the enjoyment of all manner of pleasures, wilil
wear neat dress and will be free from grief.
6. A person born in a Duradhura yoga will be in
the enjoyment of all manner of pleasures, will be possessed
of wealth and chariot, will be liberal in his gift* and will
have good servants.
A person born in a Kemadrnma yoga, though he may
belong to a king's family, will be dirty, afflicted with grief,
will do deeds not suited to his rank in life, will be poor,
will serve under others and will be wicked.
7* If the yoga planet be Mars, the person will be
Active, fond of fightt and wealthy, and will engage in
deeds without thought. If the yoga planet be Mercury, the
person will be skilled in work^ will be of good speech and
learned in the arts (a). If the yoga planet be Jupiter, a
person will be wealthy and virtuous, will live for ever in
comfort and will be respected by the king. If the yoga
CH. 18.1 . BRIHAT JATAKA. 141
planet be Yenns, a person will be afflicted with sexnal pas-
sion, will be very wealthy &nd in the enjoyment of all man-
ner of pleasures.
Notes,
(a). In music, dance, painting, &c.
8. If the yoga planet be Saturn, a person will enjoy
the wealth, property and servants of others, will engage in
various deeds and will be the chief of parties of men (a).
It the birth occur by day, the Moon will bring on misery
if she occupy the visible hemisphere, and will bring oix
prosperity if she occupy the invisible hemisphere ; if other-
wise, the results will be the reverse of these (6);
Notes.
(a). If two or more planets be yoga planets the
effects described for them all will come to pass.
(&). That is, if the birth occur by night, the Moon
will bring on misery if she occupy the invisible hemisphere
and prosperity if she occupy the visible hemisphere.
9. If all the benefic planets (a) occupy the TTpachaya
places (b) from the ascendant at the time of birth, a person
will be very rich and if they occupy the Upachaya places
from the Moon, he will be moderately rich. If two of the
planets occupy the Upachaya places a person will be
moderately wealthy and if one of them occupy such places
he will possess small wealth (c). Even if the person be
bom in other malefic Yogas ((2) the present yoga will take
effect to their exclusion (e)*
Notes.
(a). Mercury, Jupiter and Venus.
(&). The brd, Gtli, lOth and 11th houses from the
ascendant.
(e). Or poor. If benefic planets occupy the Upachaya
places both from the ascendant and from the Moou a person
will be exceedingly rich.
142 BBIHAT JATAKA. [oH 14.
(d). Such as Kemadruma yoga.
(e). That is^ suppose a person to be bom in a«Eenf)&-^
druina yoga and suppose the benetic plaueta to occupy the
Upachaya places from the ascendant or the Moon or both,
tlie person will become rich and not poor.
CHAPTER XIV.
On Double Planetart Yoqas.
1. If at the time of birth the Sun and the Moon occu-
py together a sign of the Zodiac, the person born will be a
maker of fire engines (a) and will work in stones ; if the
Sun and Mars occupy a sign together, the person Jwill be
addicted to sinful deeds; if the Sun and Mercury occupy a
sign together^ the person will be skilled in work> will bo
intelligent and famous^ and will live in comfort; if the Sun
and Jupiter occupy a sign together, the peVson will be
cruel and will work for other men ; if the Sun and^Venus oc-
cupy a sign together the person will gain money by
engaging in public sports and by the use of weapons, and if
the Sun and Saturn occupy a sign together, the person
will be skilled in metal work and in earthen-ware.
Notes,
(a). Engines of destruction according to^Commentator.
2. If the double planets^occupying together a sign of
the Zodiac at the time of birth be the Moon and Mars the
person will earn money by the , sale of works of art, of
women, of liquor, and of pots and will give trouble to his
mother; if they be the Moon and Mercury, the person will
be of sweet speech, skilled in literary interpretation and
will become popular and famous ; if they be the Moon and
Jupiter, the person will defeat his enemies, |will be an im-
portant person in his family, will not be of firm views and
will be greatly rich; if they be the Moon and Venus, the
cm. 14] ilRIHAT JAUkKki l4 8
person will be Bkilled in cloth work (a) ; if they be the Mooii
and Saturn^ the person will be the son of a re-marriecl
woman (5).
Nottis.
(a). In weaving^ stitching> djeingi buying and sellings
cloths.
(&). Tiie Sanscrit term for the woman is Ponarbhii.
She is said to be a woman, who, out of sexual passioOy
(|uits her husband and marries a J3erson of her oi^ii castd
whether or not she liaay have joined in sexual union*
3. If the doable planets ciccapying together a sign of
the Zodiac at the time of birth be Mars and Mercurjr, the
person will deal in roots and the like, in oil, in works of art
and will be skilled in duels ; if they be Mars and Jupiter,
the person will be the chief of a town oT a king, will
acquire money or will be a Brahmin ; if they be Mars and
YenuSj the person will |)rotect cows, will engage in dueld,
will be skilled in work, will indulge in sexual union with
the wives of other men and will be a gambler ; if they bei
Mars and Saturn, the person will be afflicted with grief >
will be a liar, and will be despised by otherd.
4.- If the double planets occnpjing together a sign of
the Zodiac at the time of birth be Mercury and Jupiter, the
person will be skilled in duels, will be fond of music and
learned in dauce ; if they be Mercury and Venus the person
will be one of good speeoh, and will be a ruler over countries
and over men > if tiiey be Mercury and Saturn, the person
will be skilled in deceiving other.^, and will reject the
advico of his preceptor ; if they be Jupiter and Venus, the
person will be learned in some respectable department of
knowledge, will possess wenlth, a wife and various virtues ;
if they be Jupiter and Saturn, the person will bo a barber,
a potman or a cook.
19
14-
3^.
snigiiK: fi£3: fiC
2rttK.« ViVK
1: tM T-QOft
br of bn^k: «rmi»iA^«w.
vS). Tbe ;f^Ck mkI \U?^ te
o;
[«H. I4r 8RIHAT JATAKi« 145
(4). The Sun and Jupiter, fae will be earnest in work,
will be a favorite with the king and rich.
(5). The Sun and Venus, he will acquire wealth
through women^ will have kinsmen and enemies and will bo
intelligent.
(6). The Sun and Saturn, he will be of dull under-
standing and subject to his enemies.
(7)* Moon and Mars, he will be bold and born of a
high family j will be virtuous, wealthy and possessed of
good qualities.
(8). Moon and Mercury, he will be charitable, learned
in sciences, and possessed of excellent qualities.
(9). Moon and Jupiter, he will protect good and pious
men and will be very intelligent.
(10). Moon and Venus, he will be a sinner and a
Merchant.
(11). Moon and Saturn, he will possess a bad wife^
will ill-treat his father and will be poor.
(13). Mars and Mercary, he will be of good speech
and learned in medicine, arts and sciences.
(13). Mars and Jupiter, he will be of strong sexnal
passion, will possess excellent qualities and will be a mathe-
matician.
(14). Mars and Venu9, he will be fond of fight and of
the world, and will be deceitful.
(15). Mars and Saturn, he will be litigious, fond of
music and of a dull understanding.
(16). Mercury and Jupiter, he will be of good speech,
beautiful and very rich.
(17). Mercury and Venus, he will be a ruler over
countries and over men.
H6 BillilAT JATAKA. [Cfl- l4.
(18). Mercury and Saturn^ lie will bo deceitfuljt and
will not be open to the advioe of his preceptor.
(19). Jupiter and Venus, he will be of bright appear-
ance, a favorite with the king, will be very intelligent and
fikilled in work.
(20}. Jupiter and Saturn^ ho will be a sculptor ancl
will protect cows.
(21), Venus and Saturn, will be skilled in duels,
II.— OP THllEB PLANETS.
Again, if the Yoga planets oconpying a single sign be
(1). The Sun, the Moon and Mars— the person wi|l
destroy the family of his eoem}'', will be rich and jusl;.
(2). The Sun, the Moon and Mercury, he will resemble
^ king and will be learned and famous.
(3). The Sun, Moon and Jupiter, he will be possessed
of many good qualities and will be learned.
(4). The Sun, Moon and Venus, he will commit
ad ultery^ will be cruel, will be subject to fear from his enemy
and will bo rich.
(5). The Sun, Moon and Saturn, he will be a man
of wrong views, will be deoeitful and will travel to foreign
lands.
(6). The Sun, Mars and Mercury — he will be without
enjoyment of any kind and will havo sons, wealth and wife.
(7). The Sun, Mars and Jupiter, he will be fond of
sexual enjoyment, will be considerate, will be a commander
of armies or a magistrate.
(8). The Sun, Mars and Venus, he will be afflicted
with diseases of the eye, will live in comfort and born in Sk
good family.
CB. 14.] BRIHAT JATAKA*' 147
(9). The Sun, Mars and Saturn, he will be separated *
from his kinsmen, will be dumb, will suffer from diseases
and will be rich.
(10). The Sun, Mercury and Jupiter, he will be of
sound views, will be Iearned> wealthy and famous.
(ll). The Sun, Mercury and Venus, he will be of
soft body* will be learned and famous and will live in
comfort.
(12). The Sun, Mercury and Saturn, he will be with-
out kinsmen and poor ; will hate mankind and will be of
vicious habits.
(18). The Sun, Jupiter and Venus, he will possess a
good wife and children, will be very intelligent, will suffer
from diseases of the eye and will be rich.
(14). The Sun, Jupiter and Saturn, he will be fearless,
will be liked by the king and will be of quiet and excellent
dispo0ition.
(Id). The Sun, Venus and Saturn, he will be of bad
reputation and will be haughty and insolent.
(16). The Moon^ Mars and Mercury, he will be glut-
tonous, will be addicted to wicked deeds and will abuse
other people.
(17)' The Moon, Mars and Jupiter, he will bo of
angry speech, will bo of strong sexual passion and will bo
beautiful.
(18). The Moon, Mars and Venus, he will be of bad
conduct, will have no sons and will be fond of travels.
(19). The Moon, Mars and Saturn, he will be virtuous
and wealthy, will have a bad wife and will be litigious.
(20). The Moon, Mercury and Jupiter — he will be
charitable and learned in sciences, will protect good 'and
pious men and will be of good speech.
143 BBIHAT JATAKA. [oH 14*
(2^ ). The Moon, Mercury and Venus— will be learned,
will be addicted to low deeds and will have numerous ser-
vants.
(22). The Moon, Mercury andSaturn— will be liberal in
gift, will be respected by the king and will be possessed of
good qnalities*
(23). The Moon, Jupiter and Venus-will be intelligent,
will have good sons and will be skilled in works of art*
(24), The Moon, Jupiter and Saturn-^-'will be learned
in sciences, will be fond of old women and will be as happy
as a king*
(25). The Moon, Venus and Saturn — will be learned in
the Vedas, will be the king's chaplain and will be liked by
all people.
{26)* MarSjMercury and Jupiter— will be fond of musiCi
of Vedas, of literature and of drama*
(27). Mars, Mercury and Venus— will be of defective
organs, will be born of a bad family and will be of settled
views.
(28). Mars, Mercury and Sutarn — will serve under
other men, will suffer from diseases of the eye and will be
fond of travels.
(29). Mars, Jupiter and Venus— will be liked by the
king, will have good sons, and will live in comfort.
(30). Mars, Jupiter and Saturn—will be of thin body,
without comfort, respectable and given up to a vicious
course of lifo.
(31.) Mars, Venus and Saturn-will have bad sons and
will ever be of pure mind%
32. Mercury, Jupiter and Venus — will conquer over
his enemies and will be of wide-spread fame.
CH. H.^ BRtHAT JATAKA. 149
83. Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn— will live in great
comfort) will be wealthy and will be attacbed to bis wife*
34. Mercury^ Venus and Saturn— -will tell lies.
35. . Jupiteri Venus and Saturn — will be of clear
understanding and will be happy and famous.
III.— OF POUB PLANETS.
AgaiUi if the yoga planets occupying together a sign
of Zodiac at the time of birth be
(I). The Sun, Moon, Mars and Mercury — the person
will be deceitful^ skilled in the art of writing and will suffer
from diseases.
(2). The Sun, Moon, Mars and Jupiter — ^will be rich,
famous, intelligent and liked by the king and will be free
from diseases and from griefs
(3). The San, the Moon/ Mars and Venus— will have
a wife and children, will be learned, a moderate eater,
happy, skilled in work and merciful.
(4). The Sun, Moon, Mars and Saturn— .will suffer
from diseases of the eye, will be fond of travels and of
prostitutes and will be poor.
(6). The Sun, Moon, Mercury and Jupiter— will have
eight Bons, will be rich and possessed of good qualities ;
will be famous, powerful and liberal in gift.
(6). The Sun, Moon, Mercury and Venus— will be of
defective organs and of good speech.
(7). The Sun, Moon, Mercury and Saturn — will be
poor and ungrateful*
(8). The Sun, Moon, Jupiter and Venus — will be
possessed of many good qualities, will commit adultery
with other women, will be intelligent and will suffer from
diseases of the eye.
150 BitlHAT JAJAKAt [C}Ef. Hi
(9). The Ban, Mood> Jupifcer and Saturn — will be
fond of ii^ayels> will be ricli» intelligent and attached to
prostitutes.
(10). The Sun, Moon, Venus and Saturn-^will be of
defective limbs, will be timid^ will follow girls and will be
fond of wealth and meals.
(11). The Sun, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter — will be
strong, will get into difficultiesj will be married and rich,
will sufli'er from diseases of the eye and will be fond of
travels.
(12). The Sun, Mars, Mercury and Venus-^will be
fond of the wives of other men, will be of fearful eyes and
appearance, will be addicted to thieving and will be weak*
(18). The Sun, Mars, Mercury and Saturn — ^will be a
commander of armies or a minister, will be addicted to low
deeds and will bo in the enjoyment of numerous pleasures.
(J 4). The Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Venus — will be as
famous as the king, will be respected everywhere and will
be rich.
(15). The Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn— w'.U be
blind, will be a wanderer and will have friends and kins-
men.
(16). The San, Mars, Venus and Saturn — will suffer
disgrace, will be slothful and possessed of good qualities.
(l7). The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus — will be
very rich and famous.
(18). The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn — will
bring about quarrels, will be respectable and of vicious
habits.
(19). The Sun, Mercury, Venus and Saturn — will be
of good speech, will be truthfu!, will be a man of principle
and will be of good conduct.
GH. 14.] BRIHAT J4TAKA. J 51
(20). Tho Sun, Jupiter^^Veous nnd Saturn — will be
learned in arts, will be the chief of low people and will bo
obstinate.
(21). The Moon, Mars^ Mercury and Jupiter — will be
liked by the kin^> will be a minister or an eminent poet.
(22). The Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus — will
have a good wife and sons, will be intelligent, will be ugly
and deformed and will live in comfort.
(23). The Moon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn — ^will
have double parents^ will be bold and will have several
wives and childreu.
(24). The Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus — will do
sinful deeds will indulge in sleep and will be fond of money.
(25)* The Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn^-^will be
of firm views, bold, happy and learned.
(2G). The Moon, Mars, Venua and Saturn — will be of
bad conduct, will have no sons, will be learned in llie
Vedas or will be the king'^ priest.
(27). The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus — will
be very rich, attached td his kinsmen and virtuous.
(28). The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Satnm — will
be liberal in gifts, will be respected by the king will live iu
great comfort, will be wealthy and attached to his wife.
(29). The Moon, Mercury, Vlanus and Saturn — will be
hated by the people and will be fond of the wives of other
men.
(.30). The Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn — will be
without sons, will not be earnest in work and will be
without mercy.
(31). Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus — will be rich
and despised by the people
20
152 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. l4
(32). Mars> Meronry, Jupiter and Saturn— will suffer
from diseases and will be poor.
(33). MarSi Mercury, Venus and Saturn— will be of
defective limbs, will serve under other men, will tell lies
and will bave bad sons.
(34). Mars^ Jupiter, Venns and Saturn — will be lilced
by the king, will be of thin body, will have bad sons and
will be of clear understanding.
(35). Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn — will be
very rich^ learned, and of good conduct.
IV. OP FIVE PLANETS.
Again, if the yoga planets occupying together a sign
of Zodiac at the time of birth be
( I). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercnry and Jupiter — the
person will engage in fight, will be deceitful and skilled in
work.
(2). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus — will
be devoid of charity, will be earnest in work, will be with-
out kinsmen and will work for other men.
(3). > The Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn — will
be of short life, will be fond of earning money and without
wife and children.
(4). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus — will
delight in annoying other men, will be rejected by his
parents anb kinsmen and will be of defective eyes.
(6). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter and gatum— will
be avaricious and will be afflicted with grief owing to sepa-
ration from his wife.
(6). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn— will
be wealthy, powerful, able and dirty and will covet the
wives of other men.
CH. 14.j BBIHAT JATAXA. 153
(7> The San, Mood# Mercury, Jupiter and VenaB— -
will be a ministerj will be rich^ sacoessful, famous and
powerful and will also be a magistrate.
(8). The Sun, Mood, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn-
will depend on other men for meals^ will be timid, will
commit sius and will engage in fearful deeds.
(9). The Sun, Moon^ Meroury, Venus and Saturn-
will be poor, tall, without sons and sickly.
(10). The Sun, Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn —
will be without a wife, of good speech, will have enemies
will be fearless and learned in jugglery.
(11), The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus —
will be without grief, a good friend and master of horses
and covet the wives of other men.
(12). The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn —
will beg his meals, will be dirty and dressed in ragged
clothes.
(13). The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn —
will be an important person aud will be afflicted with grief,
fear, disease and hunger.
(14), The Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn —
will be respected everywhere, will be rich, will be blind
and will have friends and kinsmen.
^15). The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn-
will possess a knowledge of Atma, will do deeds acceptable '
to Devas and to his preceptors aud will be learned in
sciences.
(16). The Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus
— will be of a mild disposition, happy, rich, powerful and
learned.
(17). The Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn
— will be skilled in engineering, will be of strong physique
and will be famous for his skill in work.
154 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. l4
(18)« The Moon, Mars, Morcury, Venus and Saturn —
will have a good wife and sonsj will be intelligent and wi 11
live in comfort.
(19). The Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn —
will work for other men, will be poor, of dirty appearance,
ignorant and addicted to thieving.
(20). The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn
—will be respected in all lands, will be of defective limbs,
will be a minister and will resemble a king.
(21). Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn-—
will be respected everywhere, will be skilled in work, will
suffer from torture, imprisonment and disease.
v.— OF SIX PLANETS.
Lastly, if the yoga planets occupying a single sign of
Zodiac at the time of birth be the several planets except
(1). Saturn — the person will be a writer of scientific
works, will dwell in woods and mountains and will be
possessed of a wife, sons and wealth.
(2). Except Venus — will bo addicted to thieving, will
covet other women, will be despised by his kinsmen, will
be without sous, will be a fool and will travel to foreigu
lands.
(8). Except Jupiter — will be a mm of low birth, will
work for other men, will suffer from consumption and will
be despised by the people.
(4). Except Mercury — will be a minister, will be
possessed of a wife, sons, wealth and comfort and will have
a control over his passions.
(5). Except Mars — will suffer from headache, will be
mad, will live in places unfrequented by man and will
travel to foreign lands.
CH. 15]' BRIHAT JATAKA. 156
(6). Except the Moon—- v^ill be an eoergetic traveller
and intelligent.
(7). Except the Sun — will visit holy 'places^ and will
be rich.
CHAPTER XV.
On Ascetic Yogas.
1. A person born when four or more (a) powerful (b)
planets occupy a single sign of the Zodiac becomes an
ascetic of the Sakya, Ajivika, Bhikshuka, Yridhasravaka^
Ohakra, Nlrgrandha or Vanyasana class according as the
most powerful planet of the group is Mars, Mercury, Jupiter,
the Moon^ Venus, Saturn or the Sun. (c) If such powerful
plauet be one that has suffered defeat in conjunction at the
time of birth, the ascetic will, after a time revert to his
previous condition of life.
Notes.
(a). That is 5, 6 or 7 planets.
(6). If no planet be powerful there will be no Pravri-
jia (ascetic yoga).
(c)» The ascetic life of the most powerful plauet will
be embraced by the person first, then that of the planet next
in power and so on. Tho first change of life will occur in tho
Dasaand Antardasa period of the most powerful plauet ; the
succeeding changes will occur in the Antardasa periods of
the respectivo planets. If the yoga planet be a single power-
ful planet which does not suffer defeat in conjunction, the
ascetic life assumed will continue till death. We shall now
explain the terms referring to the several classes of ascetics.
(1). Sakya : — A Budhist ascetic dressed in red robes.
(2). Ajtvika : — A Jain ascetic; the term includes
Vaishuava ascetics as well.
156 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OU. 15.
(S). Bhikshu : — A Brahman ascetic \7ho abandons his
house and family and subsists entirely on alms.
(4). Yridhasravka : — known as kapalikaj & follower
of Siva.
(5). Ghakra :— known as Cbakradharaj is an ascetic
who wears a discus.
(6). Nirgrandha : — a naked ascetic.
(7). Yanyasana : — an ascetic who subsists on the roots
of the forest and is engaged in Divine meditation.
2. If the most powerful yoga planet be an Astangata
planet, (a) a person will not become a Deekshita (b) but will
be attached to persons who are such. Again, if the power-
ful planet which suffers defeat in conjunction be aspected
by other planets^ a person will not become a Deekshita (c)
but will possess a strong desire to become one.
Notes.
(ay This has already been explained.
(6). That.iSj one of the holy order of men.
(c). If not aspected^ he will become one, and after a
time revert to his former condition of life as stated in the
last stauza.
3; If the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon as-
pects Saturn and be not aspected by any other planet^ (a)
or if Saturn aspect the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon
when such lord is not powerful, (b) a person will become an
ascetic. Again, if the Moon occupy the Drekkaua of Saturn
and the Navamsa of Saturn or Mars and be aspected by
Saturoj (c) a person will become an ascetic ((2)«
Notes.
(a). The Pravrijia will be that of such lord or Saturn
whichever is powerful.
'4
CH. 16.] BBIHAT JATAKA. 167
(b). The Pravrijia ^ill be that of Saturn.
(e> And not aspected by any other planefc.
(dy The ascetic life will be thab described for Saturn.
4. A person born when Jupiter, the Moon and the
rising sign are aspeoted by Saturn^ when Jupiter occupies
the 9th house from the ascendant and under one of the
Baja yogas becomes a scientiBo author, (a). Again, a
person bom when Saturn occupies the 9th house from the
ascendant and is not aspected by other planets and under a
Raja yoga will become both a king and an ascetic* (&).
Notes.
(a). If the horoscope contain a Raja yoga and an
ascetic yoga, the former will not take effect, but the latter
will; such for instance as the lives of Yaraha Mihii a^ Eanadai
Budha^ Panchasikha, Brahma Gupta and others. If the horos-
cope contain two Uaja yogas and an ascetic yoga, the person
will become a king — such as Janaka, Kasiraja, Suchidhwaja
and others.
(b). If the horoscope contain no Raja yogas but only
the ascetic yoga described in the tezt^ the person will be<
come an ascetic.
CHAPTER XVI.
Oh Thb Kaeshatbas.
OB
• _
The Moon In The Asterisms.
1. A person born when the Moon passes through the
asterism of Aswini will be fond of ornaments, will be of
/ fine appearance, will be popular, skilled in work and intelli-
gent.
'!>
158 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 16.
A person bom when the Moon passes through the
i -'^ asterism of Bharani will be sucoessfulat work> trnthfal^ free
from diseases^ able and free from grief.
2. A person born when the . Moon passes through the
asterism of Krittika will bo a glutton, fond of the wives of
other men, of bright appearance and of wide-spread fame.
A person born when the Moon passes through the as-
terism of Rohini will be truthful, will not covet the property
\Jk of other men^ will be of cleanly habits, of sweet speech^ of
firm viewsj and of find appearance.
8. A person born when the Moon passes through the
jt asterism of Mrigasirsha will be of no firm principles, will
.0 be able, timid^ of good speech^ of active habits^ rich and
will indulge in sexual pleasures.
A person born when the Moon passes through the
{ asterism of Ardra will be insincere^ of irascible temper^
ungrateful, troablesome and addicted to wicked deeds.
4. A person born when the Moon passes through the
asterism of Punarvasu will be devout and of patient habits
^, will live in comfortj will be good-natured^ quietj of wrong
YiewSj sickly, thirsty and pleased with trifles.
5. A person born when the Moon passes through the
asterism of Pushya will have a control over his desires, will
be generally liked^ learned in the SastraSj rich and will b^
found of acts of charity.
A person bom when the Moon passes through the
asterism of Aslesha will not be attentive to the work of
' ^-^^ other men, will be a promiscuous eater^ will be sinful^ un-
grateful and skilled in cheating other men.
6. A person born when the Moon passes through the
asterism of Magha will have numerous servants^ will wor-
\0 ship the Devas and Pitris and will be engaged in important
works.
%
17"
CH. 1G ] BRIBAT JATAKA» }tj9
A person born wLen the ' Moon passes ihronprh the as-
I * terism of P. Plialgnni will be of sweet speech^ will be liberal
in his gifts, of wandering habits and will serve under kings*
7. A person born when the Moon passes through the
aaterisra of U. Phalguui will be generally liked, will earn
money by his learning and will live in comfort,
A pewon born when the Moon passes through the ns-
terism of Hasta will be of active habits, fall of resoarces,
\Ji shameless, merciless and a thief and a drunkard.
8. A person born when the Moon passes through the
asterism of Chittra will wear cloths and flowers of various
I \A colors and will have beautiful eyes and limbs.
A person born when the Moon passes through tlie
asterism of Swati will be of a mild and quiet nature^ will
\ij control his passion^ will be skilled in trade, will be merci-
ful^ unable to bear thirsty of sweet speech and disposed to
do acts of charity.
0. A person born when the Moon passes through the
asterism of Visakha will be jealous of another's prosperity,
will be a nigisrard, of bright appearance, of distinct speech,
skilled in earning money and disposed to bring about quar-
rels among men.
A person born when the Moon passes through the as-
terism of Anuradha will be rich, will live in foreign lands,
^j .^ will be unable to bear hunger and disposed to wander from
/ place to place.
10. A person born when the Moon passes through the
asterism of Jyeshta will li.ive few friends, will be very
cheerful, virtuous, and of irascible temper.
!^
Ig
A person born when the Moon passes through the as-
terism of Moola will be haughty, rich, happy, not disposed
/ ^ to injure other men, of firm views and will live in luxury.
21
i^
IGO BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 16.
11. A person born when the Moon pnssea through the
i- wv (\ Hsteriam of P. Ashadha will have an agreeable wife, will be
proud and attached to friends.
A person born when the Moon passes through the
ns'terisni of U. Ashadha will be obedient, will be learned in
*^, i the rules of vir;u3, will posses many friends, will be gmte-
ful and return favors received and will be generally liked.
12. A person born when the Moon pusses through
the astorism of Sravana will be pi*osperou8 and learned,
*)» ''* will have a liberal-minded wife, will be rich and of wide-
spread fame.
A person born when the Moon passes through the as-
, «g. terism of Dhanishta will be liberal in gifcs, rich^ valient^
^ fond of music and will be a niggard.
13. A person born when the Moon passes through the
asterisin of Safcabhishak will be hnrsh in his speech, will be
j\\K truthful will suflfer grief will conquer his enemies, will
though tlobsly engage in work and will be of independent
ways.
A person born when the Moon passes through the as-
terism of P. Bhadrapada will suffer from grief^ will plaee
J his wealth at the disposal of his wife, will be of distinct
'^ speech, will be skilled iu earning money and will be a
niggard.
14. A person born when the Moon passes through
the Hsterism of U. Bhadrapa<la will be an able speaker, will
\t'V' be hnppy, will possess children and grand-children will con-
quer his enemies and will be virtuous.
A person born when the Moon passes through the as-
^ terism of Revati will possess perfect limbs, will be liked by
'^^•y y all the people, will be deeply learned, will never covet the
property of other men and will be rich.
CH. 17.] BBIHAT JATAKAJ ICl
Motes.
Tho eflTocta desnribod above "will full}' come to passf
only if the Moou be powerful.
CHAl^TBR XVII.
On Tuk Moon In Tub Sevbral Signs of
Thk Zodiac.
1. A person born with the Moon in sign Aries will
have ronnd red-eyes, will be fond of vegetable food aud
will eat hot meals but in a moderate degree -, will be of a
quickly relenting nature, will be fond of travels atid of
Boxual union; will be of strong knees; will possess no
permanent wealth; will be fond of fight and of women;
will be Tskilled in befriendinor other men: will have di.s-
figured nails and a wounded head ; will be hnughty^ will be
the eldest of his brothers; will have lines in his hand of
the shape of the weapon known as Saldi ; will be fickle-inin-*
ded and will be afraid of water.
2. A person born with the Moon in sign Tdurus will
be of fine appearance and of beautiful gait; will possess
large thighs and face ; will possess marks on his hack, face
and sides, will be liberal iu Lis gifts ; will bear misfortaues;
will possess great influeoce and authority ; will have a
large hump on the neck ; will have daughters; will suffer
from phlegmatic afFecbions, will be sepurated from, his
kinsmen^ wealth and sons ; will be of agreeable manners
and of patient nature; will be a great eater; will be fond
of women; will be attached to his friends and will be hap-
py both when young and old.
3. person born with tho Moon in sign Gemini will be
fond of women, will be skilled in sexual union ;will possess
162 BniiiAT jataka. [cu. 17»
red eyes; will be learoed ia the Sastras; will carry messages;
will possess curling hairs and a sharp intellect; will be skill*
ed in wi^^ in discovering the thoughts of other men and in
game; will possess beautiful features; will be of sweet speech;
will be a great eater; will be fond of musio> and skilled in
the rules of dance; will join in sexual union with herma-
phrodites; and will possess an elevated nose.
4. A person born with the Moon in sign Cancer will
possess a bent body ; will walk fast ; will have a high hip ;
will be subject to the influence if woiuon ; will have an
excellent friend ; will be learned in Astrology ; will have
numerous houses^ will have a wealth which will increase
and decrease as the Moon ; will be short > will possess a
thick neck ; will be capable of being won over by kind
words^ will be attached to his friends and will bo fond of
water and forests*
5, A person born with the Moon in sign Leo will be
of irascible temper^ of large cheeks, broad face and brown
eyes; will have very few sons ; will hate women; will bo
fond of animal food^ forests and hills ; will continne angry
at trifles for a long time ; will bo afllicted with pains caused
by hunger, thirst, belly-ache, tooth-ache as well as purely
mental anxieties ; will be liberal in his gifts ; will be bold
in fight ; will be of fixed principles ; will be haughty and
attached to his mother.
6. A person born with the Moon in sign Virgo will,ont
of modesty, be of mild and beautiful eyes and gait; will have
his shoulders and arms sunk or depressed; will live in com-
fort, will be of soft body ; will be truthful, will bo skilled in
dance, music and painting; will be learned in the Sastras;
will bo viituous and intelligent, will be fond of sexual union;
will enjoy the house and property of other men; will live
in foreign lands; will be of sweet speech; and will hava
daughters and very few sons.
CH. 17.] DRIHAT JATAKA. 1G5
7. A person born with thoMoon in sign Libra will rea-
pocb t.ho Devas, Brahmins^ and holy men ; will bo latelligenfc^
will never covet the property of other men; will lead a reli-
gious life; will be subject to the influence of women ; will }»e
tall ; will have a raise«l nose ; will be of thin «ud defective
Mmbs and fond of travels; will be rich; will be ti trader ;
will bear the name of a Deva ct)upled with an exo<*llent sur-
name granted by a body of learned men ; will bo sickly ;
will protect his family and will be disgraced and rejected
by his kinsmen.
8. A person born with the Moon in sign Scorpio will
have broad eyes^ a broad breast and round shanks^ thicrlis
and knees; will be separated from his parents and preceptors;
will be afflicted with disoagos when young; will bo respected
by kings, will of brown color; will not be of a straight-
forward nature ; will have lines in his hand and feet of the
shape of the fish, the Vajrayudha or a bird ; and will end-
eavor to conceal his sins.
9. A person born with tho Moon in sign Sngittari
will have a long face and neck ; will inherit his father^s
property; will be liberal in his gift; will be a literary
author ; will be powerful and skilled iu speech ; will have
large teeth, ears, lips and nose, will engage in numerous
works ; will be skilled in sculpture; will have indistinct
shoulders, disfigured nails and large hands; will be of a
deep and inventive intellect, will be a man of right under-
standing ; will hate his kinsmen ; will never yield to compul-
sion but only to kind treatment.
•
10. A porson born with the Moon in sign Capriconi
will be ever attached to his wife and children ; will do
deeds of virtue; will have thin lower limbs, good eyes and
a thin waist; will be open to advice; will be of amiable
manners and slow at work ; will not bear cold -, will be of a
164 . BT^IHAT JATAKA. [CH. 17
wandering nature, powerful and a literary author ; will be a
niggard and will be attached to old women of low caste ;
will be Bbameless and merciless.
11. A person born with tho Moon in sign Aquarius
will have a neck like that of the Camol^ a bod}' covered with
muscles, rough and covered with hair; will be tall; will
have large legs, thighs^ back, buttocks, face> and lower
belly; will be deaf; will be attached to the wives of other
men and interested in the wicked deeds of other people ;
will rise and fall by turns ; will de fond of flowers aud per-
fumes; and will be attached to friends aud will walk with-
out fealing tired.
12. A person born with the Moon in sign Pisces will
be a dealer in the produce of the sea and a trader in general ;
will be fond of his wife aud clothes ; will have perfect
limbs, a bright body, long nose and large head, will put his
enemies into disgrace^ will be subject to the influence of
women> will have beautiful eyes> and will be fair, rich, happy
and learned.
13. If at the time of birth of a person, the Moon, tho
sign occupied by the Moon and the lord of such sign be all
powerful the eflects described in this chapter will fully coma
to pass (a) ; the same remark applies to planets other than
the Moon (b).
Notes.
(a). If two of the three be powerful, the eflfects will
como to pass imperfectly ; if only one of the three bo power-
ful, they will coine to pass still more imperfectly and if
none of the three be powerful, the effects will fail.
(6). This refers to the next chapter in which the
author describes the eifects of the various planets occupy-
ing the several signs of zodiac at the time of birth.
OH. 18*] BEIHAT JATAKA. 165
CHAPTER XVIir.
On Tbs Sun, Mars And {Othbr)Planbts
Iq tlie Several Signs of ZndiHO.
1. A person born with the Snn in Aries but not in its
exaUation degree (a) will be of wide-spread fame^ able, of
wandering habits, possessed of small wealth and will carry
weapons.
A person born with the Sun in ,.sign Taurus will deal
in clothsy perfumes and other articles, will hate women and
will be skilled in music
Notes.
(a). A person bom with the Snn in the exaltation
degree will be very rich, will remain for ever in a place, will
have servants carrying arms^ will be of great fame and able.
2. A person born with the Sun, in sign Gemini will
be learned iu grammar^ will be an Astrologer and will be
rich.
A person born with the Sun in Cancer will be independ-
ent, fierce, poor, will do the work of other people and will
Buflfer from the fatigue of foot-journey.
A person born with the Sun in sign Leo will be fond
of living in forests, mountains and cow-sheds, will be
powerful and will be a fool.
A person born with the Sun in sign Virgo will be skill-
ed in writing, painting, in literar}' productions and in mathe-
matics, and will possess a body resembling that of a woman.
3. A person born with the Sun in sign Libra will be
fond of liquor or will manufacture it^ will be of a wandering
nature, will be an alchemist and will do wicked deeds.
A person born with the Sun in sign Scorpio will be of
a fierce nature, will thoughtlessly engage in work^ will earn
money by nets connected with poison and will be vastly
learned in the use of arms.
106 BUIHAT JATAKA.- [CH. 13.
A person born with the Sun in Sagitiari will be reepec-
tftd by sages, will be rich and independent and will be
lournod in medicine and sculpture.
A person born with the Sua in sign Capricorn wiU
engage in deeds unsuited to his rank in life, will be igno-
rant, will deal in mean articles, will possess small wealth,
will be avaricious and will epjoy the property of other men*
A person born with the Sun in sign Aquarius will
engAge in deeds unsuited to his rank in life, will be poor
and will have no sous.
A porsn born with the Sun in sign Pisoes will become
rich by dealing in the produce of water) will bo respected
by women^ will possess a mole or other marks in the part
of body coiTesponding to the sign occupied by the Sun and
Moon together.
5. A person born witho Mars in sign Aries or Scorpio
will be respected by the king,will bo of a wandering nature>
will be a commander of armies or a trader, will be rich, will
have a body marked with wounds, will be a thief and will
be in iho enjoyment of the pleasures of the senses.
A pt^rson born with Mars in sign Taurus or Libra will
be snbji^ct to the influence of women, will not be open to
the advice of friends, will bo fond of the wives of other men,
will be learned in the games of magic, will adorn his per-
son, will bo of a timid nature and will have a rough body.
0. A person born with Mars in sign Gemini or Virgo
will bo of bright appearance, will have sons and no friends,
will help others, will bo skilled in music and tight, will bo
a niggard, and will be fearless and of a begging nature.
A person born with Mars in sign Cancer will be ) ich,
will cross sOiis and eara woallh, will bo of defective limbs
and will be wicked-
OH. 18.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 167
7. A person born with Mars in sign Leo'will be poor,
will patiently bear afflictions^ will wander in the forests,
will be fearless and will have few wives and children.
A person born with Mars in sign Sagittari or Pisces
will have many enemies^ will be the^king's minister^ will be
of wide-spread fame> will be fearless and will have very few
children.
A person born with Mars in sign Aquarius will ever
sufifer grief^ will be poor, will wander from place to plHce^
will be a liar^ will be independent and wicked.
A person' born with Mars in sign Capricorn will be
verj rich^ will have manjr sons and will be a king or will
resemble a king.
8. A person bom with Mercury in sign Aries or
Scorpio will be fond of gamblings of running into debt and
of liquor; will be an atheist, will argue against the spirit
of the S istras^ will be a thief> will be pooo will have a
mean wife, will be deceitf ul| will be a liar and w[ill swerve
from the path of rectitude.
A person born with Mercury in sign Taurus or Libra
will be a preacher^ will have many sons and wives, will
ever be engaged in earning money > will be liberal in f^ift
and will respect his preceptor*
9* A person born with Mercury in sign Qemini will
be talkative, will be a liar will be learned in the sciences,
inmusic> in dance and iu painting; will be of sweet speech
and will live in comfort.
A person born with Mercury in sign Cancer will earn
money by works connected with' water and will be disliked
by his kinlimen.
10. A person born with Mercury in sign Leo will be
disliked by women, will be poor, will have neither comfort
nor sons, will wandeir from place to place, will be ignorant,
will be fond of women and will sufEer disgrace.
22
18S UUVAT JATAKA. [OB. 18.
A person born with Mercury in sign Virgo will be
liberal in giftj will be learned^ will possess many virtues^
will live in comfort^ will be of a patient nature^ will be
ingenious !and fearless.
11. A person bom with Mercury in sign Capricorn
or Aquarius will work for other men^ will be poor, will be
a sculptor, will run into debts and will work for no fees.
A person born with Mercury in sigh 8agittari will be
respected by kings, will be learned in sciences and in laws.
A person born with Mercury in sign Pisces will be
skilled in befriending other men, will readily discover the
views of other people^ and will be learned in the handicraft
of men of low castes.
12* A person born with Jupiter in sign Aries or
Scorpio will be a commancler of armies^ will be very rich,
will have many wives and children, will be liberal in gift«
will have good servants^ will be of a patient nature, and of
bright ^appearance, will be happy with his wife and will be
of great fame.
A person born with Jupiter in isign Taurus or Libra
will be free from diseases, will live in comfort^ will be rich,
will have friends and sods, will be liberal in gift and will
be liked by all.
A peraon born with Jupiter in sign Gemini or Yirgo
will have many clothes, houses, servants, sons and friends,
will be a minister and will live in comfort.
IS. A person born with Jupiter in sign Cancer will be
possessed of gems, sons, wealth, wives, influenccj intelligence
and oomfort-
A person born with Jupiter in sign Leo will be all that
has been said in the case of a person born with Jupiter in
Cancer and will besides be a commander of armies.
(m. 18.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 169
A person born with Jnpiter in sign Bagittari or PiscM
will be tbe ruler of a province or a minister under a king
or the commander of armies or will be very rich.
A person born with Jupiter in sign Aquarius will be all
that* has been said in the case of a person born with the
Moon in sign Cancer.
A person born with Jupiter in sign Capricorn will do
deeds disgraceful to his rank in life, will possess very little
wealth and will be afflioted with grief.
14. A person born with Venus in sign Aries or
Scorpio will be fond of the wives of other men, will lose his
property through their influenoe and will bring disgrace on
his family.
A person born with Yenus in sign Taurus or Libra will
acquire wealth by his own powers, will be liked by the
king, will be an important person among his kinsmen, will
be a man of fame and will be fearless.
16. Apersonborn with Yenus in sign Gemini will do
the work of a king, will be rich and learned in music*
A person born with Yenus in sign Yirgo^ will engage
in hard work.
A person born with Venus in sign Capricorn or Aqu-
rius will be liked by all, will be subject to the influence of
women and will be fond of bad women.
16. A person born with Venus in sign Cancer will have
two wives, will be a beggar, will be timid and haughty and
will suffer grief
A person born with Yenus in sign Leo will acquire
money through women> will have an excellent wife and very
few sons.
A person born with Yenus in sign Sagittari will be
possessed of excellent qualities and will be rich.
^70 2BIHAT JATAKA. [oH. 18*
A person born with Venus in sign Pisces will be learn-
ed^ will bo a man of authority^ will be rioh^ will be respect-
ed by tlie king and will be liked by all.
17. A person born with Saturn in algn, Aries will be
a fool^ will wander from place to plucCi will be a fop and
will bo separated from his friends.
^ person born with Saturn in sign Scorpio will safier im
prisonment, will receive blows, will be indifferent to work
and will be mercHeas.
A person born with Saturn in sign Qemini or Virgo
will be shameless, will suffer grief, will be poor^ will have no
sons^ will be a bad painter^ will be a constable and will be
a chief officer.
18. A person born with Saturn in sign Taurus will be
fond of women of low caste, will possess 3mall wealth and
will have several wives*
A person born with Saturn in sign Libra, will be the
chief of a party of men in a town or in an army or in a
village and will be rich.
A person born with Saturn in sign Cancer will be
poor, will liavo very few tooth, will be separated from his
mothor and will Iiave no sons.
A person born with Saturn in sign Leo will not be
deserving of respect* will suffer grief, will have no sons and
will carry burdens.
19. A person born with Saturn in sign Sagittari or
Pisces will die an excellent deatb, will be a faithful officer
in the king's palace, will have good sons and a good wife,
will be wealthy, will be the chief man in a town, in an army
or in a village.
A person born with Saturn in sign Capricorn or Aqu-
arius will enjoy the wives and property of other men, will
be the head of a town, a village or an army, will have weak
en. 18.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 171
eyes> will be dirfcy, will be indifferenfc to bafcliiag, will have
a permanent wealth and aufchority and will enjoy the porperty
acquired by him*
Notes.
To determine the effects of the planetary places the
reader is referred to Stanza 13 and Note (6) to it of the last
Ch^ipter.
20. The effects described for the several signs of the
zodiac when the Moon occupies them or when they are as-
pected by planets also apply to the rising sign; nay — more
effects are due to the risnig sign and to the 2nd, 8rd, and
other bhavas (houses). If the houses be powerful and if their
lords be also powerful, these effects will come to pass
fully.
Notes.
If the rising sign and its lord be powerful, a person
born will be of strong physique j if the 2nd house and its
lord be powerful^ the person will be rich. Similar remarks
apply to the other hhavas.
The following have been eztraoted from Satyachariar's
work on Horscopy.
1. A person born when Aries is the rising sign will
have disfigured fingers, will be of ir.isoiblo tempr, will
bring on quarrels, will act inconsistently with his views>
will be of bilious and windy temperament, will be a nig-
gard, will suffer grief, will when young, be separated from
his parents and from his preceptor, will have very fow soua
will assist his brothers and kinsmen, will be virtuous, will
travel to foreign lands, will engage in useless work, will
marry either a woman of low caste or a deceitful woman or
a woman of defective limbs or one who was already married,
will obtain as relations persons of a friendly nature and will
meet his death either by weapons or by poison or by
bilious complaints or by the people about him or by fire,
by rain, by being shut up in a prison or by fall.
172 BBIHilT JATAKl. [OH. 18
2. A person born when Taums is the rising sign will
have large lips, cheeky nose and forehead, will be of phleg-
matic and windy temporament^wlU bo liberal in gift^ will be a
spendthrift^ will have daughters and very few 8ons> will
ill-treat his parentSj will be fond of workj will do wicked
deeds, will earn much wealthy will ever be fond of his wife
and will suffer from weapons. He will meet his death by
weapons, ropes or animals^ in foreign lands or will die
through over work or by water or by a spear or through
want of exercise or by quadrupeds.
3. A person born when the rising sign is Gemini will
be either of defective limbs or will possess extra limbs, will
be of sweet speech^ will engage in excellent works^ will be
of a mixed temperament, will be of small naderstanding
and of small bodyj will be liked by his preceptor and by
sages, will have very few younger brothers, will not be of
very active habits, will put other men to disgrace, will
posses good qualities, will be anxious to engage in a
number of works, will be virtuous and not wicked, will
earn and spend much, will possess several wives and will be
free from serious diseases. He will meet his death by
snake-bite, poison, animals or by water.
4. A person born when the rising sign is Cancer will
be a man of no fixed principles, will suffer diseases of
genital organs, will be of a timid nature, will be grateful,
will be of phlegmatic and windy temperament, will readily
understand things, will follow his enemies, will spend the
property of other men also, will be haughty among his
people, will be pat to disgrace by his kinsmen, will lose
his children, will engage in important works in foreign
lands, will be of imperfect speech, will be a master over
other men^ will have an unequal wife, will suffer disgrace
from his enemies and will be respected by many persons.
He will meet his death by means of a neck ornament or a
CH. 18.] BRIHAT JATAKA. l73
rope, by phlegmatic complaints, by the fracture of boneSj by
sword out, or by dropsy.
5« A person bom when the rising sign is Leo will
be severe, fond of animal food and of bilious temperament,
will conceal himself, will support his family by engaging
in various works, will be a niggard, will like the people,
will be a man of renown and of resignation ; will annoy his
kinsmen, will be able, and energetic, will be of a sinful
nature, will possess several wives and will have a diseased
waist, knees and teeth. He will meet his death by vi ea.
pons, hurtful animals, by poison, by wood, by diseases, by
the creatures or water or by starvation.
6. A person bom when the rising sign is Virgo, will
be of sweet speech, of bright personal appearance, long
legs and arms, will be of a mixed temperament, will be of
excellent beauty, will receive wounds, will be rich, will be
a niggard, will be attached to his kinsmen, will have many
daughters, will be in bad terms with his brothers and
sisters, will be inclined to deeds of virtue, will nol^ earn
much, and will be skilled in work. He will meet his death
by means of quadrupeds, weapons, bilious attacks, grief,
fire or rope.
7* A person born when Libra is the rising sign will
be of a rough body, a harsh nature and a phlegmatic and
windy temperament, will thoughtlessly begin a work, will
be of short neck, will be grateful, will acquire much wealthy
will become famous by his acts of liberality, will serve
under his preceptor, will be respected by his father, brothers
and others, will be fond of walking, will be virtuons, will
conceal himself to escape troubles from his kinsmen, will
lose his wife, will be fond of fight and will suffer from
grief. He will meet his death by a famous man> by his
kinsmen, by mild quadrupeds, by perspiration, by sepa-
ration from an object of desire and by the fatigue of
journey*
174 BRIHAT JATAEA. [OH 13
8. A person born when the rising sign is Scorpio wil
Lave a broad face and a loDg belly, will be of a harsh
nature and of a bilious temperamentj will have brown eyes^
will be slow and of quick pace> will be a master over others,
will protect a large family, will be hated by his kinsmen,
will spend much, will have mauy children, will not live in
oomfovt, will have no eneraiesi will lose his virtues, will
protect oxen, will fall into bad temper on account of his
wife, will yield nothing to his enemies, will have his own
men for his enemies, will suffer from numerous diseases
and will surrender', himself to his foe out of fear of sword-
cat. He will meet his death by imprisonment, blows^
sword-cut, bad diseases or by fire.
9. A person born when the rising sign is Bagittari
will have large lips^ teeth and nose, will be of phlegmatic
and windy temperament, will have a fleshy genital organ,
thighs and arms, will be of defective nails, will be skilled
in work, will be bold in fight, will serve under men of low
caste, will be deprived of his property by thieves, by fire
or by the king, will be learned in laws, will be respected
by many people, will give trouble to his brothers, will
work in foreign lands, will be liked by the king, will be
indifferent to deeds of virtue, will quarrel with his wives
and will have a diseased face. He will meet his death by
quadrupeds, snakes, the king or by imprisonment.
10. A person born when the rising sign is Capricorn
will have a small nose, long face, arms and legs; will be of
windy temperament, of a timid nature, will thoughtlessly
engage in work, will suffer imprisonment, will have a small
family, and smair wealth, will be a niggard, will have
daughters, will have no kinsmen, will live in plenty, will
acquire wealth by his valor, through the king and by forest
will observe fasting, will have a wife of low castO) and will
be attached to her, will have a large body, few bail's and
CH. 19.] BBIHAT JATAEA. ^ 175
weak knees and will suffer fron diseases. He will meet bis
death by ohildren^ by the wiudj by weapons^ by the king, by
poison^ by fall, by an elephant, by an increase of bile or by
dyspepsia.
IL A person born when the rising sign is Aquarius,
will bo of inactive habits aud of harsh nature, will be the
eldest in the family, will be of bilious and windy temper-
ament, will have a nose shaped like the (lower of the
sesamum plant, will waste his wealth, will have mau}^
servants, will be hated by his kinsmen, preceptors, enemies
and friends ; will be fond of deeds of wickedoess, will acquire
much property, will never spend money on. oharity, will
assume a show of virtue^ will worship the Devas and will
suffer from phlegmatic attacks affecting the chest. IIo will
meet his death from pains in the belly by vomition and by
drugs adminiKtered by women.
12. A person born when the rising sign is Pisces will
have thick lips, fish-like eye and large nose, will be of
phlegmatic and windy temperament, will be a sage, will be
of disfigured skins and of active habits, will be remarkable
for his gain and lossj will have good servants and kiusmen,
will be disposed to deeds of virtue, will have a good wife,
will help his father, will join a woman of low deeds and will
have bad enemies. He will meet bis death by disease,
corruption of the blood, snake- bite« attack oE a lion, by the
chiefs of parties of men, by venereal diseases, by drags, by
fusfting. or by the fatigues of journey*
CHAPTER XIX
On Planetary Aspects.
1. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Aries
and be aspeoted by Mars, the person will become a kiog; if
she be aspecteJ by Mercury, the person will be learned; if
23
3 76 BUIHAT JATAKA. [cfl. 19.
by Jupiter, be will resemble a king; if by VeDuSi he will be
a man of good conduct; if by the Saturn^ he will be a thief
and if by the Sun, he will be poor.
If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Taurus
and be aspected by Mars, the person will be poor ; if she be
aspeoted by Mercury, he will be a thief; if by Jupiter, he
will be respected by the people ; if by Venus he will be
a king; if by Saturn, he will be rich and if by the Sun be
will be a Servant.
If at the time of birth the Moon ooeupy sign Qemini
and be aspected by Mars, the person will sell weapons ; if
she bo aspected by';Mercury, he will become a king ^ if by
Jupiter, he will be learned ; if by Yenus, he will be fearful;
if by Saturn, he will be a weaver and if by the Sun, he
will be poor.
If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Cancer
and be aspected by Mars, the peison will be a valiant sol-
dier ; if she be aspected by Mercury, he will be a literary
author ; if by Jupiter, he will be learned ; if by Venus, he
will be a king ; if by Saturn, he will live by weapons and if
by the Sun, he will suffer from diseases of the eye.
2^ If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Leo
and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be an Astrologer;
if aspected by Jupiter, he will be rich ; if by Venus, he wilt
be a king ; if by Saturn, ho will be a barber ; if by the Sun,
he will be a king and if by Mars, he will also be a king.
If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Virgo
and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be a king ; if
aspected by Jupiter, he will be a commander of aimies ; if
by Venus, he will be vigilent and if by Saturn, the Sun or
Mars, ho will live by f erving under women.
If at the time of birth the Moon occupy sign Libra
and be asptcted by Mercury, the person will be a king ; if
Orr. 19] BRIHAT JATAKA. 177
&Bpected by jupiter, he will work in gold j if byi Venus, he
will be a trader ; and if by Saturn, the Sun or Mars, he will
be a chief and will work mischief.
If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy ^sign Scorpio
and be aspeoted by Mercury, the person will get twins; if
aspected by Jupiter, he will be obedient ; if by Vernus, he
will be a washerman ; if by Saturn, be will be of defective
limbs; if by the Sun, he will be poor and if by Mars he will
be a kin£:.
3. If at the time of birth, theMoon occupy sign Sagit-
tari and be aspected by Mercury, the person will protect
his kinsmen; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a king;
if by Venus, he will protect many men; and if by Saturn,
the Sun or Mars he will be a fop, will put on a show of
virtue and will not attend to the work of other persons.
If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Capricorn
and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be the king of
kings ; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a king ; if by
Venus, he will be learned; if by Saturn^ he will be rich; if by
the Sun, he will be poor and if by Mars, he will be a king.
If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Aquarius
and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be a king ; if
aspected by Jupiter, he will resemble a King ; if by Venus
or Saturn or the Sun or Mars he will bo fond of the wiyes
of other men.
If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Pisces
and be aspected by Mercury, the pei*son will be witty ; if
aspected by Jupiter, he will be a king; if by Venus, ho
will be learned and if by Saturn, the Sun or Mars, he will
do wicked deeds.
Notes.
As stated in the last Stanza of the last chapter, all that
has been said of the Moon applies also to the rising sign.
178 BBIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 19.
The Moon by aspecting the several signs of the Zodiao
except sign Cancer produces malefic effects when such signs
are rising signs.
4. If at the time of birtlij the Moon occupy the solar
or lunar hora of a sign^ she will produce benefio effects if
She be aspected by planets occupying respectively the solar
and lunar lioras. (a) If tlie Moon be aspected by the lord
of the Drekkana occupied by her or by planets occupying
friendly signs she will produce benfio effect^, (b). The effects
described for the Moon occupying the several signs and as-
pected by the several planets apply to her when she occu-
pies the several Dwadasamsaa and is aspected by the seve-
ral planets, (c.) If the Moon occupy particular Navamsas
and be aspected by the several planets^ the elffects will be
those stated ^s follows.
Ncftes.
(a). If the Moon be aspected by planets occupying
horas whose lords are different from the lords of the horas
occupied by her the effects will be malefic. The same re-
marks apply to the rising hora.
(b). The same remarks apply to the rising Drekkana.
(c). The same remark holds with reference to the
rising Dwadasamsa. If the rising Dwadasamsa be other
than that of Gancerj and if the rising sign be aspected by
the Moon the effects will be malefic ; if the rising Dwada-
samsa be that of Cancer, and if the rising sign be aspected
by the Moon, the effects will be benefic
5. If at the tinae of birth the Moon occupy the
Navamsa of Mars and be aspected by the Sun, the person will
be the protector of a city ; if aspected by Mars, he will be
fond of torture ; if aspected by Mercury he will be skilled
in duel fight ; if by Jupiter, he will be a king ^ if by Ve-
nus he will be rich and if by Saturn^ he will bring on quar-
rels.
CH. 19.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 179
If ab the time of birth ^theMoon occupy the Navamsa of
Venus and be aspeoted by the Sun, the person will be a
fool ; if aspected by Mars, he will be fond of the wives of
other men ; if by Mercury or Jupiter he will be produce
good literary works ; if by Venua, he will be fond of com-
forts ; if by Saturn^ ho will unite with the wives of other
men-
6. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the
Navamsa of Mercury and be aspeoted by the Sun, the
person will bo a duellist or a dancer ; if aspected by Mars
he will be a thief; if by Mercury he will be a great poet ;
if by Jupiter^ he will be a minister; if by Venus, he will be
skilled in music and if by Saturn^ he will be skilled in
m^echtinical arts.
If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Navamsa
of Cancer and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be
of small body ; if aspected by Mars, he will be a niggard
and will possess small wealth ; if by Mercury he will prac*
tise austerities; if by Jupiter, ho will be a chief, if by Venus,
he will thrive by women and if by Saturn^ he will be fond
of work.
7. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Navamsa
of Leo and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be a
man of angry temper; if aspected by Mars, he will be liked
by the king; if by Mercury, he will become rich by the
discovery of hidden treasure; if by Jupiter, he will cairy
his orders into effect; if by Venus, he will have no sons and
if by Saturn he will do wicked deeds.
If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Havamsa
of Jupiter and bo aspected by the Sun, the person will be
a man of well-known powers? if aspected by Mars, he will
be learned in' the rules of fight ; if by Mercury, he will be
skilled in Ridicule; if by Jupiter, he will be a minister ; if
ISO DBIHAT JATAKA. [cff. 19.
by V^enus, he will be a man of no virility and if by
Sataru, lie will be charitably disposed,
8. if at the time of birth^ the Moon occupy the
Navamsaof Satarn and be aspecbed by the Sun/^the person
will have very few children ; if aspected by Mars, he will be
unhappy though rich . if by Mercury^ he will bo haughty ; it
by Jupiter^ he will do deeds nnsuited to Liu station iu life ;
if by Venus^ he will be fond of bad women and if by Saturn^
he will be a niggard (a). AM that has been said for the
Moon occupying particular N^ivamsas and aspected by the
several planets applies also to the Sun— -with this exception
that where solar aspect has been referred to, it shall be read
as lunar aspect.
Notes.
(a). The same remark applies to the rising Navam-
sa as to the Moon — but if the Moon aspect the rising
sign when the rising Navamsa is other than that of Cancer
the efifecta will be malefic.
9. If the Moon occupy a Yargottama positiouj her
own Navamsa^ or other Navamsas and be aspected by
benefio planets, the effects will respectively be full, imper-
fect and small. But if she be aspected by malofio planets,
the efPects will respectively be small> imperfect and full
(a). If the lord of the Navamsa be powerful, the effects
described for planetary aspects in the case of signs and
Navamsas (&) will alone come to pass (c.)
Notes.
(a). The same remark applies to the rioting sign and
to the Sun.
(&). Navamsas occupied by the Sun or the Moon or the
rising Navamsa.
(c). And those described for planetary aspects in the
case of horas, Drekkanas and Dwadasamsaa.
re« I
Oa. 20] DRIHAT JATAKA. 18l
CHAPTER XX.
On the Planets in the Bhatas.
. 1. If at the time of birth of a person, the san oc-
cupy the nscendant, the person will be^fond of fight>
slow at work, without siglit and without mercy; but if
Aries be the risiug sign and the SuuJ^oocupy it the person
will be rich and afflioted with diseases of the eye ; if Leo be
the rising sign and the Sun occupy it, he will be blind at
night ; if Libra be the rising sign and the sun occupy it, the
person will be blind and poor ; if Cancer be the rising sign
and the Sun occupy it, he will have a mote in his eye. If
the Sun occupy the 2nd house from the ascendant, the
person will be greatly rich, will have his wealth carried
away by the king and will suffer from diseases in the
face.
2. If at the time of birth, the Sun occupy the 3rd
house from the ascendant, the person will be intelligent and
powerful ; if he occupy the 4th house, the person will be
afflicted with grief and mental suOferings ; if he occupy the
5th house, he will have no sons and will be poor and if he
occupy the 6th house, the person will be powerful and be
subjugated by bis enemy (a).
Notes.
(a). According to another reading, if the Sun occupy
the 6th house from the ascendant the person's enemies, will
meet with min According to Satyachariar such a person wiU
be free from enemies, diseases and giief ; but the text has
the support of Yavanachariar and Suchidhwaja.
8. If at the time of birth of a person the Sun occupy
the 7th house from the ascendant, the person will suffer
digrace at the hands of women ; if he occupy the 8th
house, the person will have very few sons and will become
blind ; if he occupy the 9th house, the person will have sons
182 BBIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 20.
wealth and comfort (a). ; if he occnpy the 10th house, the
person will live in comfort and will be powerful ; if he occu-
py the 11th house the person will be very rich and if he
occupy the 12th house he will become an apostate-
Notes.
(a). According to another reading a person born with
the Sun in the 9th house will have neither sons nor wealth.
^Accordingly Satyachariar says that such a person will do
wicked deeds^ will be afflicted with diseases and will attain
an humble position in life,
4. If at the time of birth of a person the Moon occu-
py the ascendant such person will become dumb or mad or
an idiot or blind or deaf ; he will do mean deeds or will
become a slave ; if the rising sign occupied by the Moon be
Cancer, Aries or Taurus the person will be rich^ will have
many sons and will be wealthy respectively. If the Moon
occuppy the 2nd house from the ascendant^ the person will be
a man of a large family. If she occupy the tird house, he
will delight in torturing animals- If she occupy the 4th
or the 5th house, he will be in the full enjoyment of what
the houses signify (a). If she occupy the 0th house^ the
person from will be of soft body, will have a dull appetite
will be sparing in sexual union^ will bo cruel and will be
slow at work.
Notes.
(a). That is> if the Moon occupy the 4th house from the
ascendant^ the person will bo happy ,will have kinsmen and
houses^ and will be learned; and if sho occupy the 5th house^
the person will possess iutelligonce, sons and the like.
(5.) If at the time of birth the Moon occupy the 7th
house from the ascendant^ the person will be jealous of the
prosperity of other men and will be lustful. If she occupy
the 8th house, the person will be fiickleminded and will be
afflicted with diseases. If she occupy the 9th house the
"im. 20.] BRIHAT UTAKir CBS
person will be 1!ked by all nnd will have 80iis> kinsmen and
wealth. If'she occupy the lObh bouse, he will be successful
in all places, will be virtuoos, wea)tLy> intellic^eni aod
valorous. If she occupy the 11th house, the person will be
famous and will gain wealth and the like and if she occupy
the 12th liouse frotn the ascendant, the persou will be
wicked and of defocbive limbs.
6. If at'the time of birfch of a person Mars occupy the
ascendant, such person will possess a wounded body ; if lie
occupy the 2nd house, the person will eat low nienls ; if he
occupy the 9th house, the person will be a sinner and if ha
occupy the remaining houses (a) he will produce the same
effects as tho Suu in those places.
Again, if afc the time of birth of a personMerciiry occu-
py the ascendant such person will be learned. If ho occupy
the 2nd house, the person will be wealthy. If he occupy
the 3rd house the person will be wicked. If he occupy the
4th house, the person will be learned. ^ If he occupy the 5th
house, he will be a minister under a king ; if he occupy the
6th house, he will have no enemies. If he occupy the 7th
house, he will possess a knowledge of law. If he occupy
the 8th house, the person will be renowned for his virtues.
If he occupy the 9th, 10th, llth and I2th houses he will pro-
duce the same effects as the Sun in those places.
Notes.
(a). That is the 3rd 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, lOth^
llth, and I2th houses.
7. If at the time of birth of a person Jupiter occupy
the 12 signs from the ascendant, such ])ersou will respeo"
Hvely be learned, of gQod nspeech, a niggard, will live in
comfort, will be iutelljgent, will have no enemies, will
possess qualities superior to those of hit? father, will do oeeds
24
IB'' . JBRiniT JATAW. fcH, 2(h
unsuited to bis rank in life, will be a devotee, will be gps-
sessed'or wealth, will be full ^^i 'gain and will d(i^feaiful
deeds.
8. If at the time of birth of a person Venus occupy
the ascendant, such person will be skilled in acts of love
and will live in great comfort; if Venus occupy the 7th
house, the person will be fond of quarrels and of sexual
union ; if Venus occupy the 5th bouse the person will live
in comfort and if he occupy the remaining houses (a) the
effects will be the same as those of Jupiter iu those pbioes;
but if Venus occupy sigu Pisces at the time of birth the
person will become rich.
Notes,
(a). That is the 2nd, 8rd, 4th, 6ih, 8tb, 9th, 10th,
11th and 12tb houses.
9. If at the time of birth of a person Saturn occupy the
ascendant, such person will be poor, will be afflicted with
diseases and sexual passion, will be dirty will suffer muoh
from diseases while young.aud will be of indinstinct speech*
But if the ascendant, occupied bj Saturn, be Libra, Sagittari,
Cupricorn, Aquarius or Pisces, the per.soa.will be as happy
as a king, will rule over a village or a town, will be learned
and will possess fine limbs. But if Saturn occupy any of the
other houses (from the 2nd to the 12th) the effects will be
the same as those of the Sun in the same places.
10. In det^ermining the effects of the planets in the
several houses from the ascendant the nature of such houses
shall bo taken into account, that is, whether the houses
occupied by the several planets are their friendly signs or
inimical or neutral signs or their own houses or their exal-
tation signs and the like (a). Again, according to Satya-
chariar, benefic planets promote the bhavas while malefic
cues reduce them ; but in the cases of the 6tb, 8th and 12th
liouses the reveno i^ the case (6}
CH. 20.] ImtHAT jAtAKA. 185
Notes*
(a). That IS if the houses occnpiod by ttio planefs be
their exaltatioa signs^ their friendly signs' or theii own
houses the effects described will fully come to pass,* if such
lionscs be their inimical signs the effects will fail and if the
houses be nontnil signs^ neither more nor less of the effects
described willcomo to pass. All this is according to Garga.
{V). According to Satyacharlar, if a betiefic planet
occupy the 6th house tho enemies will meet with ruin and
if a malefic planet occupy it> the enemies will increase.
Again> if a benefic platiot occupy the S^h house, a person
will be freed froiu dangers to life aud if a malefic platiet
occupy it, danger to life will increase* Lastly if a beuefio
plaiiot occupy the i2th house there will be no loss to the
person and if a malefic planet occupy it there will bo an
iuorease of loss.
11. If the planets to which good effects have been
assigned occupy their exaltation signs such effects will fully
come to pass. If they occupy their Moolatrikona HiguS
only three-fourths of such eflfects will come to pass ; if they
occupy their own houses one-half of such effects will conio
to pass; if they occupy their friendly signs onc*qnartcr 0£
such effects will come to pass; if they occupy their inimical
signs less thau one-quarter of such effects will come to pass
and if the planets occupy their depression signs or if they
happen to be Astangata planets the good effects described
will wholly fail.
Notes.
If tho effects be bad, then if the planets occupy their
depre ssion ^igrs or if they be Astangata planets, the evil
effects will fully come to pass. If they occupy their inimi-
cal signs, then three-fourths, if they occupy their friendly
eigns, then one-half, if they occupy their own signs then one-
quarter^ if they occupy their MoolaTiikoua signs, then less
136 BRIHAT JATAKA. [Ott. 1
than a qunrker of the evil effects will come to pass. But if
they occupy their exaltation signs, the evil effcjc*^a will fail
CHAPTER XXL
On thk Planets in the Several Vargas.
1. If a single planet occupy it'^ own house tit the time
of birth of a person such person will possess the average
dignity of the members of hisfnmily ; if two phmets occupy
their own houses the'person will be an important member of
his family; if three planets occupy their own houses, the person
will be respected by his kinsmen ; if four planets occupy
their own honsesj the person will be rich ; if five planets d^
80 he will live in comfort; if six, he will live in luxurious
ease and as happy as a king and if seven planets occupy
their own houses the person will become a king.
Again if one of the planets occupy a friendly sign, the
person will lead a dependent life ; if two planets do so he
will be protected by his friends ; if three> by his kinsmen ;
if four, by his brothers and cousins ; if tivo, the person will
be a master over many people; if six, he will become a com-
mander of an army »nd if seven, lie will bcome a king.
2. If at the time of birth of a person, a single planet
Occupy its exaltation sign and be aspected by a friendly
planet such person will become a king; if at the time of
birth one of the planets occupy its exaltation sign and be
accompanied by a friendly planet> the person will become
very ricli and will be univer.->ally r(^S|)ected ; if at the time
of birtli one of the planets occupy eiiher an. inimical or a
depression sign, the person will become poor ', if two planets
occupy their inimical or depression signs, the person will
become afflicted with grief. If three planets occupy their
inimical or depression signs, the person will become a fooL
If lour plauols do &o, tho person will become afflicted with
OB. 21.] BRIHAT JATAKA.. 187
^ ■
diseases. If five planets^do so tlie* person will soffer^im-
prisonment; if six plnneis^the person will be a victim to
much grief and if seven planets do so, he will subject to
torture persons who oaght noi to be tortured.
Notes.
Mercury and the Sun cannot at the same time occupy
their depression signs— viz. .Pisces and Libra respective-
ly. Seven planets cannot therefore occupy their depression
signs at the same time. In this as in certain other cases
already stnted, the author has simply quoted the views ojE for-
mer writers. v
9. According to Satyaohariar a person born when
Aquarius is the rising sign will not be happy ; but accord-
ing to Yavanasj a person born when Aquarius is the rising
Duadasamsa will not be happy. This latter view is objec«
ted to by Yishnugupta on the ground that each sign of the
Zodiac contains the Dviradasamsa of Aquarius and that benem
ficial effects have been ascribed to several signs.
4* A person, born when malefic planets occupy the
solar horas of odd signs will be of widespread famci will do
important deeds^ will be powerful^ keaithy and of bright
appearance. A person born when benefic planets occupy
the lunar horas of even signs will be of gentle manners
and of bright appearance; will live in comfort^ will be liked
by all ; will be intelligent and will be of sweet speech. *
5* If the horas occupied by the malefic and benefic
planets be the same as stated above while the signs are dif*
erentj (a) the person will be all that has been stated above
for the two yogas in a moderate degree ; but if both the
m
horas and signs be different (b) the effects will fail*
Notes.
(a). That is it the malefic planets occupy ihe*'solar
horas in ^ven signs or the benefiic planets occupy the lunar
horas in odd signs.
188 BBIHAT JATAKA. CH. 21.]
' (h) That IB if tho malefic planets ocoapy the lunar
horas of the even s^^ns or the benefio planets oocupy the
solar horas of odd s'giis*
N, B. Doth the author and oommentator have failed
to notice the cise of a person born wlien the malefic
planets occupy the lunar horas of odd signs or the benefio
planets occupy the solar horas of even signs. Evidently a
person born under these yogas wH be all that has been btated
in the 4>th stanza in a moderate degree. .
6. A person born when the Moon occupies either her
own Drekkaua or a friendly (a) Drekkana will be of very
fine beauty and of well-known virtues ; but if the Moon
occupy-other Drekkanas the person will be what has been
stated above agreeably to the character of the lord of such'
!DrekkHna.(6)« • u ./ .:.
If at thn time of birth the Moon occupy a Sarpa
(ser))ent) Drekkana (c) the person will be wi;sked ; if she
occuny an Ayudha (weapon) Drekkana (d) the person will do
deeds ot torture j if she occupy a Chatushpad (quadruped)
Drekkana (e) the person will colmbit with his preceptor's
wiJ'e, and if she occupy a Pakshi (bird) Drekkna (f) the
person will be of wandering habits. .
Notes.
(a). Friendly at the time of birth. Vide chapter. II
stanza 13*
(b). That is if such lord be netural (at the time of
birth) to the Moon, the person will be what has been stated
in a moderate degree j but if he be inimical to the Moon^ the
efiVcts will fail.
(c). Sarpa Vyala Drekkanas : These are the 2nd Drek
k ana of Cancer, the 1st of Vrischika and the 3rd of Pisces
{d). Ayudha Drekkanas : These are the Ist and Srd
Drekkanas. of Aries, the 2nd of Gemini, the 1st of Leo, ih^
2ud of Libra and tho 1st of Aquarius
tn. 21.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 189
(0). Gbatushpad Drekkanaa : These are the Snd Drek-
kana of Aries,t}ie 2Qdand 3i'd of Taarus, the 1st of Cancer^
the 3rd of Libra, the Srd of Soorpio and the Ist of
Sagittari-
(f). Pakshi Drekkanas : These are 2nd Drekknna of
Aries, the 2nd of Gemini^ the Ist of Leo and the 2nd of
Libra.
If the Drekkanas occnpied by the Moon be of more than
ono character^ the person will be all that has been stated for
each character.
7. A person born when the rising Navamaa (a) is that
of Aries will be a thief ; when it is that of Taurus, he will
enjoy away his earnings ;when it is that of Gemini, the per-
son will bo learned ; when it is that of Cancer he will be
wealthy ; when it is that of Leo^ he will be a king ; when it is
that of Virgo^ he will be hermaphrodite ; wlien it is that of
Libra) he will be bold in fight ; when it is that of Scorpi^
he will earn his livellihood by carrying loads; when
it is that of Sagitari he will become a slave ; when it is that
of Capricorn he will be a sinner ; when it is that of Aqu-
arius, he will be wicked and when it is that of Pisces he ^^r^it
be fearless.
But if the rising Navamsa be at the same time a
Vargottma Navamsa (h) the person born will be the chief
of the respective classes of persons mentioned (0).
The rising Dwadasamsas produce the same effects as
the rising signs.
Notes.
(a)« These Navarosas of Aries, Taurus, Gemini &c.,
aro Navamsas other than those of the respective signs Aries,
Taurus, Gemini &c.
(b). That is Navamsas excluded in note (a).
(c). For instance^ the person will be a chief of
thieves &o.
190 URIHJLT JATAKA« [or. 2l«
8. A person born when Mara ocoupies His own Trim
Bamsa will be a married man> ]¥ill be powerful^ will wear
ornameuta^ will be generous, will be of bright appearauoe
and will thouprhtlessly engage in work«
A person born when Saturn oocupies his own Trimsamsa
will be afflicted with diseases ; his wife will die before him, he
will be wicked, will covet the wives of other nien^ will be
I
afflicted with grief> will have a hoase^ clothes^ attendants
and the like and will be dirty.
9. A person born when Jupiter oconpies his own
Trimsamsa will be rich, famous^ happy, intelligent, of bright
appearance^ universally respected^ free from diseases, of
active habits and will live in luxury.
A person born when Mercury occupies his own Trim-
samsa will be intelligent and learned in the fine arts; will be
a fop, a literary author, of distinct speech, will be skilled in
carpentry and the ^like, will follow the rules of life laid
down by sages, will commence bold projects and will be
much respected.
1 0. A person born when Venus occupies his own Trim-
samsa win have many s(ms^ will live in comforf,will be free
from diseases, will love mankind, will be rich, beautif ul> wick-
ed, of fair body and will enjoy many women.
A person born when the Trimsamsa of Mars is occu-
pied b}' the Sun, will be bold in fight and when it is occu.
pied by the Moon he will be slow at work.
A person bom when the Trimsamsa of Saturn is occu-
pied by the Sun will be wicked and when it is occupied by
the Moon, he will indulge in acts of torture*
A person born when the Trimsamsa of Jupiter is occu-
pied by the Sun will be of good disposition and when it is
occupiei by the Moou, the person will bet o ne rich
CH. 22.] BBIHAT JATAKA. 191
A person born when the Trimsamsa of Mercury is occu-
pied by the Sun will live in .comfort and when it is occu-
pied by the Moon the person will be learned.
A person born when the Trimsamsa of Venus is occu-
pied by the Suii^ will possess a fine body and when it is
occupied by the Moon he will be liked by the people.
OHAPrBR XXII.
On Miscellaneous Yooas.
1. Planets occupying their own signs or their exal.
tation or Afoolatrikoua signs are said to be Karaka planets
to one another, if, at the suine time they occupy the Ken-
dras from the ascendant. In the above case a planet occu-
pying the 10th house from another planet is said to be the
special Karaka of that planet.
Notes.
In this and in the next two stanzas the term ^^ Karaka
(helping) planete " is defined.
2. Accordingly, if the rising sign be Cancer and the
Moon occupy it and if Mars, Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter
occupy their ezaltition signs, these four planets are known
as Karaka plinets to one-auother (a). Again, to a planet
oconpying the rising sis^n all planets (b) occupying the lOth
or the 4th house are Karaka planets (c).
Notes
(a). In other words Jupiter occupies sign Cancer
which is at the same time the rising sign, Saturn occupies
the 4;th house Librn, Mars the 7th house Capricorn and the
Sun the lOth house Aries. The commentator infers from
this stanza that planets occupying their Swakshetra, Ucba
and Mulatr^koua signs are also mutually Karaka planets,
if they occupy Kendra signs from one another though not
the Kendra signs from the ascendant.
192 BUIHAT JATAKA. [oH. 22.
(I)* All the planets whether they occapj their own
Bigns^ their exaltation fiigns or their Mulatrikoaa signs
or not, according to tlie commenr.at<)r.
(c). 'J^hat is the reverse does not hold. In other words
the planet OGCupjin«i^ the ascendant is not a Karaka planet
of those occupying the 4th or the 10th house.
d. A planet occupying its Mulatrikona and exaltation
sign (a) is also said to be a Karaka planet to one that occupies
the LOth house (b) from such sign, and to the latter his
Atimitra planet is also said to be a Karaka planet.
Kotes.
(a). But not occupying the Kendra houses from the
ascendant.
(l). This latter planet must be in his Swakshetra^
Mulatrikona or exaltation house. The effects of the Karaka
planets are described in Varaha Mihira's work on Yoga Yatra
in which it is stated that when a prince loses his kingdom^
he recovers it in the Anturdasa period of a Karaka planet ;
again it is.said that a man enjoys comfort, wealth and success
when the Moon passes through the house of a Karaka planet,
or through the 2nd house from that occupied by the Sun.
Also, that the journey may be a successful one it shall be
commenced when the Moon occupies either of the two places
mentioned above — otherwise the traveller will receive blows
on his way.
4. A person born when the rising Navamsa is a
Vargottama one or when the Af oon occupies a Yargottama
position will be happy and prosperous. The same remark
applies to a person at the time of whose birth tht^ 2nd house
from the Sun may be occupied by beuefio planets or the
Kendra houses may happen to be occupied by planets at all
(a). Also, a person at the time of whose birth there are
Karaka planets occupying the signs of the Zodiac will be
happy and prosperous. •
CH. 2?.] BRIHAT JiLTAKA. 103
Notes,
(a). If one of the Kendras be occupied the person will
be happy ; if two or more be occupied he wiU be happier
dtill and if the planets be benefio the person will be exceed-
ingly happy and prosperous.
5* If at the time of birth of a person Jupiter, the
lord of the sigu occupied by the Moon, or the h)rd of the
aHoeiidaiit occupy a Kendra house, such person will be hap-
py when in his manhood. Again, if at the time of com-
mencement of i\ dasa period the lord of snub ))eriod happen
to occupy a Prishtodaya sign, he will produce his effects
at the end of the period. If such lord occupy a Sirodaya
sign ho will produce his effects at the commencement of
the period and if he occupy a Sira-Prish today a sign, the
effects will be felt in the middle of the period*
No^es.
The Dasa period is to be divided into three equal parte)
and the Sirodaya, Prishtodaya and Siraprishtodaya signs
are defined in stanza 10 of Chapter I.
G. The Sun and Mars produce their effects immedi-
ately after entering a sign -, Jupiter and Venus when pass-
ing through the niiddio of a sign; Saturn and the Moon
before quitting a sign and Meroury throughout his dourse*
• • • *
Notes.
The sign must bo supposed to be divided into thn^e
equal parts of 10 degrees eachi.
CHAPTER XZIII.
On Malefic Togas.
1. If at the time of birth of a person the 5th and 7th
houses from the ascendant or from the Moon be either
occupied or aspected by benefic planets or by their lords,
suoh person will have respectively sons (a) and a wife- — •
otherwise, (6) he will not have either the one or the other.
194 BRIHAT JATAKA. [Cfl. 23.
If Virgo be the rising sign and if the Sua occupy it, the
person will lose his wife proviiled Saturn occupies sign
ris^ces at the same time and will lose his sons if Mars
occupy sign Capricorn at the same time.'
Notes,
(a.) One of 12 sorts of eons (I) Oorasa, (2) Kshetraja, (3)
Datta, (4) Krittrima (5) Gudhotpanna, (6) Apavidha, (7)
Kaneena, (8) Sahodha, (9) Kreetn, (10) PounarbhavH, (11)
Swajamdatta and (12) Adharaaprabhava.
(h.) That is if the 5th and 7th housea from the a^oendant
or the Moon be not occupied or aspected by benefio planets or by
the lords of the honses.
If the Moon and Saturn occupy the 7th house a person's
wife wilt qnit him and marry another.^
If the 7th house be aspected by the Moon and Saturn the
number of wives of a person will be the number represented by
the Navamsa occupied by[^the lord of the 7th honse counting
from the Navamsa of Aries.
If Jupiter or the Moon and Venus occupy the 7th house
and the Navamsa of the Sun or Mars, the person will have a
single wife; but if the 7th house be aspected by the Moon and
Venus, the person will have several wives.
2- If| at the time of birth of ja person, malefic planets
occupy the 4th and 8th houses from Venus or if malefic
planets be on both sides of Venus or if Veima be not ac-
companied or aspected by benefic planets the person's wife
will die by fire, by fall or by ropes respectivel3^
Notes.
Provided, in the Brst Toga, Venns at the same time occupies
an Agni (n«ry) Orekkana, in the second a Nipata (falling) Drek-
kana and in the third a Pasa (rope) Drekkana. (Vide Chapter
27 on the Drekkanas.)
3. If, at the time of birth of a person, one of the two
houses, the 12th and the tJth, from the ascendant be oocu-
CH. 23.1 BRIHAT JATACA. 195
pied by the Sun and the other by the Moon, the person
and his wife will each have a single eye. Again, i£ Venus
and the Snn (a) occupy one of the three houses the 7th, the
9th and the 5th from the ascendant^ the personvTwill be of s^i'-^ul^
defective limbs, '^
^s
(a.) Venns or the Moon aooordiog to some. This is
opposed fo Garga whora the oomraeotator qnotes.
4. If, at the time of birth of a person, Saturn occupy
the rising sign (a) «nd if Venus occapy the Chakra-sandhi
Navamsas and the 7th house, the person^s wife will be
barren (6), provided the 5th house is not occupied by benefic
planets. Again, if the malefic planets occupy the 12th and
the 7th houses and the ascendant and the waning Moon
occupy the 6th house, the person will have neither wife
nor sons.
Notes.
(<7.) Ik is olear that the rining sign mast be Tanras or
Virpo or Oapricom in which case the 7th honses will respectively
be Scorpio; PiRcen and Cancer and the lash Navamsas of these
three honnes are knowu as Ohakra^andhies or Rikshasandhies
(Vicle stanza 7 Ch. I.)
(5.) If the person will marry again, he may get sous ac-
cording to some.
5. If, at the time of birth of a person, Venus occupy
the 7th house from the ascendant and be in the varga
(division) of Saturn or Mars and be aspected by Saturn or
Mars, the pei-soo will commit adultery. Again, if when
Venus occnpies the varga of Saturn or Mars and is aspected
by Saturn or Mars, the Moon, Saturn and Mars occupy the
7th house from the ascendant, both the man and his wife
will commit adultery, ^gain, if when Venus and the
Moon occupy a sign, Saturn and Mars occupy the 7th
house froni the ascendant, the person will have neither wife
19l> BRIHAT JATACA. [oH. 28*
nor sons. A^ain, if, wlien male and female pluuets occupy
a sign, Saturn and Mars occupy ihn 7ch houae from the
ascendant. iiu<I be.aapected by beneKo planets, the person's
wife will be of advanced age and the man will marry late
in life.
6. If at the time of birth of a person the Moon occupy
the 10th house, Venus tl»e7 th hou«e and themal»*fic phineta
the 4t.li house, such a person will destroy his family, (a) If>
at the time of birth, Saturn occupy a Ktuidra house and
aspect a sign the Drekkana of whose lord may be occupied
by Mercury, the person will become a painter. If, at the
time (»f birth, Venus oo3upy the I2th house from the ascen-
dant and tho Navamsa of Sarurn, the person will be the
son of u serving woman; and if at the- time of birth the
Sun und the Moon occupy th^i 7th house and be aspected
by Saturn, the person will do dcedi uusuited to his rank in
life.
Notes.
(a.) The fainily will become extinct with him.
7. If, at the time of birth of a person, Venus nnd
Mars occupy thu 7th house from the ascendant and bo
aspected by maiellc planets such person will be afflicted with
swellinijr illness (a). If, at the tiuiC of birth of a person,
the Moon occupy the Navum.sa of Oancer or Scorpio and be
accompanied by malefic planets the person will be afflicted
with diseases of the genital organ. Ifj at the time of birth,
the Moon occupy the ascendant, Saturn and Mars occupy
the Uth and 2n<l houses and the Sun the 7th house, the
person will be afflicted with white leprosy. If, at the time
of bii'th of a person, the Mo(»n occupy the lOth house from
the ascendant, Mars the 7th house and Saturn the 2ud
house from the Sun, such person will be of defective limbs*
Notes,
(a.) Such as elephantiasis and the like.
C0. 23.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 197
8. Ify at the time of birth of a person^ tLe Moon
occnpy a place between Saturn and Mars and the Sun
occupy sign Capricorn, suoh pet'son will be afflicted with
astlinia, consnm)>tion, and the diMPa»<es of the spleeii ; and
if at the time of birth, the Sun occupy the nigTi or the
Naviiinsa of the Mf)on^ the pen on will be afflicted with
plumonary consumption, and if the Sun and the Moon
occupy together either Cancer or Leo, the peisou will be
reduced to a skeleton*
9. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon
occupy the 5th Navamsa of Sagittari (a) or the Navamsa
of Pisces, Cancer, Capricorn, or Aries :6), and be either
accompained or fispocted by Saturn and Mars, such person
will be afflicted with leprosy c). Again, if the 5th or the
9th house from the ascendant bo sign Scorpio, Cancer,
Tanrus, or Capricorn and be either occupied o" aspected by
Saturn and Mars, the person will also be afflicted with
leprosy.
Notes-
(a.) That is the NavnmRa c»f Leo in sign Sagittari.
(&.) These may be NavHrosafi of nny sign.
(c.) According to YavanRcharyw, if the Moon be aspected
by beni>fi(! planets also at the same time, the person will be of
dibfigaieti body resulting from scratching.
10. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Sun, the
Moon, Mars and Satnrn occupy tlie 8th, 6th, 2nd and .I2th
houses in any wa}", such person will become blind by causes
pertaining to the most powerful of the four planets (a).
Notes.
(a.) If the powerful planet be the Moon, blindness will be
caused by phlegmatic aifvctions. If snuh plnnet he Mars, it will
bo caoBed by bilious ufiections ; if it be the Sao, then ,|py heat or
wood ;aiid it it be Satnrn, it will.be caused by wiudy affections,
by stones and like.
198 BKIHIT JATAEA* [Cll. 23*
11. If, at the time of birth of a person) the inalefio
planets (a) occupy the 9bh^ i lth> 8rd and 5th houses and
be not aspected by bonefic planets^ such person will become
deaf by causes pertaining to the most powerful planet ; if
such malefic planets {b) occupy the 7th house from the
asceodautj the person will be of deformed teeth.
Notes.
(a.) The Sou, (he Moon, Mara and Butarn.
(h.) That is, wMe •<M«f^sr t^ %^ Uih^ 3if«L and Mt
l»««HnB6 aiid not as^tected by beuefic planets.
12. Ifj at the time of birth of a person the eclipsed
Moon^ occupy the rising sign and if Saturn and Mara
occupy the 5th and 9th houses from the ascendant such
person will be subject to the influence of ghosts. Agaiuj
if, at the time of birth, the^ eclipsed Sun occupy the rising
sign and if Saturn and Mars occupy the 5Lh and 9th
houses from the ascendant, the person will lose hii> eyes.
18. If, at the time of birth of a person, Saturn occupy
the 7th house and Jupiter the ascendant, such person will be
afiSicted with windy complaints ; if, at the time of birth>
Mars occupy the 7th hou^e and Jupiter the asoeudant, the
person will become insane. If, at the time of birth, Saturn
occupy the ascendant and Mars occupy the 5th, ?th or 9th
house, the person will become an idiot. Also, if, at the
time of birth, the waning VIoon and Saturn occupy the 12th
house, the person will also become an idiot.
14. If, at the time of birth of a person, one of the
four planets — the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the
Moon, the Sun, the Moon, and Jujjiter — occupy the Navamsa
of the lord of his depression sign or au inimical Navamsa,
such person will serve under other men for his livelihood ;
if two of the four planets occupy either the cue Navamsa
or the other, he will become a slave ; and if three of the
«H» 23.] BRIHAT JAtAltA. 199
planets or all the four oocapy the one Navamsa or the
other> the person will be the son of a slave.
15. If^ at the time of birth of a person, the rising
sign be Tauras> Aries or Sagittari ami if maleGo planets
aspect it, such person will have agly teeth ; if, at the time
of birth, one of the malefic signs (a) or sign Sagittari or
sign Taurus be the rising sign and if such sign be aspected
by maleGc planets, the person will be bald-headed ; if the
Sun occupy the 9tb or the 5th house from the ascendant and if
he be aspected by malefic planets the person will bb of
weak sicrht ; if, at the time of birth, Saturn occupy the 5th
or the 9th house and be aspected by malefic planetSf the per-
sonwitl bo afflicted with various diseases ; and if at the time
ofbirth^ Mnrs occupy thedtli or the 9th house and be aspect-
ed by malefic planets, the person will be of defective limbs.
Notes.
(a.) These are the sigpis of Aries, Leo, Scorpio, Capricorn
and Aquarius*
16. If, at the time of birth of a person, the malefic
planets occupy the 12th, ^^th 2nd, and 9th houses in any
way, such person will suffer imprisonment and restraint of
the nature of the rising sign (a)- Again^ if, at the time of
birth, the rising Drekkana be either a Sarpa (b) (snake)
Drekkana or a Pasa (c) (rope) Drekkana and if the sign (d)
of its lord be aspected by malefic planets the person will
also suffer imprisonment of the nature of such sign.
* Notes.
(a.) If the rining sign be Aries, Taurus or Sagittari, the
person will be bound with ropes. If the rising sign be Gemini,
Virgo, Libra or Aqnarias, he will be loaded with fetters. If the
rising sign be Cancer, Oapricorn or Pisces the person will be
sbat np in a fortress bat will be taken care of. If the rising
sign be scorpio, the person will be kept in a sabterranean cellar.
B
200 EBIIIAT JATAKA* [cH. 24*
(6.) The Sarpa DrekkAnns : These are the firafc Drekkaaa
of Cancer, the iHt and 2nd of Sotopio, and the 3t*d of PUces.
(c) ThePasa Drokkaua : Thia is the Ist Drekkana of
Capricorn.
((Z.) That is, if the rising Drekkana be the first Drekkana
of Cancer for instance, the lord of such Driikkana is the Moon
whose sign again is Cancer. If the rising Drekkana be the 2nd
Drekkana of Cancer, its h)rd i*) Mara whoso sign is Scorpio and
if it be the 3rd Drekkana of Cancer, the lord of such Drekkana
is Japiter whose sign is Pisces.
17. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon be
accomptmied bj Suturu> aspected by Mars and be surround*
ed by a halo, such person will be a man of harsh speeoh,
will be afflicted with epilepsy and with consumption (a).
If, at the time of birth, the Suii> Saturn and Mars
occupy the 10th house from the ascendant and if they be
not aspected by benefio planets, the person will be a servant
of varying rank — dignified, of moderate rank and of a low
rank (fc).
Notes.
(a.) If the Moon be subject to the first of the tliree malefio
Yogas, the person will he a man of harsh speech ; if she be sub-*
ject to the 2iid Yoga, the person will be afflicted with epilepsy ;
and if to the 3rd Yoga, the person will be afflicted with consamp-
tiou,
(h,) If ooe of the three planets occupy the 10th house the
person will be a dignified servant. If two planets occapy the
10th house he will be a servant of middle rank and if three
occupy the 10th house he will be a servant of low rank.
CHA.PTER XXIV.
On the Hoboscopy of Women.
1. ' The same remarks apply to thn horsoopy of women
as.to tho horo£c;>pj of men i but the effects which are suitable
CH. 24.] BRIHAT JATAKA. - 201
will alone aflfecfc women and the resfc will afTecl; their hus-
bands. According to some all the ofTects (a) will affect tho
husband. The death of the husband shall be determined
from the 8th house (from the asceadiint) in the horoscope
of a woman. Matters connected with the physique of a
woman shall be determined from tho risin^f sisrn and tlio
sign occupied by the Moon and matters connected with hei*
fortuuo and her husband shall be deteruiiued from the 7th
house.
Notes.
(a,) EQVoiu) which can be enjtiye'l by both will affect both.
Sach effeotn as high appointments in tho state will nffect tha
husbarifi and matters coiuiecfed with tho body will Hffuuft tho
woman only. He:ioe the adytsability of a man marrjinf^ a girl
born under exoelleut planetary Yo^s.
2. If the rising sign and the sign occupied by tho
Moon be even signs the woman will be of a true feminine
character and if such signs be aspected by benefio planets
she will be virtuous and modest and will wear ornnments.
(a). Butifsuoh signsbe odd the woman will p<>sse^)s a
masculine shape and will be of masculino clnrajtur; aVid it*
they be either occupied or aspected by malefic planets she
will be wicked and possess few virtues (6).
Notes.
(a). According to some, virtnes will bo her ornaments.
(&). If either the rising sign or tho sign occnpied hy tl e
Moon be odd or even while the other sign ih oven or odd, the
woman will partake of the character of a malo and a female.
A Similar remark applies when one of the higns i8 occnpied or
afipeoted by a malefic or a benefio planet and the ether by a
beuefio or a malefic planet.
3. When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the
Moon at tho time of birth of a woman is eitlier Aries or
Scorpio, if tho rissiug Trimsamsa or the Trimsamsa occa*
202 BBinAT JATAKA. [CB. 24»
pied by the Moon be ihatof Mars^ she will beoome un-
chaste before marriage ^ if it be that of Saturu^ she will
lead a life of 8er7itude. If it be that of Jupiter^ Bhe will be
chaste ; if it be that of Mercury she will be deceitful acd
if it be that of Yenus^ she will be of bad couduct.
" 4. When the risiog sign or the sign occupied by the
Moon at the time of birth of a woman is either I'aurus or
Libra, if the rising Trimsarasa or the Triinsanasa occupied
by the Moon be that of Mars> she will be of bad conduct ;
if it be that of Saturn^ she will Marry a second time; if it
be that of Jupiter she will possess good qualities; if it be
that of Mercury^ she will be skilled iu music and dance
and if it be that of Veuus^ she will possess all good quali-
ties and will be of wide-spread fame. Again^ when the
rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon at the tiirie of
birth of a woman is either Gemini or Virgo, if the rising
•
Trimsamsa or the Trimsarasa occupied by the Moon be that
of Mars she will be deceitful ; if it be that of Saturn sh a
will partake of the nature of a hermaphrodite ; if it be that
of Jupiter she will be chaste ; if it be that of Mercmy she
will possess many good qualities and if it be that of Venus,
she will, out of Iust,^commit adultery.
5. When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the
Moon at the time of birth of a woman is Cancer, if the rising
Trimsamsa or the 'IVimsamsa occupied by the Moon be that
of Mars she will be of an independent nature; if it be that
of Saturn she will murder her husband ; if it be that of
Jupiter, she will possess many good qualities; if it be that
of Mercury she will be skilled in works of art and if it be
that of Venus she will be of bad conduct.
When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon
at the time of birth of a woman is Leo, if the rising Trims-
amsa or the Trimsamsa occupied by the Moon be that of
MarS) she will be of a masculine nature. If it be that of
CH. 24.] BRIHAT JATAKA, 203
Saturn she will commili adultery jif it be that of Jupiter
she will be the wife of a kiDg; if it be that* of Mercury^ she
will be of masoaline nature and if it be that of Venus she
will commit adultery with a persou of low caste.
When the ritsin j^ sign or the sign occupied by the Moon
at the time of birth of a woman is either Sa^ittari or Pisces
if the rising Trimsnmsa or the Trimsam:ja oooiipied by the
Moon be that of Mars^ she will possess mnny good qualities ;
if it be that of Saturn^ she will not indulge much in sexual
union; if it be that of Jupiter she will possess many good
qualities ; if it be that of Meioury she will be a woman of
knowledge and if it be that oE Venus she will not be chaste.
When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon
at the time of birth of a woman is either Capricorn or Aqua-
rius^ if the rising Trimsnmsa or the Triuisamsa occupied
by the Moon be that of Mars she will lead a life of servi-
tude; if ib be that of Saturn she will join a person of low
caste; if it be that of Jupiter she will be chaste ; if it be
that of Mercury she will be of bad conduct and if it be
that of Venus she will be barren.
6. The effects described for the rising Trimsamsa or
those described for the Trimsamsa occupied by the Moon
will come to pass according as the one Trimsamsa or the
other is the more powerful.
7. If, at the time, of birth of a woman, Saturn and
Venus occupy each other's Navamsa and aspect eacli other
or, if the rising sign be either Taurus or Libra and the rising
Navamsa be that of Aquurius, the woman will quench tho
poisonous fire of her strong lustful desires by means of
other women assuming a masculiue character.
8. If^ at the time of birth ofawoman)the 7th bouse
from the rising sign or from the sign occupied by the Moon
be not occupied by planets, and if such house be weak and
-01 BUIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 2 L
not aspected by beneRo planets, the husband of the womnn
will be wicked ; if such 7iii house be occupied by Mercury
the husband will be a hermaphrodite ; if such 7th house be
a movable sign> the husband will be travelling in foreign
lauds (a) ; if such 7oh house be occupied by tiie Sun^ the
woman will be rejected by her husband ; if Id be occupied
by Mars aspecteil by maleiic planets^ she will become a
widow while young , and if it be occupied by Suturn aspeo«
ted by malefic planets she will remain unmarried to au old
age.
Notes.
(a). If it be a 6xed Aign tlie hnshand will remain in nia
place and if it be a oommou nign, he will travel to foreign hinds
bat will be returning to ItiH place every now and then.
9. If the 7th house, from the rising sign or from the
sign occupied by tho Moon at the time of birth of a wo nan ^
be occupied by several malefic p^anets^ the w(»man will be-
come a widow; if such 7th house be occupied by several
benefic and malefic planets she will quit her husband and
marry another person and if such 7th house be occupied by
a malefic planet (a), be weak, and be aspected by a boneiio
planet (b) the woman will be rejected by her husband.
If Venus and Mars occupy each other^s Navumsa the
woman will commit adultery ; and if the 7th house from
the rising sign be occupied by the Aloon, Venus and Mars,
she will commit adultery with tho premission of her hua"
baud.
Notes.
(a). Either the Snii or Marn or Satnrn.
(t), Eiihor Mercury or J iipitQp orVenuii.
10. If at the time of birth of a woman, the rising sign
be that of Saturn (a) or Mars (6) and if it bo occupied by
the Moon and Venus and aspected by malefic planets^ the
Ctt. 2*.] BRTIIAT JATAK. 205
"womnn and her mother will otnmit adultery ; if the setiincr
NavHtnRH be that of Mars and if tlie settin*? BJcrn be aspec-
ted by Saturn^ the woman will possess a dise«'ised genital
organ ; nnd if the setting Nav^amsa be that of a beneHc
planet the woman will possess a flue genital organ and will
become an ugreeable wiEe.
Motes,
(a). Caprioorn Of Aquai'las.
(&J, Aries or Scorpio.
12. If^ at the time of birth of a woman, the setting
»!<:rn or the setting Navanisa be that of Saturn^ the husband
of the woman will be an old .man and a fool ; if such sign
or Navainsa be that of Mars, the husband will be of
irascible temper but will be attached to his wife. If such
sign or Mavamsa be that of Venus, the husband will be
beautiful and fond of his wife; if such sign orNuvainsa be
that of Mercury, the husband will be learned and intelli-
gent.
12. If the setting sign or the setting Mavamsa at
the time of birth of a woman be that of the Moon, the hus-
band will be full of lustful desires and of a quiet nature.
If such sign or Navamsabe that of Jupiter, the husband
will possess courage and other virtnes and will have a con-
trol over his passions and desires ; if such sigu or Navamsa
be that of the Sun, the husband will be of very soft nature
and will engage in many works (a).
Nof«8.
(a). A ocording to some the reading of this portion of the
text is Ratikarma instead of Atikarma, in which case the meaning
is that (he hnsbaud will indulge much in 8ezaal union. Again if
the sotting sign be ihtat of one planet and the setting Navamsa
be that of another planet, then, the effects described for such
sigQ or Navamea, whichever is powerful, will come to pass.
206 BRIItAT JATAKA.' fcH, 24.
13. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the rising
sign be occupied by the Moon and Venu'*, the woman
will beenvioas of the prosperity of other persons and will be
greatly mindful of her comforts; if the rising sign beocca-
pied by tlie Moon and Mercury the woman will be learned
in the fine arts, will be in the enjoyment of comfort and will
possess many good qualities; if the rising sign be occupied
by Venus and Mercury the woman will be beautiful, much
liked by her husband and learned in music, vocal and in-
strumental ; if the rising sign be occupied by the Moon,
Mercury and Venus, the woman will be in the enjoyment of
immense wealth and comfort and possessed of many good
qualities. If the rising sign be occupied by Mercury, Jupi-
ter and Venus, the same remarks apply.
14. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the 8th house
from the ascendant be occnpied by a malefic planet, the wo-
man will become a widow and the widowhood will occur
in the AntardHsa period of the planet whose Navamsais oc-
cupied by the lord of such 8th house. If the 8th house be
occupied by a malefic planet and if the 2nd house be oc-
cupied by a bcnefic plauec the woman will die before her
husband and if the Moon occupy sign VirgOj Scorpio, Tau-
rus or Leo, she will have very few sons.
15. If, at the time of birth of a woman Saturn be
neither powerful nor weak, the Moon, Venus and Mercury
be weak, and the Sun, Mars and Jupiter be powerful and
if the rising sign be odd, the woman will be of a masculine
chamcter (a).
If, at the time of birth of a woman, Jupiter, MarS) Ve-
nus and Mercury be powerful and if the rising sign be an
oven Sign, the woman will be of wide spread fame, will be
vastly learned and learned also in the Soeince of Divinity.
CH. 2.5.] . BRIHAT JATAKA. JO 7
Kotes;
(a). According to some tbe woman will'enjoy many men^
16. If^ at the time of birth of a woman, the 7fck
hoQse f.iom the rising sign be occupied by a malefio planet
while the 9th house is occupied by some planet, the woman,
will without doubt bcoomd an ascetic of the class belonging
to the planet o(3capy\ng snch 9th house (a).
All that has been said in this chapter apply totheposi*
tions of the planets at the time of promise of gift of girl in
marriage, of such gift and of marriage (&)| also at the time
of query.
Notes,
(a). And the other efiects already described will fail.
(&). Provided sach effects do not clash against the effects
dpscribcd in the chapters on Mamage. (vide Chapters 100 and
303 of Brihat Sarahifa).
CHAPTER XXV. ,
I* If, at the time of birth of a per6on^ the 8th honso
from the rising sign be nnoccupied and be aspeoted by a
powerFnl planet> the person will die of an e:scess of the hu-
mour belonging to such powerful planet /^a).ThepartoE the
body attacked will be the part which such 8th house repre.
sents in the body of the Kalapurusha (6). If several pla«
nets aspect the 8th house the part of tho body will ba
subject to several attacks resulting from an exoess of the
various humors belonging to such powerful planets* and. death
will ensue. But if the 8th house be occupied by the Sutii
the death of the person will, be caused by fire ; if it be
occupied by the Moon the death will be caiised by water*;
if by Mars death will be caused by weapons; if by; Mercury
it will b3 caused by fever; if by Jupiter it will be caused
208 BttinAT JATAKA. [os. 25*
Iby some unl^nown disease; iE Yennsj it will be caused by
thirst; and if it bo occupied by Saturn de^ttli will be caused
by starvation (c). Again, if the 8th house be a movable sign
the person will die in foreign lands ; if it be a fixed sign
lie will die in hia own country ; and if it be a common sign
lie will die on his way.
Notes
Planets Hamor
Jupiter... •••... Phlegm
Venus •. Wind &
(a). Placets... Hamor
The SuTi... ...... Bile
The Moon Wind &
MArs..r.:.*:r....BifaaeM^u. j Satoro..... .... Wiud
Mercury.. •,., Ale
phlegnvi
•••
tbree humors.
(I) Yide'stanza 4 o^inpter I.
(c). If the planet he powerful tliere will bo death while-
f^e person is engaged in a good work ; if the planet be weak
death will ensne while the person is engaged in a had work and
if Die planet be neither powerful nor weak the person will die
while engaged in a work ef indifferent character.
2» If at the time of birth of a person the Sun and
Hars occupy the 4th or the 10th house from the rising sign
the person : will dio being struck with stones. If
the 4th^ 7th and lUih houses be respectively ocpupied by Sa-*
turn,, the Moon aad Mars^ the person will die by falling in-
to a welh If the Snn and Moon occupy ftign Virgo and if
they be aspected by a m^ilefic planet there will be death
caused by the person's kinsmen. If the rising sign be h
eommon sign and if it be occupied by the Sun and the
Moou there will, be death b}' drowning. • . i .
8. If, at the tiraebirth of a person,* Satnrn occupy sign
Cancer and the Moon sign Capricorn the person will
die from an attack of dropsy. If the Moon occupy sign
Aries or Scorpio and be between malefic planets, death will
be caused by weapons or by fire. If the Moon occ.iipy sign
Tirgo and be between malefic planets death will be caused
en. 26] BRIHAT JATAKA. 209
.■■.'' . ;
> . •«
by a corruption of the blood or^ by want of blooJ. T| tbe
Moon occupy sign Capricorn or Aquarius and be bet^veeu
malefio planets, tbere will be death by harigirig,' by fito Or
byfnll.
4. If at the time of birth of a person, the 5th or the
9th house be occupied by two malefic planets and if such
planets be not aspected by benefio planets the person will
meet his deatli by being shut up 1h a prison or by other
restraint. If the 8th house from the 'riding sign contain a
Sarpa or Nigala Diekkana (a) death will also result from
impriBonment or other restraint. .It'YirgQ be^the 7tU house
from the ascendant and if it be occupied by the Moon
accompanied by a bonefio planet, if Venus occupy sign Aries,
and the Sun the rising sign, Iho person will die in his own
house and such death will be caused by a woman*
Noie^.
(a.) Vide nofes to sfanza 16 of Chapter XXIII.
5. If| at the time of birth of a person^ (1) the 4tli
house from the ascendant be occupied by Mars or the Sun
and if the 10th house be occupied by Saturn or, (2) if the
Sun^Mars, Satdrn and the waning Moon occupy the ascend-
ant/the 6th house and the Dth honso or, (3) if the Sn^
occupy the 4th house and if Mara which co^n pies the lOtli
house be aspected by the waning Moon, the person will die
in eaoh case boing stabbed with aspenr. Again, if the Snu
occuj^y the4tli house and if Mar?, which rocupies the 10th,
honse> be Aspected by Saturhi the person will die being
struck with a piece of wood. '
6. , If, at the time of birth of a person, the 8th, lOth,
1st, and 4bh houses be occupied respectively by the waning
Moon, Mar?, Saturn and tho Sun, the person will die being
struck with a 6lub or fetick. If the 10th,' Vtb, 1st and 5tli
houses bo occupied respectively by the waning Moon Minsj
210 BBIHIT JkTkKk. [Cff. 25.
Saturn and the Sun, tlie death of the person will be caused
by smoke, by firoj by imprisonment or by blows.
7. If> at the time of birth of a person, the ^th, 7th and
10th houses be respectively occupied by Mars, the Sun and
Saturn, the person will die by weapons, by fire or by the
kiog. If the 2nd, 4th and lOtb houses be respectively
occupied by Saturn, tlie Moon and Mara, the person will
die of soroa and worms.
8. If^ at the time of birth of a person, the Sun occupy
the loth house and Mars occupy the 4th house, the person
will die in cousequence of a fall from a vehiole or convey-
ance. It Mars occnpy the 7th house and the Sun, Moon
and Saturn occupy the rising sign, the person will die being
caught in a machine. If (1) sign Libra be occupied by
Mars, sign Aries by Saturn and sign Capricorn or Aquarius
by the Moon or (2) if the 10th, 7th and 4th houses be
respectively occupied by the waning Moon, by the Sun and
by Mars the person will die in the middle of excrement.
t). If tho waning Moon be aspected by powerful Mars
and if Saturn occupy the 8th house, the person will die of
disouses affecting the privities (a) —the part affected will Le
either eaten through by worms or cut with the laucet or
burnt or blistured.
Notes,
(a.) Such as pile» and fistula iu the Pudendum Maltebre.
lO. If, at ihe time of birth of a person, the Sun and
M irs occupy the 7Lh house, Saturn occnpy the 3th house and
the waning Moon occupy tho 4( h house, tho death of the
person will be caused by birds. If the 1st, Sth, 8th and 9th
liousos bo occupied rt^speciively by the Sun, Mars, Saturn
and the Moon, the person ^;i death will be caused by a fall
i r.>m mouiiuiii lop, by an attack of lightning or by the fall
v)f a wall.
CH. 25.] BKIflAT JTAK. 211
11. The caaso of death of a person whose horoscope
does Dot contain any of the Yogas ennmerated above shall be
determiued fioin the 22Qd Drekkana counted from the rising
Drekkana at the time of birth of a person ; and death will
be Cfiuned by the lord of such (22nd) Drekkaua or by the lord
of the sign of which the Diekkana is a divisioni whichever
is powerful, by water, fire or other means belonging to such
lord (a).
Kotcs.
(a.) Vide stanza 1 of this chHpier,
12. The place of death of a person will be that of the
sign occupied by the Lord of the rising Navamsa (a) or it
will be the place of the sign of the planet which occtipies
the same sign as that occupied by the lord of the rising
Navamsa or it will be the place of the sign of the planet
aspecting tlie lord of the rising Navamsa or it will be tho
place of tho sign of the lord of the Navamsa occupied by
the lord of the rising Navamsa (&). Tho actual place of
death shall be determined by a careful examination of tho
several points. The period for which a person will remain
insensible beforo death will be the time of oblique ascension
o£ the portion of the rising sign below the horizon. If the
rising sign be aspeoted by his lord, such peiiod will be
twice, and if it be aspected by beneflo planets^ it will be
throe times, the time of such oblique ascension (c).
Notes,
(a) Aries— place frequented by Bheep; Tanrns — place
frequented by oxen ; Goinini — a house; Cancer — a well; Leo—
a forest; Virgo — water-bank; Libra — bazaar or store — honse >
Scorpio — a hole ; sagtttarl — place frequented by horses ; Cftpri-
obrn — watery tracts; Aquarius— a house; Pidoes — wntery places.
Tho above is general If a distinct place of death be
mentioned in connection with a Yoga relating to deatbi the death
will occur only in such a place.
?12 IXIHAT JATAICA. [oH. 25«
(&.) If diflTereni plapea of death are poiafed oat by differeut
planets, the place belonging to the sign of the most powerful
planet will be the place of death. Again, of the two signs of a
planet, the plaoe of the Moolatrikona aign will be the place ot
deJa,th, According to some,' the placo of 'death is the partioolar
portion' of the litVnse belonging to the most powerful planet —
snoh as the place of worship, the bath — room^ the .kitchen &o*
(vido s»anzvJ2 of Chapter II.) , .
(o.) If the lising sign be aspected by its lord and by a
beneflo planet the period of insensibility will bo 6 times as long.
13. If, at the iimo of birth of a person, the 22ad
Drekkieina from the risirijg Drekkana be a fiery Drt^kkana (a)
the body of thd person after death will be burnt and I'eda-
ced to ashes. ' 'If the 22Qd Drekkana bo a watery Drekkana
(&) the body will be thrown into water; if suoh Drekkana
be a Misra Drekkana (c) the body will be neither burnt nor
thrown into water bub allowed to dry up. If the 8th house
contain a Sarpa Drekkana (d) the body will be devoured by
dog9, jackals^ crows and the like* Thus h:is been described
the ohange of the body after death. For a knowledge of
the past and future life of a person and of the nature of
such life the reader is referred to higher works ou lioroscopy*
Notes.
' . (a.) A Fiery Drekkana is the Drekkana of a malefic planet*
(h.) A watery Drekkana is the Drekkana of a benefio planet*
(c*) A Miara Drekkana is the Drekkana of a benefie planet
occupied by a malefic planet as well as the Drekkana of a malefio
planet occu])iod by a beuefic planet.
(il) Sarpa Drekkanas *. — These are the Istand 2nd Drek«
kanas of Cancer, the Ist and 2ud Drekkanas of Scorpio and the
3rd Drekkana of Pisces. According to Subhodhiui, the terms
•VVyala yarga" is interpreted int* the Drekkanas of Vjala
Sarpa), Giadhra (vulture), Kula (hog) and the like.
Ca. 25.] BBIHIT JATIKA. 21 3
H. If the lord of the Drekkaii'a ocoapied by the Sua
or the Moon^ whichever is powerful, be Jupiter, the person
lias come from Devaloka ^ if such lord be cither the
Moon or Venus, the person has come from Pitriloka ;if such
lord be the Sun or Mara, th6 person hns come from the
world of lower animals ; and if such lord be either Saturn
or Mercury, the person has couie from the region of hell.
I • • • . ■ •
• . t
If the lord of the Drekkana occupied by the Sun or the
Moon, whichever is poworrul, bo in his exaltation sign such
last life of the person will be of an exalted character ; if
such lord occnpy a place between the exaltation and de"
pression signs the last life will be one of middle importance >
and if such lord occupy his depression 8i<i[n the Just life of
the person will be one of a low character.
' *
15. . If the 6th and the 8th houses be unoccupied j the
person will, after death, go to the world of the planet most
powerful of the lords of the Drekkanas of such (ith and 8th
houses (a) ; or the person will g(> to the world of the planet'
occupying the 6th, 7th or the' 8th hou^e (6). Again, if
Jupiter occupy the 6th house or one of ihe Kendra houses
or the 8th house and be at the saine time in his exaltation
sign or if the rising sign be Pisces and Jupiter occupy it'
and be in the Navamsa of a beoeGo planet while the other
planets are weak, the person will obtain Salvation after
death, (c) « ;» r
Notei.
I ' ■ ■ — . ' ■ ' ' ■. • . ' • '
(a). For the worlds of the several plane(f«, vide Inst stanza.
(6.) If two or more planets oooapy Ihe 6th, 7th and 8th.
houses, the person will goto the world of the. mpst powerful
of them. I •
(c)\ The tiext world siny also be delcrmincd from the
position of the planotii at the time bf death a^at ' tho time of
birth of a person. ' ' '
214 B&1HAT JATAKA. [CH. 2$.
C AFTER XX VL
On Lost Horoscopes.
1. When a person is ignorant of tlio tin^e of his concep-
tion or birth^ the time of birth sha1l| when duly question-
ed about, Vie determined from the Prasua Lagna (a). IE
the Ist half of the rising sign be cut by the, horizon^ the
month of birth will be in the Uttarayana (b) and if the 2ud
half be cut by the horizon the month will be in the Dekshi-o
naynna (c).
Notes.
(a). Prasna Lagna : the rit^ing sign nt the time of qnery .
(b), nttara^ana : the 6 monlhs from Oapricorn (o'. Gemini,
(c), Dekshinayaua : the 6 months from Cancer to Sagit^
tari.
2. If at the time of qaery the first Drekkana of a sign-
begin to rise, the sign occapied by Jupiter at the time birth
will be the Prasna Lagna itself. If Iho 2Dd Drekkana of a
sign begin to rise at the time of quevy^ the sign ocpupied
by Jupiter at the time birth will be the -^th sign from the
Prasna Lagna; if the 3rd Prekkana of a sigu begin to rise at
the time of qaeryi the sign occupied by Jupiter at ihe time
of birth will be the ^th sigu from thePrasana Lagna (a\ The
year of birth shall then be determined from the appearance
of the person (6). If the Sun occupy the Prasana Lngnaor
if the Drekkana of the Sun rise at the time of query, the
Ilitu(a period of 2 months) of birth will beQree3hma(wheM the
Sun passes througli Gemini and Cancer) ; and in the case of
other planets their Bitus have been mentioned elsewhere
(c). If the Bitu thus determined do not happen tobetho
Kita of the Ayana already determined, the correct Ilitu
fibalt be determined as explaiued in the next stanza Ct2).
Notes.
'.ii>a. In other word?, if the ribing Dwadasamsa at the time
of query be the first, the sign ocenpied by Japtier at the time
ef birth will be the Prasana T^agua itself; ii the riidog Dwada-^
CH. 2C.] BBiHAt jatakA. 21 S
BAtiiRa bo tho 2ticl, Uie mgn oconpied by Japifer ni Die iimo of
birth T?ill be the 2nd sign from the Prasaa Lagna and so 0I14
h, As Jnpiier takes 12 years to go tonnd ilie beavens, if
tbe nnmber of ciroaits passed throngh by Japiter from the time of
birth be known, the age of the person oaa be at once determined.
Vor instance suppose Japiter to occupy sign Scorpio at the time
of qnery and sign Tanrns at the time of birth« and suppose him
to be in his 4th circnit. The nge of the person will beSX 12
4 C or 4*2 years. The cyolo of Japiter can be determined from
the appesrance of the person — from a rough estimate of
bis age. In the instance cited above the age of the person ia
either 6, or 124.6=18 or 24 + 6=30 or 36+ 6= 42 and so
on. If however the cycle of J^upiter cannot be easily ascertained
from the appearance of the person, tho nnmber of the cycle
shall be determined from the part of body touched by a person at
the time. In stanza 24 of chapter 70 of the Brihat SamhiiS;, tho
hnman body is divided into ten parttf, each part corresponding
to a Dasa period of 12 years,
(]). Feet and ankles.
(2)« Shanks and knees.
(3). The thighs and genital organ.
(4). The loins and the navel.
(5). The belly.
(6). The breast and the bosoms.
(7). The shonlders.
(8). Tho neck and lips.
(9). The eyes and brows.
(10). The forehead and the head. So that if the belley be
tonched, it may be determined that at the time of qnery Jnpiter is
in his 5th ronnd. So that the age of the person will be 4 Xl2
or 48 years, plus the nnmber of years taken by Japiter to move
from tho pign occapied by him at the time of birth to the sign
occupied by him at the time of qaory.
fc). So that if the San occupy the Prasna Lagna or if the
Drekkana of tho San rise at the time of query, the Rilu is
Qrecshma,
•3)
SIG BBIHAT JATAEA. [cH. 28
If Venus oconpy ibe Prasna liagna or if ilie Drekkana
of Venus rise at the time of qaery, the Rita is Vasanta (when
the San passes throagh Aries and Tanrus). la the case of
Mara and liis Drekkana the Rita is Greeshxna (Gemini and
Cancer). In the case of the Moon and her Drekkana, tho
Kitais Varsha (Leo and Virgo). In the case of Mercury and his
Drekkana, the Kifcu is Sarat (Libra and Scorpio). ] a the case of
Jupiter and his Drokkuna, the Rita is Hemanta (Sagittari and
Gnprioorn) In the case of Saturn and his Drekkana the Rita ia
Sisira (Aquarius and Pisces). If two or more planets occupy tho
Prasna Lngna, the Rita of the most powerful planet will bo the
Bita of birth*
(d). Suppose the Ayana determined from stanza I to be
Ihe Uttarayana so that the month of birth is one between Oapri-
oorn and Qemini. Suppose the Prasna Lagna to be oconpied by
the Moon whose Rita is Varsha (Leo and Virgo); in such a case,
the Ritu of Venus, the alternative planet of the Moon viz the
Vasanta (Aries and Taurus) shall be determined as the Rita
of birth as explained in the 8rd stanza.
3. If the Rita do not agreo with the Ayana then tho
Iwitu of the alternative planet shall be determined as the Bitu
of birth of a person (a). Tho Moon and Vonus are alternative
])laiiol.s. So arc Morcury and Mars (h), and so Jupitor and
Saturn. If the ilr»t half of tho risings Drekkana ahonld
rise at the time of qaer}^, the month of birth will be the
first of the two months of the Ultu and if the second half
shonld rise then the 2nd month of the Bitu will be the
month of birth. The date of birth shall be determined from
the portion o{ the half Drekkana that has risen above the
horizon, (c)
Notes.
(a). This point has been already explained, vide note (J) to
the last stanza.
(b). According fo the commentator Mercary, Mars and the
Bun are aUtruative planets.
CH. 2G.] UBIfiAT JATAXA* . 217
(c). As the halfiDrekkana which may be risiofif at the time
of qaery represents all the 80 days of -a month, if jost one half
of it shonld have risen above the horizon, the birth roust have
occurred just after 15 days of the month. lu other words, the
date of birth may be determined from the portion of the half
fiign that has risen above the horizon by proportion . A Drek-
kana is 10 degrees; half a Drekkana is 5 degrees and ft thirtieth
part of it is 10 minntep, so thatovery lOmiuutes of the rising half
Drekkana represents a day. It will be convenient if the Lagnii
ephuta t. e. the exact longitude in signs, degrees and minutes of
the point of the ecliptic cut by the horizon be determined in the
fit st instance (vide Appendix)*
4. The Learned Brahmins in the Science of horoscopy
say that the number of degrees passed over by tlio Sun in
any particular sign represents the lunar day at the tiino of
birth (a). If the Prasna Lagna be a c2a?/-«i^n tho birth
will have occurred at nigh\» and if it be a mght-sign^ the birth
will have occurred by day; the ghatika of birth shall ])q
determined from the portion of the rising sign that has
risen above the horizon [Jb).
Notea.
(a). Beginning from the first lunar day in the Moon's in-
orease. Suppose the Sun to occnpy the 24t.h degree of Sngittnri
at the time of birth. The lunar day or Tithi at the time of birth
18 the 24th day from the first day in thd Moon's increase or
24-15 or the 9th day in her wane.
(&). The length of the day or night of birth 1 eing known
it is represented by the rising sign and the Lngna Sphnta will
give us the exact proportion of the Sign that has risen above
the horizon. By the Rule of Three we cau arrive at the exact
time of birth from Snn-rise or San set. When this is known the
horoscope may be cast with the help of the astronomical tables
or the Almanac. The fiist four stanzas therefore give us a
ompleto process for the discovery of the time of birth of ^
ovson from thePjasnaLffgna*
219 BrjHAT jAtaea. [cu 26«
5. According to some the lanar moiith of birth shall
1)6 determined from the Navamsa occupied by the Moon at
the time of query (a)* Again, the sign occupied by tho
Moon at the time of birth will bo either the Prusna.Lagna
or the Sth house or 9th house from it whichever is most
powerful. If it be difficult to determine which of the threo
signs is most powerful, the sign occupied by the Moon will
be the sign represented by the part of body of Kalapurusha
that may happen to bQ touched by a person at the time of
query or the sign may be determined from the like indioft*
tions occurring at the time of qu6rj({/).
Notes.
(a). Tho rule stated in the Text is very vagae. What the
author means is thus explained by the commentator.
Suppose each Navarasa to be divided into 9 equal parts ;
then/ if at the time of query the place occupied by the Moon be
Beyoncl the And within the The lunar
month will bo
(1). Sth part ol the> 7th part of the Na- f ^^^^^j^^^^
Navamsa of Aries. ••• J vamea of Taorus ... i
(2). 7th part of tho > Cth part of the Na-^^ ,^^
Navamsa of Taurus ... J vamsa of Qemiui ... t °
(3). 6th part of the > 5th part of the Na- C p^^^j^^
I of Oaucer ••• \
Navamsa of Gemiui ... S vamsa
(4). 5th part of the > 4th part of the Na-C^ ^^^^
Navamsa of Oaucer ••• 5 vamsa of Leo •••<
(5). 4th part of the > 7th part of tho Na- < pi.^,
Navamea ot Leo ... $ vamsa of Virgo ... ( **
(C). 7th part of the ) 6th part of the Na- C oi^^Hra. ',
Navamsa of Vngo ••• ) vamsa of Libra ... <.
(7). 6th part of the > 5th part of the Na-|vaiBftkha
Navamsa of Libra ... J vamsa ot Scorpio •.•t
(8). Sth part of the > 4th part of the Na- ( j gi^fc^a.
JJavamsa of Scorpio •«• > vamsii ui Sugitian ... i *'
CH. 26.] DRIHAT JATAKA. '219
(9). 4th part of the > 3id part of the Na-C^^^^^j,^
Navamsii.urSagiitari... ) vamsa of Capricorn •••<. '
(10). 3rd part of the > 2nd part of the Na- C g^^^^^^^^
N. of Cnpricurii. ... 3 vamsa of Aquarius ... <.
(1 1). 2nd partfol Hie > 5th p«rfc of the Na- < sh^arapada
J^avamsa of Aquarius ••• 3 v&ni8U of Pisces ••• (
(12). 5t.h park of the > 8th parfc of tho Na-C^^^ .
Navamsa of LMsces ... 3 vniusa of Aries. .••(, J' J *
(6). Forjiistaneej if, at the time, oreaturos representiog any
of the «igna of the Zodino ho seen or theii* soands heard, the
Moon Kill occapj such sign at the time of hirtb.
C. The sign occopied by the Moon at the time of birth
of a person will be asi many signs removed from the sign
occupiod^^by tho Moon at tho time of query as the Moon id
removed from the rising sign at the time of qaery (a)*
Bit if the rising sign be Pisces, then Pisoes will be the sign
occupied by the Moon at the time of birth. (In case of
doubt)^ the sign shall be determined by any articles of food
that may be brought, any figures that may appear or by any
Bounds that may be heard at the time (6).
Notes.
(a). For instance, snppose Scorpio in the rising sign and
Pisces ihe .Hgn 'oconpted by the Moon at the time of query.
From Scorpio to Pisces is 5 sign!< ; tJie 5th sign from Pisces is
Cancer. Cancer will therefore be the sign occapied by tho Moou
lit the time of birth of a person.
(6). From articles having the shape of, or in any way
connected with the creatares representing the signs of tho
Zodiac aiid from the sounds of tho like creatnre,the sign occupied
by the Moon may be determined. In all these cases, it is assum-
ed, that an all-pervading Intelligent Being helps an astrologer
by various signs and suggestions.
7. The rising sign at tho time of birth will be llie
Bign of the lord of the rising Navamsa at the time of query
(a). Or, the rising sign at the time of birth will be as
220 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CU* 2C#
many signs removed from Prasna Lagna as the Drekkana
occupied by the Sua is removed from the rising Drekkana
at the time of query {h).
Notes.
(a). Snpposfng the rifling Navamsa at the tirno of qnery to
he that of Sagittari^ the rising bigii at the time of birth is Sagit^
turi.
(&). Suppose the risiog Drekkana at the time of query to
be the 2nd Drekkana of sign Gemini and the Drekkana occupied
by the San at the same time to be tlie 3rd Drekkana of Sagittari.
The number of Drekkauas from the one to the other is 20.
Therefore the rising sign at the time of birth is the 20th sign
from Gemini ; subtracting 12 from 20 it is the 8th sign from
Gemini i. e., sign GapricorUi
8. Or^ multiply the Sphuta (Longitude) of the phinet
or of the most powerful planet occupying the rising sigu
by the number of inches iu the length of the shadow of a
twelve inch Sanku (a straight rod) phiced vertically on a
horizontal surface and in the sun ; divide tho product by
12. The remainder will give the rising sign at tho time of
birth (a). According to others^ if the querent bo seated at
the timo of query^ tho 7th house from the rising.sign at tho
time will bo tho Lagna at tho timo of birth ; if the querent
be hjing at the time^ the 4th house from the rising sign will
be tbe Lagna at the time of birth ; if the querent be stan'
ding at tho time^ then^ the 10th house will be the L igna
and if he be rising from his seat^ then the rising sign itself
will bo the Lagna at the time of birth (&].
Notes.
(a.) Snppose the longitude of the planet, or, (whore there
are several planets) of the most poweifal planet occupyiug tlio
libing bign to be 4> signs 10 degrees aud 20 minutes and suppose
the length of the shadow to be 4j indies, the product of the two
iiumbors is 10 signs 10 degrees aud 30 minutes, Thi^ divided
CH. 26] BRIHAT JATAKA. 22l
by 12 gives as remainder 7 signs, 16 degrees and 30 minateS'
Tde Lflgna tkh the time of birth is therefore the 8th sigo from
ArieF, which is sign Scorpio.
(b.) According to Subhodhini, the 7th, 4th, 10th and l«fc
honses are not with reference to the Frasna L%giia as explained
by Bhatta Utpala bat with reference to the Lagna obtained from
the process given in the first half of the text, that is, from sign
Scorpio in the instance qaoted in note (a).
9, If the rising sign at tho time of query be Taurus
or Leo^ multiply the Ligna Sphuta (the longitule of the
ascendant) by 10 ; i£ it be Gemini or Scorpio, then, multi-
ply the sphuta by 8 ; if Aries or Libra, then by 7 ; if Virgo
or Capricorrr, then, by 5 ; and if it be any of the remaining
Rigtip^ thon by tbo number of such sigu from Arios (a).
Again, if the planet occupj'iug the rising sign be Jupiter
multiply the Lagua sphuta by 10; if it ba Mars, by 8; if
Venus by 7 ; if any of the remaining planets by 5 ; if severul
planets occupy the rising sign, then multiply the Lagna
Sphuta by the factor for each of such planets. Add up the
several products and find the sum (&)•
Motes.
In this and in the next stanza the author slates a process
for discovering the Nakshatra (asteridm occupied by the Moou)
of the querent, his wife, brother, sou and enemy. Tne figures
given in the text are known as those of Rast Gunakara and
Qraha Gunakara — Zodiacal and Planetary factors, referred to iu
the chapter on Ashtakayarga,
(a.) For iuRtance, if Oancer be the Rign> it being the 4tli
sign from Aries, the factor for Oaucor is 4. The factor for
Sugittai'iis 9; that for Aquarius is il and that for Pisces is 12.
(h.) Suppose the Lagna sphuta to bo 5' 10*^ 20'' and sup«
pose Jupiter and Venus to occupy the rising sign. Now, from the
Langa Sphuta it is evident that the rising sigu is Virgo. The
factor for Virgo is 5, multiplying 5" 10? 20, by 5, wc get 2G
222 HUIIIAT JATAKA. [CU 26
or i'(y Dividing this by 12 we got as remainder 2» 21» 40^ (R.)
Again^ ilie fnctor for Jupiter id 10 and that for Yen ns is 7.
^lultiplyiiig 5- W 20' by 10 wo got 53' 13" 20^ Dividing by 12
we get as remainder 5" 18** 20'. Again, multiplying 5' 10° 20' by
7 we get 37- 12° 20^ Dividing by VI we get 1* 12° 20^ Adding
tbia to 5- 13° 20' we get C* 25° ^QK (0)* Adding together II and
Q we get 9' 17° 20;
10. Multiply ibis sum by 7, add to the product if
the rising sign be a moveable sign ; or substract 9 from the
product if the rising sign be a conmon one or leave the
product as it is if the rising sign be a fixed one (a). Divide
the sum or the difference or the product as the case may be
by 27. The remainder will represent the Naksliatra of ibo
querent at the time of birth. By a bimilar process applied
to the Sphuta of the 3rd, 5th, 6tli and 7th houses (^)i wo
shall get tbcNaksliutras of the querent's brothorySon, oaomy
and wife.
Notes*
(a,) According to Bhatla Utpala, if the rising Drekkana
he the first Drekkana of the fiign, 9 is to be added; if it be the
2nd, need neither be added to nor subtracted from the producto
and if it bo the 3rd, is to be enbtracted from the product.
(6. If you add 2 signs to the Lagna sphnta, yon get the
sphuta of the 3rd liouse which represents a person's brother ; if
you add 4 signs to the Lagna sphuta, yon get tho sphuta of the
5th house which represents a person's son; if you add 5 signs to
the L igna sphuta you get the sphuta of the Gth house which
represents a person's enemy and if you add 6 signs to the Lagna
Fphuta, you get the sphuta of the 7tb house which represents a
person's wife. Multiply the several sphutaa by the Zodiaoal
factors of the several houses and by the factors of the planets;
occupying such houses, add the products, multiply the suoi
by 7, add or subtract 9 if necessary, divide the sum or remainder
by 27, the remainder will give you the Nakshatra of the
several persons.
CH. 26.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 223
11. Multiply the same suni (a) by 10, 8, 7, 5; add or
Bubstract 9 if necessary, as stated above ; <livide the result
by their appropriate numbers, (5) you will obtain the year,
Ritu, Month, Lunar day, day Or night^Nakshatra^the ghatika
the rising sign and the rising Navamsa at the time of birth.
Notes. . .
Id this and in the following three stanzas, the anther states
another process for discovering the year, month &o. of the birth
of a person.
(a*) The snm obtained at the end of stanza 9.
(&.) These and the procesHi of division will bu found ox-
plained in the next three stanzas.
12. From the product of the sum by 10 shall be dotier-
mined the year (age), Ritu and month of birth (a) ; and from
the product of the sum by 8 shall be determined the Faksha
(fortnight) and Tithi (lunar day) (6). ^
Notes.
(a.) This prodaot is the first of the fuar products reforrod
to in the last stanza with 9 added to or subtracted from it if
necessary. Divide the qnantity by 120, the remainder will give
the age of. the. person. . Divide the' same qnantity by G, the
remainder will give the Rita of birth from : Sisira. Divide the
same qnantity. by 2, the remainder will give the first or the
second month of the Rita. . r . , . .
(b.) This product is the second of the fonr prod acts referred
to in the last stanza with 9 added or snbtraoted if necessary.
Divide this quantity by two, the remainder will g J ve. the fortnight
of birth. Divide the same qnantity by 15, the remainder will
ffive the Innar-day. . , .
. . 13.'. Fropa the product of the sum by.? shall be deter-
.mined whether the birth occurred by d^y or by ^nighi,.aQd
»
also the Nakshatra, i^ '•;; • n" .•i»-*r i < ,
X
'^^4i BRIHAT JATAKA, [CH. 26,
Notes.
' TIlia prodaoi is tYie Srd of the four prodacfs mentioned in
the 11th i»tansB.% with 9 Added or subtracted if necessary. Divide
the quantity by 2, the birth will have oocnrrod by day or night
according as the remainder is. one or more than one. Divide the
eame quantity by 27, the remainder will give the Nakshatra from
Aswini.
14. From the product of the Sum by 5 shall be deter-
mined the Qhatika^ the rising sign^ the Horn and the rising
Navauisa at the time of birth.
' Notes.
This product is the last of the four products mentioned in
stanza 11 with 9 added or substrnoted if necessary. Divide the
quantity by the number of Qhaiikas in the day or night of birth
as the case may be, the remainder will give the Qhatika from
Suu-rise or Sun-set at the time of birth. Divide the same
quantity by 12, the remainder will give the rising figu from
Aries. Divide the quantity by two, the hora of birth will be ' the
1st or 2nd according as the i*emainder is 1 or more than 1. Divide
the quantity by 9, the . remainder will give the number of
the rising Navamsa from the 6rst Navamsa of the ribing sign.
Similarly divide the quantity by 12, the remainder will give
the number of the rising Dwadasamsa ; divide the quantity by
8j the remainder will give the rising Drekkana.
. N. B. — In all the above cases, it is evident that the remain-
der will be in the shape of signs, degrees and minutes. The
unmber representing the Biigns, is the number representing the
particular Nakshatra, year, month, Pakaha, Tithi, Ohatika&o
at the time of birth — the degrees and minutes only go to increase
the number by unity.
15. Multiply by two the number of Matras in a
person's name ; add the length of shadow to it > divide the
sum by 27 ; the remainder will give the Nakshatra^ at the
time of birthj from Dhanishta.
€H. 27.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 225
Notes.
The Dame is the name given to a person at the Namakarana
ceremony. A short vowel soand is oonnted as one Matra and'a
long Towel sonnd is counted as two, and a coDSonent is counted
as half a Matra. The length of the shadow of a twelve inch
8ankn shall be added in inches.
1^. The Dik numbers are t
East
2
West
]5
S. East
3
N. West
21
Soiitb
14
North
9
S. West
10
N. East
8
Multiply by 15 the number for the Dik or direction which
the querent fuces ; add to the product the number of persons
facing the same dik^ divide the sum by 27 The remainder
will give the Nakshatra of the person from Dhanishta.
Notes.
This stanza contains another process again to discover the
Nakshatra.
17. Thus has been stated by me various processes for
the construction of a lost horoscope. Intelligent pupils shall
study them carefully and use them.
CHAPTER XZVII.
On The Drekkanas.
1. The 1st Drekkana of sign Aries is a man with a
white cloth tied round his loins, blacky facing a person as if
able to protect him, of fearful appearance and of red eyes
and holding an axe in his hand.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed.
Mars is its lord.
226 onmAT jataka. [cb. 27.
2. According to Yavanachariar the 2nd Drekkana of
sign Arios is a woman fond of ornaments (ind sweetmeats ;
with a pot-like belly, of tho face of a horse, tliirsty^ and
single-legged.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman and of a quadra-
ped ; the face resembles that of a bird also. The Sau is its lord .
3. The 3rd Drekkana of Aries is a man of a wicked
nature, learned in the arts, of a brown color, fond of work,
failing in his attempts to carry out a work, holding up a
stick in his hand, dressed in a red garment and angry.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed
Japiter is its lord.
4. The 1st Drekkana of Sign Taurus is a woman
with hairs cat and growing in curls, with a pot-like belly,
dressed in a burnt garment, thirsty, and fond of food and
ornaments;
Notes. .
This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman and carries fire.
Venus is its lord.
5. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Ti*.urus is a man skilled
in works connected with agriculture, grain, house, cows,
music, dance, painting, writing and the like, skilled at the
plough and in works connected with a conveyance, with a
neck bent like that of the bullock, thirsty, with a face like
that of the ram and dressed in dirty garments.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of both a man and a quadru-
ped. Mercury is its lord.
6. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Taurus is a man with a
body resembling that of an elephant, with large teeth, with
CH. 27.] BRIUAT JATAK. 227
feet resembling those of the camel, of a brown color, attached
to the ram and to the animals of the forest.
Notes.
This DrekkaDa is both of human and qaadroped shape. Saturn
is its lord.
7* The IstDrekkana of sign Qemini is a woman fond of
needle work, beautiful, fond of decoration, without childreui
with raised hands, having attained puberty and full of lust-
ful thoughts.
Notes-
This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Mercury is its
lord.- • • ■ • • ■,..:,,■.
8. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Getnini! is It man reside
ing in a flower garden, wearing a mail coat, holding a bow in
his handj fond of fight, carrying arrows^ his face like that of
a Garuda (Brahmani kite)^ his thoughts directed to play ,
children, ornaments and wealth.
Notes
This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. It is
also of the shape of a bird. Venus is its lord.
9. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Gemini is a man wearing
ornaments, possesing many gems, wearing a mRil coat and tar-
get, carrying a bow in his hand^ learned in all the arts and
a literary writer.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is nrniecl .
Saturn is its lord.
10* The IstDrekkana of Cancer carries leaves, roots
and fruits, has a body resembling that of the elephant ;
lives in a forest near sandal trees, has feet as large as that of
the camelj has a face like that of the hog and a neck like
that of a horse.
228 BKIHAT JATACA. [Ofl. 27.
r Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a qnadrnped. The Moon
is its lord.
11. The 2iid Drekkana of sign Caaoor is a woman
wearing in her head lotas flowers> carrying a snake, hard-
beartedj young, crying in a forest and holding a branch of
the Palasa tree in her hand.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Mars is its lord.
12. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Cancer is a man sur-
rounded by a snake^ sailing in a boat in the sea on account
of procuring ornaments for his wife, wearing ornaments
made of gold and with a flat face*
Notes.
■
This Drekkana is one of the shape <>f a man and a snake.
Jopiter is its lord.
13. The 1st Drekkana of sign Loo is of the shape of a
vulture and a jackalj seated on the top of Salmali tree, resem-
bling a dog in appearance and is also of the shape of a man
dressed in dirty garments and separted from his parents
and crying aloud.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a man, a quadruped and a
bird. Tlie San is its lord.
14- The 2ndtDrakkana of sign Leo is a man of the shape
of a horso, wearing a slio^htly white garland of flowers
in the head and covered with deer-skin and flannel, unapproa-
chable like the lion holding a bow in his hand and with a
a bent nose.
Notes,
This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. Japitec
is its lord.
OH. 27.] BBlHAT JkTAtki ' 229
15. The 3rd Drekkana of Leo is a man with the face
of a bear, the pranks of a monkey, 'with a clab in his hand
carrying fruits and meats, with a long beard and whiskers
and with curling hairs* .
Notes. '
This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and a qnadrnped
and is armed. Mars is its lord.
16. The Ist Drekkana of S'gn Virgo is a Virgin girl
carrying a pot filled with flowers, dressed in dirty garments
• • • •
and fond of cloths and wealth and proceeding to the house
of her preceptor.
Notes.
(
This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman* Mercury is
its lord,
, 17. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Virgo is a man holding
a pen in his hand, black, with a cloth tied round his. head,
examining items of receipt and expenditure, with a large
bow in his hand and covered with hairs all ovenhis body.
• ■ ' • , ■ • ,<f r ' • ' • ■ . - .
Notes.
■ > - f » .
r.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. Sa-
turn is its lord,
18. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Virgo is a woman of
yellow color, dressed in white silk carrying a pot and ladle
in her hands, pure and proceeding to a temple. ;
t r
Notes.
r . . . • .
This Drekkana 16 of the shape of a woman* Venas is its lord.
' ) I • ■ ■ ■ . '
19. The 1st Drekkana of sign Libra is a man hold-
ing a balance in one hand, skilled in weighing and measur-
ing, with articles in his hand to be weighed or measured and
with his thoughts directed to the determination of the
price of such articles.
;230 9BIHAT JAT.4KA. [oH, 27*
I'iij; This Drekkanais of tb« shape of a man*. Yen as is its lord.
20. I'he 2nd Drekkana of sign Libra is a man with the
face of a yoUurej holding a pot in his hand> wishing to fall
down^j suffering from hunger and thirst and with his
thoughts directed to his wife and. children.
Notes*
This Prekkaua is of the shape of a man and a bird. Satarn is
its lord.
• ■
21 . The 3rd Drekki^na of sign Libra is a man with the
face of a horse adorned with gems> scaring animals in the
woods caiTying a golden quiver and wearing a mail coat,
carrying fruits and meat, monkey-like in appearence and
holding a bow in his hand.
Notes.
f
This Drekkanais of the shape o(^ Dian and a quadruped. Mer-
cury is its lord.
22. The 1st Drekkana of sign Scorpio is a beautiful
woman, naked and without ornaments, quitting her place,
lauding after a long sea yo}'age and with a snake coilod
round her legs-
, . :. Notes. • .
' • • • • • • . . .
This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman aud a serpent*
Mara is its loid. . . ■. u; - : .'
• *>
23. The 2ud Drekkana of Scorpio is a woman with a
body like that of a turtle or pot, desiring the comfort of her
plaop and with a Gierpent coiled round her body on account,
of her husbaihd.
• • % « • .
• • • *
i i 1 ; » Af.
.< •
r ,
!».;,) i 'O I ;r .-i. . ; l^^.i,:' J 7/ :.k1
Notes.
..[j This^.DrekljLu^ Isjof th^ shape ofi^womaa and a sirpeiit.
Jupiter is its lord.
OH. 27.] BBIHAT JATAKA. 231
' 24. The 'Srd Drekkana of sigti Scorpio is a lion with a
broad and a flak face like thab of a turtle, scaring dogs^
deer, jackals and hogs in the woods and lording over a couu-
try abounding iii sandal trees*
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a quadraped. Tbo Mooa is
its lord.
25. The Isi Drekkana of sign Sagittari is a maa with
the body of ahorse^ with a long bow in his haud^ stopping
in his hermitage and watching over the several articles re-
quired for Sncrificial rites.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of fcho Hhfipe of a man and a qtiadropcd and
is armed. Jupiter is ita lord.
26. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Sagittari is a beautifnl
woman, bright as gold and the Champa ka flower^ seated on
a throne of middle size, and picking up the gems of the
Sea*
Notes.
This Drekkfina is of the shape of a woman. Mars is its lord.
27. The 3rd Drekkana of Sagittari is a man with a
long beard and whiekers, of the color of gold and the cham-
paka flower^ seated on a throne with a club in his hand and
dressed in white silk and dear skin'
Notes.
Thitf Drekkauna is of tho shape of a man and is armed. The
Snu is its lord.
28. The first Drekkana of sign Capricorn is a man
coverd with hairs^ strong as the sea monster, with a body
like that of a hog^ wearing a nose string and fetters and
with a deformed faco.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of tho shape of a man leaded with fetters.
Saturn is its lord-
F
232 BRIIlATfjATAKA. [CH. 27-
29. The 2ud Drekkana of sign Capricorn is a woman
skilled in the arts^ with eyes like the petals of the lotus »
blacky hankering after various things and wearing ear-
ornaments made of iron*
Notes.
Tbia Drekkna is of the shape of a woman. -Venus is its lord.
80. Tne 8rd Drekkana of sign Capricorn is of the shape
of a Kinuara (acelestial being) covered with flannelj with a
a quiver, a bow and a mail coat and carrying on his should-
ers a pot set with precious stones.
Notes.
Tbia Drekkaua is armed. Mercury is its lord.
31. The 1st Drekkana of sign Aqaaiins is a man with
tho face of a vulture, with his thoughts directed towards the
gain of oil, liquor, water, and meals and dressed in flannel,
silk and deer skin^
Notes.
This Drekkaua is of the shape of a man. Saturn is its lord.
32. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Aquarius is a woman in
a car burnt with the wood of Salmali in it and collecting
iron, living iu a forest and dressed in dirty garments.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman who carries fire.
Mercury is ita lord.
S3. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Aquarius is a black man,
with hairs in his ear, wearing a crown and carrying barki
leaves^ the oil of bdellium^ iron and pots from one place to
another.
Notes.
Tbia Drekkaua is of the ahape of a man. Ye nus is its lord
St, The Ist Drekkana of Sigu Pisces is a man with
tho vessels of sacrificial rites, pots, pearls, goms and conch
CH. 28.] BBIHAT JATAKA. 283
shells in his hands^ carrying ornamentes and sailing in a boat
iu tho sea for the purpose of decorating his i^ife.
«
Notes.
Jnpiter is the lord of this Drekkana.
25. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Pisces is a woman with
a long flag-stafiE and banner^ sailing in a boat to the' other
shore of the sea accompanied by her friends and with a face
bright as the Champaka flower.
Notes.
This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. The Moon is its
lord-
36. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Pisces is a man with
a snake coiled round him^ standing naked on the brink of
a pit in a forest^ suffering from thieves, from fire and from
hunger and weeping.
Notes,
This Drekkana is of the shape of a snake. Mars is its lord-
Notes. — Theaathor has stated the use of these descriptions
of the Drekkanas iu his Yatra. If the Drekkana be of agreeable
appearance^ carrying fruits, flowers^ gems and pots and aspected
by benefic planets, there will be success. If they be of hideous
appearance, armed and aspected by malefic planets, there will be
disgrace and failure ; if they carry serpents or fetters there will be
delirium and imprisonment. The Drekkana description is also of
use in tracing out theives according to Prithnyasas, son of
Varaha Mihira, iu his Sbadpauchasika, a work on Horary As-
trology.
CHAPTER XXVIir.
Conclusion.
1, 2 & 8. In my work on Jataka I have treated of the
following.
234 UUIUAT JAT&KA. [O0« 27.
1. Definitions and iBlomontary principles'] (Zodiacal)
2. Do Do Do (Planetary)
3. On Animal and Vegetable HoroBCopy.
4. Oil Nishoka kala or the time of conception .
5. On MiiUers connected with birth time.
6. On JBalarishta or Early death.
?. On Ayurdaja or the determination of length of lifo.
8. On Planetaay divisions and sub-divisions of life known
ns Dasas and Autardasas.
9. On Ashtakavargaa.
10. On Avocation. .
11. On Raja yoga or the birth of kings.
12. Ou Nabliasa^yogas. .
13. On Chandra or lunar Yogas.
14. On Double planetary Yogaa.
15* On Ascetic Yogas.
IG. On the Nakshatras or the Moon in the asterisms.
1 7. On the Moon in the several signs of the Zodiao»
15. On the Sun, Mars and other planets in the seyeral
signs of the Zodiac.
19. Ou planetary aspects-
20. On the planets in the Bhavas.
21. On the planets in their several Vargas.
22. On MiBcoUaneons Yogas-
23. On Mak-fio Yogas.
24. Ou the Horscopy of women.
25 On Death-
26. On the Discovery of a lost Horoscopo-
27. On the Drekkanas.
I shall now give a summary of the subjects treated of
in my work on Yatra.
4, 5 & 6.
Ch 1. Prasna Prabheda.
2. Tithibala. •
3. Nak:ihat.rabhidhana-
OH. 28.] BRIEAT JATAKA. 235
4, Varaphala.
5. Mahnrta Nirdesa.
G. Chandra Bala.
7. Lagna Nischaya^
8« Lagna Bheda*
9. GraliaBQdhi.
1 0. Apavada'
11* Misraka*
12. Tanuvepana.
J 3- Gabyakapuja-
14. Swapnadfiyaja* (Dreamn)
15. Suanavidhi. (batb)
16. Grabajajna.
• 17. Prayana. (Travels)
18. Sakanarata.
19. Vivabakala-
20. Grabakarana. (on tbe planets)
The lasfc of the above subjects has been separately
treated of by me in my Astronomical work known as Pancha-
sindbanta. Thus the three branches of the Jyotisha Sastra
viz Astronomy, Horoscopy and Samhita have been treated
of by mo for the benefit of intelligent students.
7. These brief works have been written by me on a
full study and examination of the elaborate works of the an-
cient writers. If any important points be found omitted
I crave the forbearance of the learned critics.
8. If any portion of the text be found omitted by the
writer who copied or the teacher who taught, the learned
will kindly supply the omission, setting aside all feelings of
jealousy- Again, if there be found in the text errors, im-
perfections or omissions, the learned will kindly make the
necessav}^ corrections and supply what is wanted.
9. Varaha Mihira, the son^of the Brahmin Aditya-
dasa from whom he received his education, obtained the
boon of knowledge from the Sun in the village of Kapitha,
236 BRinAT JATVKA. [OH. 28.
spent his days in the court of UjJHyani in the province of
Avanti and has written this neat work on horoscopy after
a careful examination of the works of the ancient sages on
the snbject.
10. I have been enabled to write the' present work by
the the grace of the Sun, of Vasishtha^ andot Adityadasa^
worshipped by me. Salutation to the ancient writers of
horoscopy.
END.
»>:•
Bequired the Laprna Spbutam, that is> ilie Longitade
of the Asoendant at 39 gh. dOv. gh. from Sunrise on ifriday
the 28th May 1886, for a place whose.Lj^titude is !!•,
, From the Almanac we find that the San;entered Tau-
rus at 66 gh. 40v. gh. on the 12th May, and quits the sign
at 12. gh 277. gh. on the IBth June. Therefore time taken
by the Sun to move through sign Taurus
= 8 gh. 20v. gh.4-^1 days + 12 gh. 27 v. gh.
= 31 days 15 gh. 47 v. gh. = 1,12,5007. ghs.
Time from Sun-rise on the 28th May to the end of the
Sun's course through Taurus = I6ds 12 gh. 277. gh.
= 58,32 7 V. ghs.
Time of oblique ascension of > = 5 gh. 67. gh.
Taurus for Latitude 11* > = 8O67. gh.
Therefore time of oWique ascension of the portion cf
Taurus to be passed 07er by the Sun on the morning of the
306X58,327
28th = = 2gh. 397. gh.
1,12.500
Subtracting this from 39gh. 307. gh* we get time of
oblique ascension of signs from Gemioi = 89- gh. 307. gh
— 2 gh. 897. gh = 30 gh. olv. gh.
From Table B we find that time of oblique ascension
of signs for Gemioito Scorpio = 81 gh. 067. gh.
Therefore time of oblique ascension of portion Sagit-
tari that has risen abo7e the horizon.
= 36 gh. 5l7, gh.— 31 gh. 36v. gh.
= 5 gh. 157. gh. = 315v. gh.
Time of oblique ascension of the 80 degrees of sagit-
tari for Latitude 11% is 5 gh. 2I7. gh. (Vide Table A)
= 321v. gh.
Therefore portion of Sagittari that [has risen abo7e the
30X315
horizon = .. = 29* 26^ Sagittari being the 9th sign
o21
from Aries,
Lagna Sphutam required is 8' 29* 26^
The Bha7asphutam process is too comph'oatec) to be gt76n
here. The Reader is referred to Baskai*acharya's work en
Astronomy.
II
CO
a • • •
•2 ^ S
•Si ^ ^
^ ^ II
35: ^ '5J
-S5: t^ "*5
•I S" §
S ^ ^
S ^ .5
^ '*^ <N
^ ^ -C:
-^ .-5 ^
I -s ^
-Jtll
OrHe^OO^UdCOt^aOOdOi-^oqeO^IOCOt^OOO)
•
n
8
(In
•
•
00 03 OO eO C^ ei 04 G4 d iH r-4 iH i-< iH »0 »<»
Aqua-
rins.
•
>
•
-V ^ CO eOCO eO CO W 0Q©< ©^NiH fH iH rHrH
Capri-
ooru.
•
>
•
^eC09r-l0^i>-50kAeOo:|00)C»^kOOOrHQOOCO
Ud40U3tOlOkOiO^^^<«|i<«7^^CO
Ud UdUd US ^ "^
•a
CO
•
•
»0»O^Tjt'<ft ^COCOOOC4ev|r^iHiHOOO»0»aO'>^
U3U3
•
o
1
•
•
t^ooa)Of-ioi«o-«ud<oi>.ooo>0'-^99eo^ioi>>
iH— rHOlOlC4O|O109Oie909C4C0C0CO00e000C0
i
•
•
cotoi^ooooi^c0Qoa»iHcoudr^a»iH»i'«i««oQO
iOkOUdUd r-4 rrl r-l r-i iH Ol 01 Ol 04 09
^ "^ ■^ "^ U3 U5
•
o
>
•
•
t^0>r-lCO\Ol^O>f-4COudt>OC^^ttQOOOOUdl>.
•
o
C9
0g*Qt5gii-»C0U3t*O>i-4C0»Ofc^W»-lC0<O00Q©1
•*'*'*'* U5 U3 U5 »0 U5 f-1 i-H i-H rH C4 01
•
u
o
•
d
W5f000J-«e0'*»Ofc^00OrHC0'H<»0t^0>O«M-»f(
r-lr-lr-lHrHr->OIC<S4e)C4CIO1000300
UdUd
•
.s
6
•
•
OO|01<MC401C4M01010401Ol09050d03030300
iOUd
•
1
•
•
t<«cou3^COe4r-iOO)OOt^COkO^COG^r-(Oa)l>*
fH r-l r-l r-i H P-t f-4 rH io lO
UdlO lOkO'^ ^
i
■3
•
>
•
coiHo>qo^'*»<«oooi>waooi-<git^iO'^oiooo
•i«q
Or-l»1C0^lO;0t^000)Or-iOlC0'^U3«0t«Q'>0»
rH«-(iHP-irHP-lr-lr-lr-lr-(
Ill
to lO <qi -^ '^ '^ ^ CO CO 00 09 04 09 Ol r-l iH iH >0 tO Ud -^ -^ 03 09 Od 09 64 rH •H
00 03
00 03 04 64
04 04
e40>t^t(3 0lOl>U300QC«U3e40»CD030t^'^«-ia0^fHt^eOG!>'^QU30lAOU3
•O U3 U3U3\0 ^ ^ -^ ^ 00 03 03 04 04 01 04 r-t <H 1-4 U3 U3 ^ ^ ^ 03 CO 09 04 «-l
^ CO OS
03 00 04 04
04 04
ioeo«>'Oaoc&<^o9poot«'^oi090u3030oou3e40>b»^i-it^<^ot^eoaooooo
03 CO 03 CO 09 CM 09 Gl C4 rH iH rH r-i fH S» U3 U3 ^ '^ ^ "^ 00 03 00 CS| 09 vH iH
^ ^ 03 03
00 00
l>t^t«COeOCOU3U3^'<9eOC00404r-4<HOOa)0>aO^COU3^'^030400>OOto<D
•-ii-«i-lrHr-liHiHiH»-<r-lr-liHrHiHi-4iHtHiH U3U3U3U3
U3 V3<^ "^ <f ^
f^O>QiHOi03"*<OI>OOOiHOO^COt*0>004^
0300^^-4<Tf<Ml'^^'^^U3U3U3U3U3kO
V3U3 CD<0
00009<^CDO>e9U3aO>-i4'«flQO
iHr-li-HiHt-40404e4O3O300
COCO
804'^t^0»«-l00V3t>O04M3r»O03k0a0<H«^t«O00t«rHU30d04CQi-4U3OC0<--l
03 03 00 00 -^ ^ ^ -^ W3U3 U3 M3 tH iH (-t 04 09 09 03 03 00 '^ ^ U3 lO iH
U3 U3 CO CO
CO coi>i>» r^
O04tOt>0)09'^t<>QC4U3a0O00CQO00C00>C0C0O'<^t«iHU3Q^aQ030000a0
04 04 09 04 Ol CO CO 00^ '^ ^^ U3 lO id pH tH M 09 09 00 03 ^ ^ -^ K> U3
\o\o coco
CO COb<»t>
^t^O>'-4^COOdr-l03CQa>rH^t^OOOCOO>04U3XfflU30>COt«e4CO-4COTHCOr-4
09 04 CI 00 m 00 00 '^ -<ji ^ <^ U3 «0 U3 fH rH rH C4 09 09 CO 00 '^ -^ U3 »0 r-i
U3%OCO CO
COCO t^l>t>
USt<>0>Qe4'<9COap00400COQ0009U3fc«009U3aOrHeOCOO)OOCOQeOt^04t«>04
CQ03CO^^'^^^U3U3USU3IO iHr-if-it-lC9O909&100CO^^-^UdU3
«OU3 COCO
COCOI>
0303CO^^'^>OUdCOCOt«t«Qnora)a)QQiHf-(e4eO'il«QCQCOt29QO'^0400'^
ooo3ooeomeooocoooeoooo3oooocooo^^'<^^-^ii^'^^^^^^u3U3u3U3io
U3U3
COU3'^C009r-IOapl>CO^OOHOQOb*ttd'^C9QaOCO-«040aOU3090>C0030CP
kO U3 lO U3 U3 U3 «0 ^ <<9 ^ <4I ^ "tr ^ m CO CO CO 00 eO 04 09 04 09 09 (H i-t iH >0
'<9'^C9
CO^C40>|>U3eOfHgCO
^ ^ CO 00
U3 to -^
^
COfHaOud090»COOOO)U3fHt^^0^i-«COQt6
'<4* -^ eO 00 CO 04 09 09 '-^ iH i-l U3 U3 ^ ^ 03
•
CO 00 04 04 04 04 04
O 1-1
09 04
^
00 ^ ud CO t«ao a>
09 C4 04 09 04 09 04
O ^ 04
CO CO CO
SI
cocoooooeoeo^^f
35«
$^93S
U3 to
IV.
CO
C3
.1.
IS:
^
Co
<3Q
CO
Jt3
CO
^ C5J
.CO ^
Co
o
S
00
00
•C a
"IT"
&
o
o
02
i
t
^
o
3
S
3
&
00
B
o
•
>
°assss8s«sj§3
m
O
sssussssas*"
•
^ tH CO r-l iH ^ lO CO i-H C9
•
P?
MdeqC£t^C0tHr-ia0O3)OA
0< »0 <* i-ilO lO U3 CO 1-1 ^ CO
•
U3 ^ r<« tC 00 Ol »| 1-1 i-i <0k<»
•
(CC0l»Xt^e(19l0)'HOr-lO
€0 »0 C>l <^ CI iH Ud
•
"^ "^ 00 09 d CI tH rH ® Ud ip
•
iH 1*1 CO ^ ^ "* ©< 09 lO CI
•
'^ 00 00 C9 CI pH iH COIO'V^
•
>
t*'«*OOOOOOOeOOCIr-«5«»H
"^fi iH GO r^ ^ iH 00 H C«
• •
a
CO OO CI CI f-l iH CO to ^ "^l 9
•
>
S'^g§'*'®®5;a2*5
.5?L
>
e.
SCOOiOO>OQ«aO>000»^
d d r-l rl © ■
lo Th ^ 00 00
•^ fH U3
00 to
CO lO o O l>
O) 00 o op
i-i kO ^
Ud iH \0
CI CI ri
O to O tOOd
rH O to <^
^
00 ^ o>
CO 00 CI
oco o
CI to lO
o to o
CI — »-«
rH O to to O
d to to Tft
**83?S
^ 00 ^
I-i to
s?
0> 00 O) ^
00 oa CI d
X to O)
00 d
U3 O to
O Oi 'il ^ fH .,
00 CO CO C9 lO 00
00 CI 00 Ol
" tF »i
S-* ^ 5J05
to -* «* 00
00 00 CO A
CO dd r-«
a>coor!«otOkOd^oO'^oo
COtO^^OOCOddrnlH
CO CO •-«
0)tOO ^O)
to d I-i lO
O) 00 00 00 X oo
00 oH'to'vf^oicooot^act^-
CO tOd tOtO'^r-itO ^
'^Q'<^0)'iiOOoooooot«ecao
COtO'^^0000Cld>-tr-t
00
0)
00
a a
1
t: o % o B
I g H t-a §. i i
* ® :^ :^ o rt c8 cr.a
HOOt-^^HJGQGQO-^S
VI
TO FIND OUT THE CORRECT LOCAL TIME.
I. B7 DAT.
Draw a pretty-large semi-cirole on eaoh side of a well-
planed and smooth oblongidar plank. Place its edge along
a straight line drawn east to west on a smooth level gronnd^
the plank being inclined at an angle with the plane of the
horizon^ equal to the complement of the latitude of the
place, so that a straight needle fixed at the centre of the
semi-circle and at right angles to the plane of the plank
will point to the Pole and the plane of the plank will be
parallel to the plane of the equator. The edge of an ob-
longnlar piece of wood placed at the centre will serve as
well as a needle. Now divide the semicircle into 12 equal
parts, marking the points of division with the figures from
C down to 12 and from 12 up to <». The diviwions repre-
sent the hours. If the diameter be about a cubit in length
each division may further be divided into <30 or 60 equal
parts> so that the position of the shadow of the needle will
give the time within a minute. Now apply the equation
of time and the result will be the local clock time or the
mean solar time required. This can be onverted into
Ghatikas and Yigh.itikas from sun rise from the table
shewing the time of sun rise for each da}^.
Notes: — (1). The latitude of the place may be found
from a pretty good Atlas or it may be ascertained by noting
the altitude of the pole-star both at the time of its culmi-
n ition and the time of its depression and taking the mean*
(i). The complement of the angle of latitude may be
marked on a piece of solid wood and the portion may be
cut out in the shape of a fine wedgs3 and made to support
the plank of the inclined dial.
(3) The ejist and west line may be marked pretty
cerrectly with the help of a mariner's oompass or it may be
fi)und by marking the two points of contact of the end o:
the shadow of a straight rod fixed vertically at the centre
of a circle drawn on a smooth^ horizontal surface^ with the
circumference of the circle both before and after mid-day
the line joining the two points being due east and
west.
(4). A levels horizontal ground may be prepared with
the help of a spirit-level.
VII.
u
o
d
o
V
eB
d
o
.d
09
eS
H
O
H
H
»«
H
00
H
00
S
P
SB
at
tB
<
ea
H
EQUATION OP TIMB,
I +
•-Hr-ii-i»^rHrHr-<r-ii-li-iiHi-iiHr-ii-ir-lfH»HiHi--ir-lr-lf-»r-lrHrHr-if-irH»H
I
W -^ CI -^ lO iH CO ""^ 1-1 CO 9 1-4 CM CO iO -^ M eO 00 "^t U3 lO r-i •-• i-l
i-*i-^i-Hi-ii-HfHi-4-^— rHi-irHi-ifHp-i-iiHr-ii-Hi-«r-lf-<f-ii-»iHi-ir-iiHi-itH»-«
I
goeoq)'^^eot«oeieoTftocoto^eorHQfiM»»ioor30Qcot«M'^i>Oeii'<>««co
g<0»OU5tOU5IO»0»o»OIO'*'*^'<ily^^^COeOWCO©lC^NCqiHi-liHrHOOO
+
4-
CMr-l tO^09<NrH WbCOCMiH r-i<MOCU> i-tCOTPlOe^eO^iHel
gN<NNMr-liHr^rH,-|OOOOOOOOO»HiH,HiHrHW(Mc4ffl«e0e0
-J 1 +
E»cofoeoooeoeo«ooooooeoeoeooo««eoeoweoeo««eccoci9e«ociN«
I
u9co<-iu9<4ie4 ■^eo^kO'^G4r-i •-ieo-^iOr-ie<ic9 9ioi-Heio9eO"^io
a«ooooNffic«NfH,HfHOooo oo oooi-iiHfHiHiHe<ic4eqe(ieQC^
+ +1
gG12C4^^P-li-400000>0>0>0>aCX«Ot>|>^COCOCO(OlOlOlO<^^^
«^^ «ioo«oo*»»oi^ooo>oiQOtx-'^i-<i>eoooe«coc&rHcicO'^"*eoe9
^i-lfHi-lf-lfHrHiHrHfHrHrHi-li-Hr-liHfHrHiHrHrHrHiHiHfHr-l-^r-ir-irH
CO eq lO O] lO r-4 -^ CO U3 01 <^ Os| ^ rH M ""^ OQ ^ >0 iH Oil t|I US 1-4 04 m
BoO'*"*^»oio<c«ot*fc*fc*oooooio&o>ocor-ii-i^i-ie«©iNeiieoeoeoeo
r-l99CQ^UdCOt«>XO)OrHGi]eO^UdCOI>aOO»Or-ie400^UdCOI>OOa)OiH
«HpmHiH*HfHr-ii-lfHrHCIC9e3C4me404&IOi|e4C0CO
vrir.
II. AT NIGHT.
Attach equal weights to the ends of a long fine btriug^
and throw the string over two fine metuUic wires each aboat
a foot in length fixed regidly between supports and at the
heiglit of about 5 or o feet fronrthe ground> running east
to west, and about 5 or 6 feet apart from each other. Now
the twoplnniblinosnre certainly vcrticul,and the planepass-
in<if through them will bo a vertical phine. This plane may
be nuide to pass through the Pole star about the time of its
culmination or depression by slightly moving the string
over one of the wires to the east or west till the two plum-
lines hide the Polo star to an ob.sor\'or stationed 2 or 8
foot to the South of the southern plumbline and ^Jooking
with one eye, the other eye^ being closed. We have thus
secured the plane of the^moridian. Now attach the ends
of a slightly tight string to tlie two plamblines* about their
middle points. The observer may now lie down below, with
his face turned up, the head supported by a pillow and ono
eye plao<Ml oxaclly under the two strings running north and
south 80 that the upper siring is wholly concealed by the
lower and observe the transit of stars across the strings-
The Almanac gives the tiuje of culmination of the Vernal
equinox for each day of the year and also the times at
which })articuhir stars culminate after the culmination
of the vernal equinox. If the two times be added, we get
the time of culmination of a particular star from 12 noon
that day. But if the sum exceed 21 hours then subtract
from ib ".^3 hours and 5G minutes, the remainder will be the
time of culmination of the Star from 12 noon that day.
IX.
TABLE E. Shewing (ke tim€ of ctdmintiUon of ike Snn and the
Vernal Eqninog.
1 ^<an*8 ICnlmiiia-
Snn'9 2
Galmtna'
Month.
Date. Icnlmina*
tionofV.
Month. Date.
calmina*
tion of V.
1 tkm. let|Tiii]Ox.
1
tion. '
eqninox.
h.
m.
h. m.
n. yn.
h. m.
Jnmtmrj
i
12
4
6 17
Jof/
6
13 4
17 5
7
6
4 53
12
5
16 41
13
9
4 30
18
6
16 17
19
11
4 6
2i
6
15 54
25
13
3 42
30
6
15 30
31
14
3 19
August
5
6
16 7
^ebmarj
6
14
2 55
11
5
14 43
12
14
2 32
17
4
14 19
lb
14
2 8
23
3
13 56
24
13
1 44
29
12 1
13 32
March
2
12
1 21
September
4
11 59
13 9
8
11
57
10
57
12 45
H
U
3i
(
16
55
12 21
20
8
10
22
53
11 58
26
6
23 43
28
51
11 a4
April
1
4
23 19
October
4
49
11 11
7
2
22 55
10
47
10 47
13
12
1
22 32
16
46
10 23
19
11
59
23 11
22
45
10
25
58
21 47
28
44
9 36
Ms7
1
67
21 24
3
44
9 13
7
56
21 .0
9
44
8 49
13
66
20 37
15
45
8 26
19
66
20 13
21
46
8 2
25
67
19 60
27
47
7 38
31
57
19 26
December
3
50
7 15
Jnno
6
58
19 2
9
52
6 61
12
11
59
18 39
15
55
6 28
18
12
1
18 15
21
11 58
6 4
24
2
17 63
27
12 1
6 40
30
3
17 28
X.
TABLE F i Showing the tifnealal which the several etare eulmiiiate
after the culmi'MLtion of Hie Vernal Equinox,
StarSk
Aswiai
3harani
Krittika
Roliiui
Agni
Mrigasirsba
Ardra
Frajapati
Agastya
Mi'igav yasa
Panarvasa
Pushya
Aslesba
Magha
Pulaba
Krutn
P. Phalguni
U. Phalgaui
Pnlastya
Atri
Hasta
Crimes.
h.
m.
1
48
2
86
a
40
4,
28
5
18
6
27
6
48
6
49
6
20
6
89
7
87
8
86
d
39
10
10
63
10
55
11
6
11
41
11
46
12
7
12
26
Stars.
T
Augirai .«.
Apat
Apiimvat
Okiilra
Vaisislitta
Mariobi
Swati
Visakba
Aimradba
Jyesbta
Moola
P. Asbadba
A bbijib
U« Asbadba ...
Sravana
Sravisbta
Sataya ...
P. Bbodradada...
U Bbadrapada...
Revati
Dbruva (Polo Star)
Times.
h.
12
12
18
18
18
18
14
14
15
16
17
18
18
18
19
20
22
22
1
1
m.
47
48
2
17
17
41
8
42
56
20
20
10
80
85
42
81
43
65
2
7
10
Note : As tbe Vernal Equinox ia
60 soconds a year, tables E. and F.
Almauao for tbe year.
sabject to a retrograde motion of oyer
will bave to be prepared from tbe
> V
This preservation photocopy
was made and hand bound at BookLab, Inc.
in compliance with copyright law. The paper,
Weyerhaeuser Ck>ugar Opaque Natural,
meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO
Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
Austin 1994
lbs borrower must return this item on or befne
the last date stamped below. If another user
places a recall for this item, the borrower will
be notified of the need for an earlier return.
Non-receipt of overdue notices does not exempt
the borrower from overdue fines.
Harvard College Wideoer Library
Cambridge, MA 02138 617-495-2413
Please handle with care.
Thank you for helping to preserve
libraiy collections at Harvard.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11